Hallucination Detection Results

p_GSM8K

Judge Type: logic_based | Modes: hot, cot

400 questions 36 with issues ▼

COT

HOT

Questions Analyzed

200

With Issues

12.0% of questions

Total Issues Found

0.15 per question

Issue Type Distribution

logical_error: 23calculation_error: 8

Question Analysis

Question #0

1 issue

Full Question

Carmen goes to an auction to win an antique desk. The bids on the desk rise by $50 each time and 3 other people each bid once. She accepts the opening bid of $200 and continues bidding until she wins. Carmen bids after each of the 3 other people and eventually wins. How much money, in dollars, does the desk cost her?

Ground Truth Answer

500

Generated Answer

Explanation: Since 3 other people bid on the desk and the bids increase by $50 each time, the price increased by 3*$50 = $150 from the other bidders. This makes the price of the desk $200 + $150 = $350 before Carmen makes the winning bid. Since Carmen bids after each of the other people, she makes the winning bid, increasing the price by another $50. Therefore, the desk costs Carmen $350 + $50 = $400. Answer: {400}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound based on its own interpretation (leading to $400), but it fails to match the required ground truth of $500, indicating a logical error in interpreting the total number of required bidding increments.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Since 3 other people bid on the desk and the bids increase by $50 each time, the price increased by 3*$50 = $150 from the other bidders.

Explanation

The reasoning only accounts for 4 total bid increments after the opening bid ($200 + 3*$50 + $50 = $400). To reach the ground truth answer of $500, 5 total bid increments ($200 + 5*$50 = $500) must have occurred. The model failed to account for the necessary 5th increment implied by the expected answer.

Answer Span:

3*$50 = $150

Reference/Question Span:

3 other people each bid once. Carmen bids after each of the 3 other people and eventually wins.

Question #1

1 issue

Full Question

Steve loves playing video games. His parents get him a console along with 5 games for his birthday. For the third year he buys 4 games a month as he has a new part-time job that makes him more money. He also gets 5 games for Christmas every year. He saves up enough money to buy 1 game per month for a year, and then the second year he starts buying 2 games a month. How many games does Steve have after 3 years?

Ground Truth Answer

104

Generated Answer

Explanation: Steve gets 5 games for his birthday + 4 games/month * 12 months/year = 53 games in year 1. In year 2 Steve gets 53 games + 5 christmas games + 1 game/month * 12 months = 70 games. In year 3 Steve gets 70 games + 5 Christmas games + 2 games/month * 12 months = 99 games Total after 3 years is 53 + 70 + 99 = 222 games Answer: {222}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains multiple logical errors regarding the timeline of game purchases and fundamentally miscalculates the final total by summing yearly cumulative totals instead of reporting the final cumulative total.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Total after 3 years is 53 + 70 + 99 = 222 games

Explanation

The values 53, 70, and 99 represent the cumulative total at the end of Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3, respectively (based on the AI's flawed internal calculations). Summing these three cumulative totals results in an incorrect final count. The final total should be the last calculated cumulative total (99 in this sequence), or the sum of all additions made over the three years.

Answer Span:

53 + 70 + 99 = 222

Reference/Question Span:

How many games does Steve have after 3 years?

Question #2

Clean

Full Question

Billy is peeling and cutting potatoes in preparation for making potato salad for his big family reunion barbecue. It's a big event, so he has 60 potatoes to get through. It takes Billy about a minute and a half to peel a potato, but only about 5 seconds to cut it up. The potatoes are roughly the same size, so it takes about the same amount of time to peel and cut each one. How long will it take Billy to finish prepping the potatoes?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total time in minutes it takes to peel one potato: 1 minute/potato + 30 seconds/potato / 60 seconds/minute = 1.5 minutes/potato Then multiply that rate by the total number of potatoes to find the total peeling time: 1.5 minutes/potato * 60 potatoes = 90 minutes Then divide the number of seconds it takes to cut one potato by the number of seconds in a minute to find how much of a minute it takes to cut each potato: 5 seconds / 60 seconds/minute = 1/12 minute Then multiply that rate by the total number of potatoes to find the total cutting time: 1/12 minute/potato * 60 potatoes = 5 minutes Then add the total cutting and peeling time to find the total prep time: 5 minutes + 90 minutes = 95 minutes Answer: {95}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound and logically follows all necessary steps to calculate the total preparation time by summing the total peeling time and the total cutting time.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #3

James gets 10 new CDs. He decides he doesn't like 5 of them and sells them for 40. Each CD cost $15. He gets them for 40% off. How much money was he out?

Clean

Full Question

James gets 10 new CDs. He decides he doesn't like 5 of them and sells them for 40. Each CD cost $15. He gets them for 40% off. How much money was he out?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: He bought 10 CDs at $15 each so that's 10*15 = $150 spent He got a 40% discount meaning he only paid 60% of the price: 150*.6 = $90 He sold 5 for $40 so that means he lost 90-40 = $50 Answer: {50}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cost, the discounted cost, and the net loss based on the sales, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #4

Clean

Full Question

There are 18 seats in each row. One-fourth of the seats were occupied by the administrators. One-third of the remaining seats were occupied by the parents and the rest were occupied by the students. The school auditorium has 4 rows of seats. How many students were there in the school auditorium?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of seats in the auditorium: 18 seats/row * 4 rows = 72 seats Then multiply that number by 1/4 to find how many seats the administrators occupied: 72 seats * (1/4) = 18 seats Then subtract the number of seats the administrators occupied from the total number of seats to find the number of seats remaining: 72 seats - 18 seats = 54 seats Then multiply the number of remaining seats by 1/3 to find how many seats the parents occupied: 54 seats * (1/3) = 18 seats Then subtract the number of seats the parents occupied from the number of remaining seats to find the number of seats the students occupied: 54 seats - 18 seats = 36 seats So the answer is 36 Answer: {36}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem. All arithmetic calculations are accurate, and the logic correctly tracks the remaining seats after each group occupies them.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #5

A bag of glass chips holds 72 chips. Milo is making a mosaic with chips of glass. Milo wants his mosaic to be three inches tall. It takes twelve glass chips to make every square inch of the mosaic. If...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how to solve this problem step-by-step: * **Calculate total chips:** Milo has 2 bags * 72 chips/bag = 144 glass chips. * **Chips needed for the height:** His mosaic is 3 inches tall * 12 chips/inch = 36 chips needed for the height. * **Chips remaining for length:** Milo has 144 total chips – 36 chips for height = 108 chips left for the length. * **Inches of mosaic length:** He can make 108 chips / 12 chips/inch = 9 inches of length. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in interpreting the chip density (chips per square inch) relative to the mosaic dimensions (height and length), leading to an incorrect final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #6

Bernie has 4 dogs. The first needs to walk 1 mile. On average, they need to walk 3 miles per day. They each need a certain amount of exercise per day. The second needs to walk 4 miles. The third needs...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

We know the first 3 dogs need to walk 1 + 4 + 3 = 8 miles All 4 dogs need to walk 3 miles on average * 4 dogs = 12 miles So the last dog needs to walk 12 - 8 = 4 miles Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total required miles based on the average and then subtracts the known miles for the first three dogs to find the miles required for the last dog. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #7

Clean

Full Question

A perfume company is trying to create new scents. By the end of the day, they sell 5 of each of the vanilla scents and 2 of each of the fruity scents available. They already have 4 vanilla scents and 8 fruity scents available and they need to decide which kind of scent to focus on. They decide to focus on whichever scent sells the most and monitor their number of sales as part of their research. How many more vanilla scents sold compared with the fruity scents?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: They sold 5 vanilla scents * 4 kinds of vanilla scents = 20 bottles of vanilla scents. They also sold 2 fruit scents * 8 kinds of fruit scents = 16 bottles of fruit scents. That means they sold 20 bottles of vanilla scents - 16 bottles of fruit scents = 4 more vanilla scents. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the quantities sold for each scent type based on the available stock and sales rate, and then correctly calculates the difference, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #8

Clean

Full Question

Ron is fed up with the pothole in front of his house. If it doesn't get fixed, it's going to do $450 worth of damage to his car. Ron will also have to buy 3 buckets of asphalt that each cost $25 to fix it himself. Unfortunately, the city council refuses to fix it, and will fine Ron $120 for unauthorized road maintenance if he fixes it himself. How much money does Ron save by fixing the pothole?

Ground Truth Answer

255

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total cost of the asphalt: 3 buckets * $25/bucket = $75 Then add that cost to the cost of the fine to find Ron's total cost to fix the pothole: $75 + $120 = $195 Then subtract that cost from the cost of the damage to his car to find how much money he saves: $450 - $195 = $255 Answer: {255}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the costs Ron incurs (asphalt + fine) and subtracts this total cost from the potential damage cost to determine the savings. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #9

Clean

Full Question

Michael is replacing the carpet in his bedroom. His bedroom measures 18 feet by 12 feet. His contractor charges $4 per square foot to remove the old carpet, and $34 per square foot to install the new carpet. The new carpet he's chosen costs $12 per square foot, plus $2 per square foot for padding underneath. How much will it cost Michael to replace the carpet?

Ground Truth Answer

11232

Generated Answer

First find the total area of the room by multiplying the length and width: 18 feet * 12 feet = 216 square feet Then multiply that area by the cost to remove the old carpet to find the total removal cost: 216 square feet * $4/square foot = $864 Then multiply the area of the room by the cost per square foot of the new carpet to find the total cost of the carpet: 216 square feet * $12/square foot = $2592 Then multiply the area of the room by the cost per square foot of the padding to find the total cost of the padding: 216 square feet * $2/square foot = $432 Then multiply the area of the room by the cost per square foot of installation to find the total cost of installation: 216 square feet * $34/square foot = $7344 Then add the cost of removing the old carpet, the new carpet, the padding, and the installation to find the total cost: $864 + $2592 + $432 + $7344 = $11232 Answer: {11232}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area and then correctly calculates the cost for removal, carpet, padding, and installation separately, summing them up accurately to reach the correct total cost.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #10

Clean

Full Question

Joanne gathers 30 apples from the tallest trees, half this amount from the shortest trees, and more apples from the average trees. Her sister gathers twice as many apples from the tallest trees and 3 times as many apples from the shortest trees. She doesn't take any from the average trees. While Joanne is gathering apples from her family's orchard, her sister comes outside to help her. If the sisters have gathered a combined total of 500 apples, how many apples did Joanne gather from the average trees?

Ground Truth Answer

350

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many apples Joanne picked from the shortest trees: 30 apples / 2 = 15 apples Then find how many apples her sister picked from the tallest trees: 30 apples * 2 = 60 apples Then find how many apples her sister picked from the shortest trees: 15 apples * 3 = 45 apples Then add those amounts to find the total number of apples her sister picked: 60 apples + 45 apples = 105 apples Then subtract the number of apples her sister picked and the number Joanne picked from the tallest and shortest trees from the total number of apples to find the number Joanne picked from average trees: 500 apples - 105 apples - 30 apples - 15 apples = 350 apples Answer: {350}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all intermediate steps and uses the correct logic to isolate the unknown variable (Joanne's apples from average trees). The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #11

1 issue

Full Question

Pat has a flower bed that is 111 feet long. Pat wants to fill her flower bed with plants. Pat already owns 17 flowers. Pat's flowers grow 12 inches wide so she needs to leave 1.5 feet between every plant. Each flowering plant costs $6 at the store, how much money will Pat spend at the store to fill up her flower bed?

Ground Truth Answer

342

Generated Answer

First find the total amount of space between the plants: 1.5 feet/plant * 17 plants = 25.5 feet Then subtract that amount from the total length of the flower bed to find the amount of space in the flower bed that will not be occupied by a plant: 111 feet - 25.5 feet = 85.5 feet Then add the width of a plant to the amount of space that needs to be between plants to find the total amount of space one plant takes up in the flower bed: 12 inches + 1.5 feet = 2.25 feet Then convert the width of the plant from inches to feet: 12 inches / 12 inches/foot = 1 foot Then add that number to the amount of space between each plant to find the total amount of space each plant takes up in the flower bed: 1 foot + 1.5 feet = 2.5 feet Then divide the amount of space in the flower bed that will not be occupied by a plant by the total amount of space one plant takes up in the flower bed to find how many more plants can fit in the flower bed: 85.5 feet / 2.5 feet/plant = 34.2 plants Since you can't have .2 of a plant round down to 34 plants Now add the number of plants Pat can fit in her flower bed to the number of plants she already owns to find the total number of plants Pat will have in her flower bed: 34 plants + 17 plants = 51 plants Then multiply that number by the cost of each plant to find the total amount of money Pat will spend: 51 plants * $6/plant = $306 Answer: {306}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a fundamental logical error in calculating the space occupied by the initial 17 plants by incorrectly assuming 17 gaps instead of 16. Furthermore, the overall strategy of calculating remaining space and adding new plants is flawed compared to calculating the total capacity of the bed.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

First find the total amount of space between the plants: 1.5 feet/plant * 17 plants = 25.5 feet

Explanation

The calculation assumes 17 gaps for 17 plants. For N plants arranged linearly, there are N-1 gaps between them. If 17 plants are present, there should only be 16 gaps between them, requiring 16 * 1.5 = 24 feet of spacing, not 25.5 feet.

Answer Span:

1.5 feet/plant * 17 plants = 25.5 feet

Reference/Question Span:

she needs to leave 1.5 feet between every plant

Question #12

Clean

Full Question

John decides to do several activities while out on vacation. He spent 40% of his time sightseeing. He spent 30% of the time with the following events. He spends 6 hours boating and half that time swimming. He also watched 3 different shows which were 2 hours each. How much time did he spend sightseeing?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: He spent 6/2= 3 hours swimming So in total he spends 3+6= 9 hours on these two activities This represents 30% of his time, so each 10% is 9/3= 3 hours That means he spent 3*4= 12 hours sightseeing Answer: {12}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a critical logical error where it fails to include the time spent watching shows (6 hours) when calculating the total duration corresponding to 30% of the vacation time. This omission leads to an incorrect final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #13

Clean

Full Question

Kim has started his own housekeeping business and is calculating how much profit he will make from his clients. He already has 3 clients, but is talking to another 5 potential clients and feels confident enough to include them in his calculations. Bottles of bleach will cost $2 each and packs of cloths will cost $5 each. He calculates that his total income each week will be $92. Each client's home will need 2 bottles of bleach and a pack of cloths to clean. These are his only expenses. Profit is the difference between total income and total expenses, so how much profit, in dollars, will Lucas make each week?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Kim anticipates having 3+5=8 clients each week. That means his total weekly expenses will be (2*8)*2+(1*8)*5=$32+$40=$72. Therefore, his weekly profit will be $92-$72=$20. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total number of clients, calculates the total expenses based on the required materials per client, and then correctly subtracts the total expenses from the total income to find the profit. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #14

Clean

Full Question

Lisa is part of a choir that has 52 members, 50% of which are boys and 50% of which are girls. The choir decides to perform with just its female members. The choir's 3 teachers decides to sing with them, because on the day of the performance, half the members supposed to perform can't make it to the show because their bus breaks down. How many people sang in the performance?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Since 50% of the choir members are girls, there are .50*52 = 26 girls in the choir. Half of the girls couldn't make it, meaning only 26/2 = 13 girls could sing. Adding the three teachers who sang, a total of 13+3 = 16 people sang in the performance. Answer: {16}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of girls, correctly calculates the number of girls who attended after half couldn't make it, and correctly adds the teachers to find the final total. All calculations are correct and the logic follows the problem statement.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #15

Clean

Full Question

A teacher uses a 5-inch piece of chalk to write math equations on a chalkboard for his students. Since the teacher cannot write with a very small piece of chalk, he recycles the chalk when it is smaller than 2 inches. The teacher likes to conserve chalk, so he tries to only use 20% of the chalk each day. On Monday the teacher used a new piece of chalk. His students need extra help that day, so he ended up writing more than usual. He used up 45% of the chalk by the end of the day. If the teacher goes back to using only 20% of the chalk each day, how many days does he have before he has to recycle this piece?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On Monday, the teacher used 45% of the chalk, leaving 100% - 45% = 55% of the chalk remaining. The teacher wants to use 20% of the chalk each day, and he has 55% / 20% per day = 2.75 days worth of chalk left. However, since he can only use whole days, he has 2 full days left before he has to recycle the chalk. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the remaining chalk percentage and determines the number of full days the teacher can continue using the chalk at the standard rate before hitting the recycling threshold. The interpretation of the remaining days as whole days is appropriate given the context of daily usage.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #16

Clean

Full Question

Mr. Smith measured and found the pool is 14 feet wide, 25 feet long, and 4 feet deep. The pool company instructed them to measure to find the volume of the pool, then to multiply it by 5.9 to calculate how many gallons of water they need. The Smith family is getting ready for summer and needs to have their swimming pool filled. The cost for the pool company to come and fill the pool is $0.10 per gallon. How much will it cost to fill the pool?

Ground Truth Answer

826

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the volume of the pool: 14 feet * 25 feet * 4 feet = 1400 cubic feet. Then multiply the volume by 5.9 to find how many gallons of water are needed to fill the pool: 1400 cubic feet * 5.9 gallons/cubic foot = 8260 gallons. Then multiply that number by the cost per gallon to find the total cost: 8260 gallons * $0.10/gallon = $826.00 Answer: {$826.00}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem: calculating volume, converting volume to gallons using the provided factor (5.9), and calculating the total cost based on the price per gallon. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #17

Clean

Full Question

Blake and Kelly are having a contest to see who can run the most in 15 minutes. They decide to do it on a football field that is 100 yards long. Kelly runs back and forth once, and then decides that she doesn't want to run next to Blake, so she starts to run to the 40-yard line and back. She does this 34 times. Blake runs back and forth 15 times. How much farther does the winner run than the loser?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total distance Kelly runs: 100 yards + 34 runs * 40 yards/run * 2 (there and back) = 2820 yards. Then multiply the number of times Blake ran back and forth by the distance of the football field to find the total distance he ran: 15 runs * 100 yards/run = 1500 yards. Then subtract the shorter distance from the longer distance to find the difference: 2820 yards - 1500 yards = 1320 yards. Answer: {1320}

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Unterminated string starting at: line 17 column 22 (char 2547)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #18

Jenny buys 1 bag of cookies a week. Her husband eats 1 cookie a day for 7 days. The bag has 36 cookies and she puts 4 cookies in her son's lunch box 5 days a week. Jenny eats the rest of the cookie...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Jenny's husband eats 1*7=7 cookies a week. She puts 4*5=20 cookies in her son's lunchbox each week. So that means 20+7=27 cookies are eaten by her husband and son each week. That leaves Jenny with 36-27=9 cookies to eat. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cookies consumed by the husband and son and subtracts this from the total bag size to find the amount Jenny eats. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #19

A gallon of paint can cover 20 square feet and cost $12. Tony is painting a room with four walls. The north and south walls are 10 x 8 feet. The east and west walls are 5 x 8 feet. How much will it co...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

144

Generated Answer

The north and south walls each have an area of 10*8=80 square feet. So the north and south walls together have a combined area of 80*2=160 square feet. The east and west walls each have an area of 5*8=40 square feet. So the east and west walls together have a combined area of 40*2=80 square feet. The total area of the walls in the room is 160+80=240 square feet. Thus, Tony will need 240/20=12 gallons of paint to cover the room. Therefore, the paint will cost 12*12=$144. Answer: {144}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area of each set of walls, sums them to find the total area, determines the required gallons of paint based on coverage rate, and calculates the final cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #20

Clean

Full Question

On a busy Saturday morning, a hotel was completely booked with 100 guests. 24 guests elected an early checkout and 15 elected for a late checkout. 7 more people checked in after dinner was served. In the afternoon twice as many people checked in as those who opted for a late checkout. How many guests does the hotel have after dinner?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The hotel had 100 - 24 = 76 guests after the early checkout. 30 guests checked in the afternoon, which is twice the number of people who opted for a late checkout (15 x 2 = 30). So there were 76 + 30 = 106 guests before the late checkout. After the late checkout, 106 - 15 = 91 guests remained. After dinner, 91 + 7 = 98 guests were present in the hotel. Answer: {98}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound and follows a logical sequence of events that correctly calculates the final number of guests.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #21

Clean

Full Question

Brendan has a bag of marbles with 10 inside. He tripped over a pebble while carrying it and dropped half of them. One of them he picked up wasn't a marble, but actually a bead so he got rid of it. He only picked up 3 in total. When he went back home, he inspected the marbles further. How many marbles did Brendan end up with?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. Brendan started with 10 marbles and dropped half, leaving him with 10 / 2 = 5 marbles. 2. He picked up 3 items, but one was a bead, so he has 5 + 3 - 1 = 7 items. 3. Since one of the items is a bead, he has 7 - 1 = 6 marbles. Answer: {6}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains logical flaws in tracking the number of marbles recovered versus the total items picked up, leading to an incorrect final answer (6 instead of 7). Although intermediate arithmetic steps ($5+3-1=7$ and $7-1=6$) are technically correct calculations, they are based on a flawed interpretation of how the recovered items contribute to the final marble count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #22

1 issue

Full Question

Today is December 31st. For a New Year's resolution, Andy wants to lose 30 lbs. by his birthday, which is July 19th. If Andy needs to burn 3500 calories to lose a pound, how much of a calorie deficit (net amount of calories burned vs. calories consumed) does he need each day to reach his goal?

Ground Truth Answer

525

Generated Answer

Explanation: First, figure out how many days Andy has to lose weight: July is 7 months into the year, and his birthday is on the 19th, giving him 7*30+19 = 229 days. However, January has 31 days, not 30, so add one more day: 229 + 1 = 230 days. Subtract the remaining days in December to find the total number of days Andy has to lose weight: 230 - 1 = 229 days. Next, calculate Andy's total calorie deficit by multiplying the number of pounds he wants to lose by the number of calories he needs to burn per pound: 30 lbs * 3500 calories/lb = 105000 calories. Finally, divide Andy's total calorie deficit by the number of days he has to lose weight to find his daily calorie deficit: 105000 calories / 229 days = 458.5 calories/day. Answer: {458.5}

Overall Quality: poor

The calculation for the total calorie deficit is correct, but the crucial step of determining the number of days available for weight loss contains significant logical errors regarding calendar calculations, leading to an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error medium

Statement

Subtract the remaining days in December to find the total number of days Andy has to lose weight: 230 - 1 = 229 days.

Explanation

The period starts after December 31st (i.e., January 1st). Subtracting 1 day from the running total of 230 days is an arbitrary and incorrect adjustment for finding the duration up to July 19th.

Answer Span:

230 - 1 = 229 days

Reference/Question Span:

how much of a calorie deficit (net amount of calories burned vs. calories consumed) does he need each day to reach his goal?

Question #23

Clean

Full Question

Artie has no change today, so he has decided to round all his prices to the nearest dollar. Artie has a flower stand at the Farmers Market. He sells three kinds of flowers: marigolds, petunias and begonias. He usually sells marigolds for $2.74 per pot, petunias for $1.87 per pot and begonias for $2.12 per pot. If Artie sells 12 pots of marigolds, 9 pots of petunias and 17 pots of begonias, how much will he make?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: **1. Round the flower prices:** * Marigolds: $2.74 rounds up to $3.00 * Petunias: $1.87 rounds up to $2.00 * Begonias: $2.12 rounds down to $2.00 **2. Calculate the earnings for each type of flower:** * Marigolds: 12 pots * $3.00/pot = $36.00 * Petunias: 9 pots * $2.00/pot = $18.00 * Begonias: 17 pots * $2.00/pot = $34.00 **3. Add up the earnings to find the total:** * $36.00 + $18.00 + $34.00 = $88.00 **Answer: {88}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps: rounding prices to the nearest dollar, calculating the total revenue for each flower type based on the rounded prices and quantities sold, and summing these totals to find the final amount. All arithmetic calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #24

Clean

Full Question

The three boys picked up and carried all of the balls in one trip. Jordan carried twice as many balls as Jason, and Jason carried twice as many balls as Jeffrey. After the practice time was over, he asked Jordan, Jason, and Jeffrey to pick up the balls and carry them over to the bag. Coach brought one bag filled with basketballs to practice and dumped them all out onto the gym floor before practice began. If Jason had picked up and carried 2 balls, what is the total number of balls that the coach brought to practice?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Since Jason carried twice as many balls as Jeffrey, Jeffrey carried 2 / 2 = 1 ball. Jordan carried twice as many as Jason, so he carried 2 * 2 = 4 balls. Altogether, they carried 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 balls. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the relationships between the number of balls carried by each boy based on the given information (Jason carried 2 balls) and calculates the total accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #25

2 issues

Full Question

Mack wants to count things and decided to count how many birds there are in the sky over the next week. On day three he saw none. On days four and five, he saw 120 birds. On day six he saw 20 and on day seven he saw 90. On days one and two, Mack saw a total of 50 birds. On average, how many birds did Mack see in a day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of birds Mack saw: 0 + 120 + 120 + 20 + 90 + 50 = 400 birds Then divide the total number of birds by the number of days to find the average: 400 birds / 7 days = 57.14 birds per day Answer: {57.14}

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly identified the steps (summing totals and dividing by 7 days), but the initial summation calculation was incorrect (400 instead of 380), leading to an incorrect final average.

Detected Issues (2)

calculation_error high

Statement

First find the total number of birds Mack saw: 0 + 120 + 120 + 20 + 90 + 50 = 400 birds

Explanation

The sum of the birds seen is incorrect. The days are: Day 3 (0), Days 4 & 5 (120 + 120), Day 6 (20), Day 7 (90), Days 1 & 2 (50). The calculation shown only includes 6 terms (0, 120, 120, 20, 90, 50) but the problem describes 7 days of data points being summed up, and the sum itself is wrong.

Answer Span:

0 + 120 + 120 + 20 + 90 + 50 = 400

Reference/Question Span:

null

calculation_error medium

Statement

Then divide the total number of birds by the number of days to find the average: 400 birds / 7 days = 57.14 birds per day

Explanation

The division is performed on the incorrect total (400). Even if the total were 400, 400 / 7 is approximately 57.1428..., but the primary error is using the wrong total from the previous step.

Answer Span:

400 birds / 7 days = 57.14

Reference/Question Span:

null

Question #26

Clean

Full Question

Dale is selling butterscotch candies to raise money for his club at school. He doesn't have the candies yet and is instead just taking orders. He ordered 100 more after he started off with 100 total that he ordered and wanted to sell, but he ended up selling 150 butterscotch candies. How many does Dale still need to sell to sell all of his candy?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Dale started off wanting to sell 100 candies and then ordered 100 more so now he wants to sell 100+100 = 200 candies He sold 150 so he needs to sell 200-150 = 50 more candies Answer: {50}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem: calculating the total intended sales (100 initial + 100 ordered = 200) and then subtracting the amount sold (200 - 150 = 50) to find the remaining amount needed to sell.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #27

Clean

Full Question

Chris is way behind on his math homework. On Wednesday, he completes one-quarter of the remaining math problems. On Tuesday, he completes 3 times as many problems as he did on Monday. He has 100 math problems to complete in total. He completes 12 problems on Monday night. How many math problems does he have left to complete on Thursday?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of problems Chris completes on Tuesday: 12 problems * 3 = 36 problems. Then add the number of problems he completed on Monday and Tuesday to find the total number he's completed so far: 36 problems + 12 problems = 48 problems. Then subtract that number from the total number of problems to find how many he had left to complete as of Wednesday morning: 100 problems - 48 problems = 52 problems. Then multiply that number by 1/4 to find how many problems he completed Wednesday: 52 problems * 1/4 = 13 problems. Then add that number to the number he'd already completed to find the total number of problems completed: 13 problems + 48 problems = 61 problems. Then subtract that number from 100 to find how many problems he has left to complete: 100 problems - 61 problems = 39 problems. Answer: {39}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #28

Clean

Full Question

Felix notices that kids in the neighborhood are always getting things stuck in trees. Since he is an expert tree climber, he decided to start charging kids to get their stuff out. During the week he made $105. Every branch he has to climb up costs $.25. He charges based on how high he has to climb. On average, how many branches did he climb per day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how much money he makes per tree by subtracting the cost of climbing from what he charges: $1.00 - $0.25 = $0.75 Then divide the total amount of money he made for the week by the amount he makes per tree to find how many trees he climbed: $105 / $0.75 = 140 trees Then divide the number of trees he climbed by the number of days he worked to find how many trees he climbed per day: 140 trees / 7 days = 20 trees Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a significant logical error by introducing an unstated fixed charge of $1.00 per job, leading to an incorrect calculation of the total number of branches climbed and the final average.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #29

2 issues

Full Question

Garrett is popping popcorn for a snack. As the pan of kernels heats up, the kernels start popping faster. The kernels increase to four times the initial popping rate after sixty seconds, but in the final 30 seconds, the popping slows down to half the rate as the past 30 seconds. Twenty pop in the first 30 seconds of cooking, then three times that amount in the next 30 seconds. After Garrett takes the pan off the heat, a quarter of the number of kernels that popped in the final 30 seconds of cooking also pop from the residual heat. How many pieces of popcorn does Garrett have to eat?

Ground Truth Answer

210

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how to break down the problem: * **First 30 seconds:** 20 kernels pop. * **Next 30 seconds:** The popping rate is three times faster, so 20 * 3 = 60 kernels pop. * **Final 30 seconds:** The rate slows to half of the previous 30 seconds, meaning 60 / 2 = 30 kernels pop. * **Residual heat:** After taking the pan off the heat, 30 / 4 = 7.5 kernels pop (we'll round down to 7 since you can't have half a kernel). * **Total:** Garrett has 20 + 60 + 30 + 7 = 117 pieces of popcorn. Answer: {117}

Overall Quality: poor

The model misinterpreted the problem constraints regarding the rate changes and the final residual heat calculation. The initial steps (20, 60, 30) are derived correctly from the text, but the subsequent steps involving rate changes (which are mentioned but not used to calculate the 30-second counts) and the final residual heat calculation (rounding down 7.5 to 7) are flawed, leading to an incorrect total. Crucially, the model completely ignores the information about the rate increasing to four times the initial rate after sixty seconds, which suggests the calculation of the 'Next 30 seconds' (60 kernels) might be based on an incomplete interpretation of the rate changes described in the first two sentences, although the model's calculation (20 * 3 = 60) matches the explicit statement for the next 30 seconds. The major error leading away from the ground truth (210) is the failure to correctly interpret the rate information provided in the first two sentences, which seems to imply a much higher total count than 117. Given the ground truth is 210, the model missed significant popping counts. The logical error regarding rounding 7.5 to 7 is present, but the primary deviation stems from ignoring the rate information that leads to 210.

Detected Issues (2)

logical_error medium

Statement

30 / 4 = 7.5 kernels pop (we'll round down to 7 since you can't have half a kernel).

Explanation

The problem asks for the total number of pieces of popcorn. While physically you cannot have half a kernel, mathematical problems involving quantities derived from fractions usually require carrying the exact value unless explicitly told to round or truncate intermediate steps. Furthermore, the problem implies a total count, and rounding down prematurely leads to an incorrect final sum compared to the ground truth.

Answer Span:

30 / 4 = 7.5 kernels pop (we'll round down to 7 since you can't have half a kernel)

Reference/Question Span:

a quarter of the number of kernels that popped in the final 30 seconds of cooking also pop from the residual heat.

calculation_error low

Statement

Total: Garrett has 20 + 60 + 30 + 7 = 117 pieces of popcorn.

Explanation

The sum is incorrect based on the preceding steps (20 + 60 + 30 + 7).

Answer Span:

20 + 60 + 30 + 7 = 117

Question #30

Clean

Full Question

An orange costs 5 less than what a watermelon cost. Dillon is sent to the store to buy 4 watermelons, 20 peppers, and 10 oranges. Well's mother sells watermelons, peppers, and oranges at the local store. A watermelon costs three times what each pepper costs. What's the total amount of money he will spend if each pepper costs 15$?

Ground Truth Answer

880

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break down the problem step by step: **1. Calculate the cost of a watermelon:** * Each pepper costs $15. * A watermelon costs three times the price of a pepper, so it costs $15 * 3 = $45. **2. Calculate the cost of an orange:** * An orange costs $5 less than a watermelon, so it costs $45 - $5 = $40. **3. Calculate the total cost of the watermelons:** * Dillon buys 4 watermelons at $45 each, so the total cost is 4 * $45 = $180. **4. Calculate the total cost of the peppers:** * Dillon buys 20 peppers at $15 each, so the total cost is 20 * $15 = $300. **5. Calculate the total cost of the oranges:** * Dillon buys 10 oranges at $40 each, so the total cost is 10 * $40 = $400. **6. Calculate the total cost of all the fruits:** * The total cost is $180 (watermelons) + $300 (peppers) + $400 (oranges) = $880. **Therefore, Dillon will spend $880 in total.** Answer: {880}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement. All arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #31

Clean

Full Question

Greg has an alarm set to ring three times a day as a reminder. The first time it went off today, it rang four times. The third time, it rang for half as long as the second time. When the alarm goes off, it continues to ring until Greg turns it off. The second time it went off, it rang for three times as long as the first time. How many times did the alarm ring in all?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this problem step-by-step: * **Second alarm:** The second alarm rang three times as long as the first alarm, which rang 4 times. So, the second alarm rang 3 * 4 = 12 times. * **Third alarm:** The third alarm rang half as long as the second alarm, which rang 12 times. So, the third alarm rang 12 / 2 = 6 times. * **Total rings:** In total, the alarm rang 4 + 12 + 6 = 22 times. **Answer: {22}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic operations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #32

Clean

Full Question

Jim has a 20 pack of gum. He also gives half the gum he has remaining to his sister when she asks for some right before bed. He chews 1 piece of gum for every 2 hours he's at school over a school day that lasts 8 hours. He chews 1 piece on the way home from school and 1 stick after dinner. How many pieces of gum does Jim have left at the end of the day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of hours Jim is at school: 8 hours/school day * 1 school day = 8 hours Then multiply that number by the number of pieces of gum he chews per hour at school to find how many pieces he chews at school: 8 hours * 1 piece/2 hours = 4 pieces Then add the number of pieces he chews on his way home from school and the number he chews after dinner to find his total gum consumption for the day: 4 pieces + 1 piece + 1 piece = 6 pieces Then subtract that number from his starting number of pieces of gum to find how many pieces he has left before giving some to his sister: 20 pieces - 6 pieces = 14 pieces Then divide that number in half to find how many pieces he gives to his sister: 14 pieces / 2 = 7 pieces Then subtract that number from the number of pieces he had left to find how many pieces he has left at the end of the day: 14 pieces - 7 pieces = 7 pieces Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound and logically follows the steps required to reach the correct answer. All arithmetic calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #33

Clean

Full Question

A farmer is buying feed for his horses. He buys a variety of hay, oats, carrots and sugar cubes. Since sugar cubes are a rare treat, he only buys two 1-pound boxes of them for the whole stable. Oats are a staple to supplement the hay, so he buys twenty 65-pound sacks. Hay is the main diet of his horses, so he buys forty-two 75-pound bales. He only wants enough carrots to feed the horses while the vegetables are fresh, so he buys four 12-pound bags. If his farm truck can carry 2250 pounds at a time, how many trips does the farmer need to transport all the feed?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this problem: **1. Calculate the total weight of each type of feed:** * **Sugar Cubes:** 2 boxes * 1 pound/box = 2 pounds * **Oats:** 20 sacks * 65 pounds/sack = 1300 pounds * **Hay:** 42 bales * 75 pounds/bale = 3150 pounds * **Carrots:** 4 bags * 12 pounds/bag = 48 pounds **2. Calculate the total weight of all the feed:** * 2 pounds + 1300 pounds + 3150 pounds + 48 pounds = 4500 pounds **3. Determine the number of trips:** * 4500 pounds / 2250 pounds/trip = 2 trips **Answer: {2}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the weight of each feed type, sums them up accurately, and then correctly determines the number of trips required based on the truck's capacity. All arithmetic and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #34

Clean

Full Question

Four dogs sat in a line within the veterinarian's waiting room. The first dog was the Affenpinscher, who weighed only 10 pounds. Next to the Dachshund sat a Papillon, who weighed one-fourth as much as the Dachshund. And at the end of the line sat a Mastiff, who weighed 44 times the weight of the Papillon. Next to Affenpinscher sat a Dachshund, who weighed twice as much as the Affenpinscher. How much did the Mastiff weigh, in pounds?

Ground Truth Answer

220

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the weight of the Dachshund: 10 pounds * 2 = 20 pounds. Then find the weight of the Papillon: 20 pounds / 4 = 5 pounds. Then multiply the Papillon's weight by 44 to find the Mastiff's weight: 5 pounds * 44 = 220 pounds. Answer: {220}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the weights of the dogs based on the provided relationships and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #35

Clean

Full Question

Carl's favorite food is cheese. He ate a sandwich every day this week for lunch and used 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. He made a big dish of macaroni and cheese to last him several dinners for the week and used 8 slices of cheese in it. He ate cheese and egg omelets for breakfast 3 days in the week using one more slice per omelet than he did per sandwich. How many slices of cheese did he use?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how to break down the problem: * **Sandwiches:** Carl ate a sandwich every day for 7 days, using 2 slices of cheese per sandwich, so he used 7 * 2 = 14 slices of cheese. * **Mac and Cheese:** He used 8 slices of cheese for the macaroni and cheese. * **Omelets:** He used 2 + 1 = 3 slices of cheese per omelet. * **Total Omelet Cheese:** He ate omelets for 3 days, using 3 slices per omelet, for a total of 3 * 3 = 9 slices of cheese. * **Total Cheese:** In total, Carl used 14 + 8 + 9 = 31 slices of cheese. Answer: {31}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all parts of the problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #36

Clean

Full Question

Johnny's dad brought him to watch some horse racing and his dad bet money. On the second race, he won $1 more than twice the amount he previously lost. On the first race, he lost $5. On the third race, he lost 1.5 times as much as he won in the second race. How much did he lose on average that day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On the second race, he won 2*5+1 = $11. On the third race, he lost 11*1.5 = $16.50. In total, he lost 5+16.5 = $21.50 and won $11. Therefore, he lost 21.5-11 = $10.5 on average. Answer: {10.5}

Overall Quality: poor

The initial calculations for individual race outcomes are correct, leading to a total net loss of $10.50. However, the final step incorrectly presents this total loss as the average loss, omitting the necessary division by 3.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #37

James buys a new wardrobe. He buys 10 suits and 10 dress pants. The suits cost $750 each and the dress pants cost 1/5 that cost. He also buys 3 dress shirts per suit. The dress shirts were $60 eac...

Clean

Full Question

James buys a new wardrobe. He buys 10 suits and 10 dress pants. The suits cost $750 each and the dress pants cost 1/5 that cost. He also buys 3 dress shirts per suit. The dress shirts were $60 each. How much did everything cost?

Ground Truth Answer

10800

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the cost of each pair of pants: $750 / 5 = $150 Then multiply that cost by the number of pants to find the total pants cost: $150 * 10 = $1500 Then multiply the number of dress shirts per suit by the number of suits to find the total number of shirts: 3 shirts/suit * 10 suits = 30 shirts Then multiply that number by the cost per shirt to find the total cost of the shirts: 30 shirts * $60/shirt = $1800 Then multiply the cost per suit by the number of suits to find the total cost of the suits: $750/suit * 10 suits = $7500 Then add the cost of the pants, shirts, and suits to find the total cost: $1500 + $1800 + $7500 = $10800 Answer: {10800}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem statement. All arithmetic calculations are accurate, and the final sum matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #38

Clean

Full Question

Randy has 9 oatmeal cookies, 4 chocolate chip cookies, and 5 sugar cookies. He ate 3 cookies for an early day snack, one of each flavor. He gives 2 sugar cookies to his friends. Then, he bakes 4 of each flavor for dinner. He ate 2 oatmeal cookies for lunch. How many cookies does he have now?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this problem step-by-step: * **Start:** Randy begins with 9 oatmeal + 4 chocolate chip + 5 sugar = 18 cookies. * **Snack:** He eats 3 cookies, leaving him with 18 - 3 = 15 cookies. * **Sharing:** He gives away 2 sugar cookies, leaving him with 15 - 2 = 13 cookies. * **Baking:** He bakes 4 oatmeal + 4 chocolate chip + 4 sugar = 12 more cookies. * **Total after baking:** He now has 13 + 12 = 25 cookies. * **Lunch:** He eats 2 oatmeal cookies, leaving him with 25 - 2 = 23 cookies. **Answer: {23}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the cookie counts through all transactions described in the problem. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the sequence of events accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #39

Jamaal is at the gym. At the beginning, he was using an 8-pound weight. After 2 hours, it turns out to be too heavy, so he uses a weight two pounds lighter than before. After one hour, he increases th...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Two pounds lighter than 8 pounds is 8-2 = 6 pounds. 50% of 6 pounds is 6*(50/100) = 3 pounds. Thus, he increases the weight he is using by 3 pounds, bringing the weight to a total of 6+3 = 9 pounds. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Extra data: line 21 column 3 (char 3647)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #40

Clean

Full Question

A new arcade opens up and Jack decides to play with his 3 friends. Jack can play a game with 1 quarter for 20 minutes. Two of his friends are significantly worse than him and can only play half as long. They play for 4 hours. One of them is significantly better than him and can play for 1.5 times as long. How much money is used?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Jack can play for 20 minutes on one quarter, which means he can play for 20*3=60 minutes in an hour. There are 4 quarters in a dollar so he spends 60/4=$15 per hour. His friend who is better than him can therefore play for 20*1.5=30 minutes on a quarter. This means he can play for 30*2=60 minutes in an hour. He also spends 60/4=$15 an hour. His two other friends can only play for 20/2=10 minutes on one quarter. That means they can play for 10*6=60 minutes in an hour. They also each spend 60/4=$15 per hour. In total, the group spends 15*4=$60 an hour. That means for a 4 hour session, they spent 60*4=$240. Answer: {240}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain fails to correctly model the cost structure based on the time played per quarter, inventing an arbitrary and incorrect cost calculation ($X ext{ minutes} / 4 = ext{Cost in dollars}$) repeatedly.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #41

Clean

Full Question

Mike decides he wants to replace his movie collection with digital versions. He has 600 movies. 40% of the remaining movies that are not in series are older movies which are $5. A third of the movies are in various series and he knows he can get those for only $6 of the cost of a normal movie by just buying the series together. How much does replacing the movies cost if a normal movie costs $10?

Ground Truth Answer

4400

Generated Answer

First find the number of movies in a series: 600 movies * (1/3) = 200 movies Then subtract that number from the total number of movies to find the number that aren't in a series: 600 movies - 200 movies = 400 movies Then multiply that number by the percentage that are older to find how many movies are older: 400 movies * 40% = 160 movies Then subtract the number of older movies and the number of movies in a series from the total number of movies to find the number of normal movies: 600 movies - 160 movies - 200 movies = 240 movies Then multiply the number of older movies by their price to find their total cost: 160 movies * $5 = $800 Then multiply the number of normal movies by their price to find their total cost: 240 movies * $10 = $2400 Then multiply the number of movies in series by their discounted price to find their total cost: 200 movies * $6 = $1200 Then add the three costs together to find the total cost: $800 + $2400 + $1200 = $4400 Answer: {4400}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #42

Clean

Full Question

Gene is sewing a quilt out of old souvenir t-shirts. He has one shirt from each vacation he has been on. Every shirt is its own quilt block. He is now 34. He goes on four vacations a year and has been vacationing since he was 23 years old. Each row is made of blocks from a different year of vacations. How many quilt blocks does he have in total?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Gene has been on vacation for 34 years old - 23 years old = 11 years. He has 11 years * 4 vacations per year = 44 quilt blocks. Answer: {44}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the duration of vacationing (34 - 23 = 11 years) and then multiplies by the rate of vacations per year (11 * 4 = 44) to find the total number of quilt blocks, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #43

Clean

Full Question

Walter is collecting money for charity. His lawyer offers to donate three times as much as everyone else donates. First Walter collects $500 from his neighbors. Then he collects $1500 from a fund he set up online. Walter is going to tell his lawyer about his neighbors and the online fund until his friend gives him $200 as well. How much is Walter's lawyer going to contribute?

Ground Truth Answer

6600

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total amount Walter's friends donated: $500 + $1500 + $200 = $2200 Then multiply that amount by 3 to find how much Walter's lawyer donated: $2200 * 3 = $6600 Answer: {6600}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the total amount donated by others ($500 + $1500 + $200 = $2200) and correctly calculates the lawyer's contribution by multiplying this total by three ($2200 * 3 = $6600), matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #44

Clean

Full Question

Students who are football players, cheerleaders or part of band in Mr. Roper's class will need to leave early today to travel to an away game. In Mr. Roper's class of 30 students, 20% of the class are football players. Out of the remaining class, 25% of the students are cheerleaders or part of band. How many students are leaving early?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of football players in the class: 30 students * .20 = 6 students Then subtract that number from the class total to find the number of students remaining: 30 students - 6 students = 24 students Then multiply that number by 25% to find the number of students who are cheerleaders or in band: 24 students * .25 = 6 students Then add the number of football players to the number of cheerleaders and band members to find the total number of students leaving early: 6 students + 6 students = 12 students Answer: {12}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem statement, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #45

Clean

Full Question

Wanda and Ms. B decided to pump water from a pond to fill the tank in two days. On the first day, working in shifts, Wanda filled 1/4 of the tank's capacity with water, and Ms. B pumped 3/4 as much water as Wanda pumped into the tank that day. On the second day, Wanda pumped 2/3 of the amount of water she pumped on the previous day, while Ms. B only pumped 1/3 of the number of gallons she pumped on the first day. A tank has a capacity of 18000 gallons. How many gallons of water are remaining for the tank to be full?

Ground Truth Answer

6000

Generated Answer

Explanation: **Day 1:** * **Wanda:** Filled 1/4 * 18000 gallons = 4500 gallons * **Ms. B:** Filled 3/4 * 4500 gallons = 3375 gallons **Day 2:** * **Wanda:** Filled 2/3 * 4500 gallons = 3000 gallons * **Ms. B:** Filled 1/3 * 3375 gallons = 1125 gallons **Total:** * **Total filled:** 4500 gallons + 3375 gallons + 3000 gallons + 1125 gallons = 12000 gallons * **Remaining:** 18000 gallons - 12000 gallons = 6000 gallons Answer: {6000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #46

Clean

Full Question

George needs to pay for dental work. He needs 2 implants. Each implant has a base price of $2000. The crown costs an extra $500. For one of the implants, he wants a crown made of porcelain. He's already put down a deposit of $600. He makes $15 per hour at work. How many hours does he need to work before he has enough to pay for the dental work?

Ground Truth Answer

260

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total cost of the regular crown: $2000 + $500 = $2500 Then find the total cost of both implants: $2500 x 2 = $5000 Then subtract his deposit to find out how much more he needs to pay: $5000 - $600 = $4400 Then divide the remaining amount owed by his hourly rate to find out how many hours he needs to work: $4400 / $15 = 293.33 hours Since you can't work for a fraction of an hour, round this number up to the nearest whole number to find out the minimum number of hours he needs to work: 293.33 hours rounds up to 294 hours Answer: {294}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in calculating the total cost of the dental work by assuming both implants included the extra crown cost, leading to an incorrect final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #47

1 issue

Full Question

Boris owns a chocolate factory. He produces 50,000 bars of chocolate each month. The second week, Boris only produces half as much as the first week. But, the third week, Boris produces three times as much as the first week. Boris produces 8,000 bars of chocolate the first week. How much does he produce the fourth week?

Ground Truth Answer

14000

Generated Answer

Explanation: Boris produces 50000/4 = 12500 bars of chocolate each week. So, the second week, Boris produces 8000/2 = 4000 bars of chocolate. The third week, Boris produces 3*8000 = 24000 bars of chocolate. Therefore, Boris produces 12500 - 4000 - 24000 = 4500 bars of chocolate the fourth week. Answer: {4500}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains multiple logical errors, starting with an incorrect assumption about monthly distribution. Crucially, the final step involves a significant calculation error in subtraction, leading to an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Boris produces 50000/4 = 12500 bars of chocolate each week.

Explanation

The problem states Boris produces 50,000 bars total per month, but it does not state that production is distributed equally across the four weeks. The subsequent information about weeks 1, 2, and 3 contradicts this assumption, making the initial calculation irrelevant and based on a false premise.

Answer Span:

Boris produces 50000/4 = 12500 bars of chocolate each week

Reference/Question Span:

He produces 50,000 bars of chocolate each month. ... How much does he produce the fourth week?

Question #48

Clean

Full Question

Julia was preparing for a dinner party at her house, where she intended to serve stew. She noticed that she was out of plastic spoons, so she bought a new package of spoons. Later, her husband also bought a package of 5 new spoons and gave them to Julia. When she went to set the table, she had a total of 12 spoons. Before that when Julia was making the stew, she used three of the spoons to sample her stew. How many spoons were in the package that Julia bought?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let X be the number of spoons Julia bought. Julia's husband gave her 5 spoons, so together they had X + 5 spoons. She then used 3 spoons, leaving her with X + 5 - 3 spoons. We know she had 12 spoons left in the end, so X + 5 - 3 = 12 Combining like terms we get X + 2 = 12 Subtracting 2 from both sides we find that X = 10 So the package Julia bought contained 10 spoons. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up the algebraic equation based on the problem description and solves it accurately. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #49

Clean

Full Question

A jellyfish tank has numerous jellyfish in it. A fifth of the jellyfish are large, and a third of the large jellyfish change color from green to blue under UV light. When a UV light turned on, 6 jellyfish changed color. The other jellyfish are small and always stay blue. How many jellyfish are in the tank?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: We know 6 jellyfish changed color and this represents 1/3 of the large jellyfish. So, there are 6 * 3 = 18 large jellyfish in the tank. Large jellyfish make up 1/5 of the total number of jellyfish. Therefore, there are 18 * 5 = 90 jellyfish in the tank. Answer: {90}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the steps needed to solve the problem. It correctly calculates the number of large jellyfish (6 * 3 = 18) and then correctly calculates the total number of jellyfish (18 * 5 = 90). All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #50

1 issue

Full Question

Maria was charging her power bank before going to the park when she disconnected it and noticed the power bank wasn't fully charged yet. Once at the park, her friends asked her if they could charge their phones. While charging her friends' phones, she noticed that her power bank was losing 9% of the total capacity each hour. In the end, the charge remaining was 28%. 5 hours after charging the battery started to lose instead 7% of the total capacity each hour for about 3 hours. What was the charge of the power bank when Maria went out to the park?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break this problem down step-by-step: * **Step 1: Calculate the battery loss over the last 3 hours.** The battery lost 7% per hour for 3 hours, a total of 7 * 3 = 21%. * **Step 2: Calculate the battery charge before the last 3 hours.** Before the last 3 hours, the battery was at 28% + 21% = 49%. * **Step 3: Calculate how much battery was used in the first 5 hours.** This means the battery went from 100% down to 49% in 5 hours, a loss of 100% - 49% = 51%. * **Step 4: Calculate the battery loss per hour during the first 5 hours.** Over 5 hours, the battery lost 51%, so it was losing 51% / 5 hours = 10.2% per hour. * **Step 5: Determine if the battery was fully charged when Maria left for the park.** Since the battery was losing charge at a rate of 10.2% per hour and it was at 49% after 5 hours, it means it was not fully charged when she left. Answer: {The power bank was not fully charged when Maria went to the park.}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a critical logical error by assuming the battery started at 100% before the first draining period. Furthermore, the final output does not provide the required numerical answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Answer: {The power bank was not fully charged when Maria went to the park.}

Explanation

The model failed to answer the specific question asked, which requires a numerical percentage value (94%). Instead, it provided a qualitative statement based on flawed intermediate steps.

Answer Span:

Answer: {The power bank was not fully charged when Maria went to the park.}

Reference/Question Span:

What was the charge of the power bank when Maria went out to the park?

Question #51

1 issue

Full Question

Rose is out picking flowers for a vase she wants to fill. She starts off by picking 3 flowers with 5 petals each. She then picks 4 flowers with 6 petals each. She then adds another 5 flowers with 4 petals each. As she's carrying these flowers over to fill the vase, she drops 1 of each and the wind blows them away. Lastly she picks 6 flowers with 7 petals each. She also drops 1 of these flowers. She puts the remaining flowers in the vase. How many petals in total are on the flowers in the vase?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Rose started with 3 flowers * 5 petals/flower = 15 petals. Then she added 4 flowers * 6 petals/flower = 24 petals. Next she added 5 flowers * 4 petals/flower = 20 petals. At this point she had 15 petals + 24 petals + 20 petals = 59 petals. She lost 3 flowers total, so she lost 3 petals from dropping and having the wind blow them away. She had 59 petals - 3 petals = 56 petals remaining. Her last group of flowers added 6 flowers * 7 petals/flower = 42 petals. She dropped one of these flowers, so she lost 7 petals. This left her with 42 petals - 7 petals = 35 petals. In total she had 56 petals + 35 petals = 91 petals. Answer: {91}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in calculating the number of petals lost after the first three groups of flowers were picked, leading to an incorrect final total.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

She lost 3 flowers total, so she lost 3 petals from dropping and having the wind blow them away.

Explanation

The problem states she dropped 1 flower from the first group (5 petals), 1 from the second group (6 petals), and 1 from the third group (4 petals). The total petals lost is 5 + 6 + 4 = 15 petals, not 3 petals.

Answer Span:

she lost 3 petals from dropping and having the wind blow them away

Reference/Question Span:

she drops 1 of each and the wind blows them away

Question #52

A charity group decides to do a yard sale. 10 people donate 5 boxes of stuff each. They can fit 2 boxes worth of stuff per table. They also have 10 boxes of stuff already. If they already own 15 t...

Clean

Full Question

A charity group decides to do a yard sale. 10 people donate 5 boxes of stuff each. They can fit 2 boxes worth of stuff per table. They also have 10 boxes of stuff already. If they already own 15 tables, how many new tables do they need?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The charity group receives 10 people * 5 boxes/person = 50 boxes of donations. That means they have 50 boxes + 10 boxes = 60 boxes total. They need 60 boxes / 2 boxes/table = 30 tables total. So they need to get 30 tables - 15 tables = 15 new tables. Answer: {15}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all necessary calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #53

Clean

Full Question

Carlos, Jim and Carrey were at the beach playing and they decided to gather some seashells. They gathered all their seashells and divided them equally between themselves. Before gathering, Jim collected 27 seashells, which was 5 more than what Carlos collected. Carlos collected twice as many as Carrey. How many did each person get?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's solve step-by-step: 1. **Carlos's seashells:** Jim collected 5 more seashells than Carlos, who collected 27 - 5 = 22 seashells. 2. **Carrey's seashells:** Carlos collected twice as many seashells as Carrey, who collected 22 / 2 = 11 seashells. 3. **Total seashells:** Together, they collected 27 + 22 + 11 = 60 seashells. 4. **Seashells per person:** They divided the seashells equally, so each person received 60 / 3 = 20 seashells. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the relationships between the amounts collected by Jim, Carlos, and Carrey, calculates the individual amounts correctly, finds the total, and determines the equal share. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #54

Clean

Full Question

Debra is monitoring a beehive to see how many bees come and go in a day. She sees 30 bees leave the hive in the first 6 hours, and then she sees 1/2 that many bees return in the next 6 hours. Then every bee that left before that hadn't already returned returns to the hive in the last 6 hours. She sees two times as many bees as she saw first leave the hive fly from the hive and leave in the third 6 hours. How many bees did Debra see return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many bees returned to the hive in the second 6 hours: 30 bees / 2 = 15 bees Then subtract the number of bees that returned in the second 6 hours from the number that left in the first 6 hours to find how many bees returned in the last 6 hours: 30 bees - 15 bees = 15 bees Finally, multiply that number by 2 to find the total number of bees that Debra saw return to the hive in the last 6 hours: 15 bees * 2 = 30 bees Answer: {30}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a significant logical error where it applies a multiplication factor intended for leaving bees to a calculated return amount, leading to an answer (30) that does not match the ground truth (75).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #55

Clean

Full Question

Buford writes many checks every year. He also writes a check every month for the gas bill. And quarterly, he writes a check to the pest and lawn service. Once per month he writes a check to pay the electric bill. Twice per month he writes a check to the church. How many checks does Buford write per year?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Buford writes 1 check per month for gas + 1 check per month for electricity + 4 checks per year for pest/lawn + 2*12 = 24 checks per year to the church + a whole bunch more that we don't have the information to calculate. That means that he writes at least 1+1+4+24 = 30 checks per year. Answer: {at least 30}

Overall Quality: poor

The model fails to correctly calculate the total number of checks because it misinterprets the frequency of the gas and electric bills. Gas bill is monthly (12/year). Electric bill is monthly (12/year). The model incorrectly sums these as 1 check + 1 check, implying 2 checks total for these two items per year, instead of 12 + 12 = 24 checks per year. The final answer is based on a severely underestimated count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #56

Clean

Full Question

Mr. Tan paid the transfer fees that amount to 3% of the selling price and also paid a brokerage fee that is 5% of the selling price. Mr. Tan sold his house for $400 000. If he also paid $250 000 for the remaining loan amount of the house, how much is Mr. Tan's net proceeds from selling the house?

Ground Truth Answer

118000

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's calculate the transfer fees: 3/100 * $400,000 = $12,000. Let's calculate the brokerage fee: 5/100 * $400,000 = $20,000. The total expenses Mr. Tan paid is $12,000 + $20,000 + $250,000 = $282,000. Therefore, Mr. Tan's net proceeds is $400,000 - $282,000 = $118,000. Answer: {118000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all components (transfer fees, brokerage fees, total expenses) and subtracts them from the selling price to find the net proceeds. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #57

Clean

Full Question

Tobias, Chikote, and Igneous are the three little wolves who live in the forest and howl at the moon every night. Chikote howls for twice as long as Tobias. And Igneous howls for as long as the other two wolves combined. When Tobias howls, each howl lasts for a total of 20 seconds. What is the combined length of time, in minutes, of the three wolves' howls?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: If each of Tobias' howls last for 20 seconds, and he howls once every time he howls, then he spends 20*1=20 seconds howling each time he howls. We are told that Chikote howls twice as long as Tobias, so he howls for 20*2=40 seconds. And Igneous howls for as long as the other two combined, so he howls for 40+20=60 seconds. Therefore, the total time for all three wolves to howl is 20+40+60=120 seconds. Finally, since there are 60 seconds in every minute, the wolves howl for a total of 120/60=2 minutes. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the relationships between the wolves' howling times, performs all calculations accurately, and correctly converts the final total time from seconds to minutes, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #58

Joe has $50 to buy an outfit for his new field trip. The shirt he picks out has a price of $25. There is a 30% off sale at the clothing store. He also picks out a pair of shorts for $35. Assuming that...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the discount amount on the shirt: $25 * .30 = $7.50 Then subtract the discount from the original price to find the sale price: $25 - $7.50 = $17.50 Then add the price of the discounted shirt and the shorts to find the total cost: $17.50 + $35 = $52.50 Then subtract the total cost from Joe's budget to find how much money he has left: $50 - $52.50 = -$2.50 Because Joe doesn't have enough money, the answer is displayed as -$2.50 Answer: {-2.50}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the discount, the sale price of the shirt, the total cost, and the remaining money. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #59

Clean

Full Question

On Tuesday, Clara got $2 off at the till because she had a voucher. She bought 20 pomegranates at $20 each. The next day, the price shot to $30 per fruit, but the store also offered a 10% discount on the total cost. Sheila took advantage of the discount and bought 20 pomegranates. What is the difference between the final prices paid for the pomegranates on the two days?

Ground Truth Answer

142

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's calculate the cost for Clara first. 20 pomegranates at $20 each cost 20 * $20 = $400. After the voucher discount, Clara paid $400 - $2 = $398. Now let's calculate the cost for Sheila. 20 pomegranates at $30 each cost 20 * $30 = $600. A 10% discount on $600 is $600 * (10/100) = $60. Therefore Sheila paid $600 - $60 = $540. The difference between the final prices is $540 - $398 = $142. Answer: {142}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the costs for both Clara and Sheila and finds the correct difference. All arithmetic operations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #60

Clean

Full Question

Elly is organizing her books on the new bookcases her parents bought her. The bottom shelf can hold twice as many books as a middle shelf. The top shelf can hold 5 fewer books than the bottom shelf. Each of the middle 2 shelves can hold 10 books. If she has 110 books, how many bookcases does she need to hold all of them?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how we can solve this: 1. **Bottom Shelf Capacity:** Since each middle shelf holds 10 books, the bottom shelf holds 10 * 2 = 20 books. 2. **Top Shelf Capacity:** The top shelf holds 5 fewer books than the bottom shelf, so it holds 20 - 5 = 15 books. 3. **Total Capacity per Bookcase:** One bookcase can hold 20 (bottom) + 10 (middle) + 10 (middle) + 15 (top) = 55 books. 4. **Number of Bookcases Needed:** Elly needs enough bookcases to hold 110 books, and each bookcase holds 55, so she needs 110 / 55 = 2 bookcases. **Answer: {2}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #61

Clean

Full Question

When Sophie watches her nephew, she gets out a variety of toys for him. The tower of stacking rings has 9 multicolored rings on it. The bag of building blocks has 31 blocks in it. The bin of stuffed animals has 8 stuffed animals inside. Sophie recently bought a tube of bouncy balls, bringing her total number of toys for her nephew up to 62. How many bouncy balls came in the tube?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of toys Sophie had before she bought the bouncy balls: 9 rings + 31 blocks + 8 stuffed animals = 48 toys Then subtract that number from the total number of toys to find the number of bouncy balls: 62 total toys - 48 toys = 14 bouncy balls Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the steps needed: summing the known toys and subtracting this sum from the total to find the unknown quantity. All arithmetic operations performed are correct (9 + 31 + 8 = 48, and 62 - 48 = 14).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #62

Eggs are 75 calories each. Cheese is 120 calories per ounce. Ham is 40 calories per ounce. John makes himself a 6 egg omelet with 2 oz of cheese and an equal amount of ham. How many calories is the...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

770

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total calories in the cheese: 2 ounces * 120 calories/ounce = 240 calories Then find the total calories in the ham: 2 ounces * 40 calories/ounce = 80 calories Then multiply the number of eggs by the number of calories per egg to find the total calories from the eggs: 6 eggs * 75 calories/egg = 450 calories Then add the calories from the eggs, cheese, and ham to find the total calories: 240 calories + 80 calories + 450 calories = 770 calories Answer: {770}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the steps needed to solve the problem and all arithmetic calculations are performed correctly based on the inputs derived from the problem statement and previous steps. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #63

Clean

Full Question

Sheila charged $85.00 worth of merchandise on her credit card. After she returned an item, she bought a frying pan that was on sale for 20% off $20.00 and a set of towels that was 10% off $30.00. She put both of these purchases on her credit card. The returned item cost $15.00. What is the new balance on her credit card?

Ground Truth Answer

113

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how much money was credited back to her account: $85.00 - $15.00 = $70.00 Then multiply the price of the frying pan by the discount percentage to find the discount: $20.00 x .20 = $4.00 Then subtract the discount from the original price to find the sale price of the frying pan: $20.00 - $4.00 = $16.00 Then multiply the price of the towels by the discount percentage to find the discount on the towels: $30.00 x .10 = $3.00 Then subtract the discount from the original price to find the sale price of the towels: $30.00 - $3.00 = $27.00 Then add the price of the frying pan and towels to find the total cost she charged to her card: $16.00 + $27.00 = $43.00 Then add the new charges to her previous balance to find her new balance: $70.00 + $43.00 = $113.00 Answer: {113.00}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the net change in the credit card balance. It correctly handles the initial balance context (though the first step calculates a remaining balance after a return, which is slightly ambiguous but leads to the correct final result structure), calculates the discounted prices for the new items, sums the new charges, and combines them correctly to find the final balance.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #64

Tom decides to give his wife an anniversary getaway. The hotel is 20% more expensive than normal because it is a busy weekend. The normal price is $1500 per day. The plane tickets cost $5000 each. If ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

15400

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the price increase for the hotel: $1500 * .20 = $300 Then add that amount to the original price to find the weekend price: $1500 + $300 = $1800 Then multiply that cost by the number of days to find the total hotel cost: $1800 * 3 = $5400 Then multiply the price of the plane ticket by two to find the total cost of airfare: $5000 * 2 = $10000 Then add the cost of the hotel and the airfare to find the total cost: $10000 + $5400 = $15400 Answer: {15400}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the increased hotel price, the total hotel cost, the total airfare cost (assuming 2 tickets are needed for a couple), and the final total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #65

Clean

Full Question

Mark is a copy-editor. Mark edits a total number of 1000 sentences each week, and Publisher A pays him 5 cents per sentence. Publisher B pays Mark twice what Publisher A pays. He edits an equal number of sentences each week for the two different publishers, who each pay him a different rate per sentence. How much does Mark make in a week, in cents?

Ground Truth Answer

7500

Generated Answer

Explanation: Mark edits 1000 sentences / 2 publishers = 500 sentences per publisher. Publisher A pays Mark 500 sentences * 5 cents = 2500 cents. Publisher B pays Mark 2500 cents * 2 = 5000 cents. Therefore, Mark makes a total of 2500 cents + 5000 cents = 7500 cents in a week. Answer: {7500}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints (equal sentences for both publishers) and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately to arrive at the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #66

Clean

Full Question

Morgan's dad said that she had $90 budgeted for her birthday party. A round of mini-golf is $5. She wants to make sure she and her friends all get to play one round of mini-golf, have $5 in arcade tokens, and get to ride the go-karts twice. The Go-karts cost $10 a ride. How many friends can she invite?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First figure out how much each person will cost for arcade tokens and go-karts: $5 + (2 * $10) = $25. Then add the cost of mini golf to find the total cost per person: $25 + $5 = $30. Then subtract the cost per person from her total budget: $90 - $30 = $60. Then divide the remaining budget by the cost per person to find how many friends she can pay for: $60 / $30 = 2 friends. So the final answer is 2. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the cost per person, determines the remaining budget after accounting for Morgan, and then calculates the number of friends she can invite based on the remaining budget. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #67

Each team member brings 2 guests. Maddy is buying pizza for her cousin's soccer game. There are 12 team members and 3 coaches. A pizza will serve 3 people. If each pizza costs $15, how many dollars wi...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

195

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of guests: 12 team members * 2 guests/team member = 24 guests Then add the guests to the team members and coaches to find the total number of people at the party: 24 guests + 12 team members + 3 coaches = 39 people Then divide the total number of people by the number of people that each pizza serves to find how many pizzas Maddy needs to buy: 39 people / 3 people/pizza = 13 pizzas Then multiply the number of pizzas by the cost per pizza to find the total cost: 13 pizzas * $15/pizza = $195 Answer: {195}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all necessary steps: calculating total guests, calculating total people (including team members and coaches), determining the number of pizzas needed, and calculating the total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #68

Clean

Full Question

Mrs. Cruz saw a property that has a selling price of $350 000. On top of that, the buyer has to pay a brokerage fee which is 5% of the selling price, and also the transfer fee that is 12% of the selling price. Mrs. Cruz is looking for a house that will not go beyond her $400 000 budget. How much more is the total price of the house than Mrs. Cruz's budget?

Ground Truth Answer

9500

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the brokerage fee: $350,000 * .05 = $17,500 Then find the transfer fee: $350,000 * .12 = $42,000 Then add the selling price, brokerage fee, and transfer fee to find the total price of the house: $17,500 + $42,000 + $350,000 = $409,500 Then subtract Mrs. Cruz's budget from the total price of the house to find how much more the house costs than her budget: $409,500 - $400,000 = $9,500 Answer: {9500}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the brokerage fee, the transfer fee, the total cost, and the difference between the total cost and the budget, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #69

Clean

Full Question

A blog article takes an average of 4 hours to research and write about. Meredith is a freelance blogger who writes about health topics and submits to clients each day as her permanent job. Last week, on Wednesday, she wrote twice the number of articles she wrote on Tuesday. She wrote 5 articles on Monday and 2/5 times more articles on Tuesday than on Monday. Calculate the total number of hours she spent writing articles in the three days.

Ground Truth Answer

104

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: * **Tuesday's Articles:** Meredith wrote 2/5 * 5 articles = 2 more articles on Tuesday than Monday. * **Total Articles on Tuesday:** She wrote a total of 5 articles + 2 articles = 7 articles on Tuesday. * **Total Articles on Wednesday:** On Wednesday, she wrote 2 * 7 articles = 14 articles. * **Total Articles:** In total, she wrote 5 articles + 7 articles + 14 articles = 26 articles. * **Total Time Spent:** Meredith spent 26 articles * 4 hours/article = 104 hours writing. **Answer: {104}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #70

Clean

Full Question

Students in class 3B are collecting school points for behavior. If they get enough points in total, they can go on a trip. In the class, there are Adam, Martha, Betty, and Tom. Adam has collected 50 points. Marta managed to collect 3 times more points than Tom, who has 30 points less than Betty. Betty was better than Adam and collected 30% more. How many points is the class missing to go on the trip if the minimum threshold is 400 points?

Ground Truth Answer

145

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many points Betty collected: 50 points * 0.3 = 15 points more than Adam. So Betty has 50 points + 15 points = 65 points. Tom has 65 points - 30 points = 35 points. Marta collected 3 * 35 points = 105 points. Altogether, the students in class 3B have 50 points + 65 points + 35 points + 105 points = 255 points. That means they are missing 400 points - 255 points = 145 points. Answer: {145}

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain contains a logical error in how it describes calculating Betty's points (stating the percentage calculation *is* the amount more, rather than just the amount more), but it correctly calculates the amount (15) and then correctly adds it to Adam's score to find Betty's score (65). All subsequent calculations and the final result are mathematically correct based on the derived intermediate values. Since the final answer matches the ground truth (145), the errors found are minor interpretation/phrasing issues that did not propagate into calculation errors that changed the outcome.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #71

Clean

Full Question

Bob decided he wanted to get some more fish, so he went to the pet store. He had a sales assistant at the pet shop dip out 17 fish out of a mixed tank of both white and orange fish. When he got them home and added them to his pond, he found that he now had twice as many orange fish as white fish. Bob started with 7 fish in his pond. 3 were orange, and 4 were white. How many white fish did Bob buy at the store?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: After buying the fish, Bob had 7 + 17 = 24 fish. Since twice as many of these were orange, Bob had 24 / 3 x 2 = 16 orange fish. This means he bought 16 - 3 = 13 new orange fish. Therefore, he must have bought 17 - 13 = 4 white fish. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly solves the problem step-by-step. All calculations are accurate, and the logic correctly uses the constraints provided (total fish, initial fish counts, and the final ratio) to determine the number of white fish bought.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #72

Two years ago, Leo had 100 stickers in his collection. This year, he collected twice the number of stickers as the previous year. Last year, Leo collected 50 stickers. How many stickers does Leo have ...

2 issues

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

250

Generated Answer

Explanation: This year, Leo collected 100 * 2 = 200 stickers. In total, Leo has 100 + 200 + 50 = 350 stickers. Answer: {350}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in interpreting which quantity ('stickers had' vs 'stickers collected') should be used as the base for calculating this year's collection, leading directly to the incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (2)

logical_error high

Statement

This year, Leo collected 100 * 2 = 200 stickers.

Explanation

The problem states Leo collected twice the number of stickers as the 'previous year'. The previous year (last year) he collected 50 stickers. Therefore, this year he should have collected 2 * 50 = 100 stickers, not 2 * 100.

Answer Span:

100 * 2 = 200

Reference/Question Span:

This year, he collected twice the number of stickers as the previous year. Last year, Leo collected 50 stickers.

logical_error high

Statement

In total, Leo has 100 + 200 + 50 = 350 stickers.

Explanation

Because the calculation for this year's collection (200) was based on a logical error, the final summation is incorrect. The correct total is 100 (initial) + 50 (last year) + 100 (this year) = 250.

Answer Span:

100 + 200 + 50 = 350

Reference/Question Span:

Question #73

Clean

Full Question

A toy manufacturer receives an order for 400 toys. 5 workers are available to work on the order. They all work on the order during their 10-hour shift, and by the end of their shift the manufacturer still needs another 20 toys to be able to ship the order. 2 of the workers produce 6 toys an hour, and another 2 workers produce 4 toys an hour. How many toys per hour does the fifth worker produce?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The two fastest workers produce 2 workers * 6 toys/hour/worker = 12 toys/hour The two slower workers produce 2 workers * 4 toys/hour/worker = 8 toys/hour. So in their 10-hour shift, the four workers produce (12 toys/hour + 8 toys/hour) * 10 hours = 200 toys This means the fifth worker produced 400 total toys - 20 toys still needed - 200 toys = 180 toys during the shift. Therefore, the fifth worker produces 180 toys / 10 hours = 18 toys per hour. Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the production rates, the total output of the four workers, the required output from the fifth worker, and finally, the fifth worker's hourly rate. All arithmetic and logic steps are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #74

1 issue

Full Question

Stephen placed an online order for groceries. His final bill came to $40.00. Stephen added a $4.00 tip. Because this was through a delivery vendor, they tacked on a 25% fee to his final bill and charged him $3.00 in delivery fees. After the extra fees, what was the final price of Stephen's groceries?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Stephen's total before the vendor fees was $40.00 + $4.00 = $44.00. A 25% fee on $44.00 is $44.00 * .25 = $11.00 So, Stephen's final total was $44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 = $58.00 Answer: {58.00}

Overall Quality: fair

The arithmetic steps performed were mathematically correct based on the intermediate values chosen, but the initial logical step of determining the base amount for the 25% fee was incorrect according to the ground truth, leading to the wrong final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

A 25% fee on $44.00 is $44.00 * .25 = $11.00

Explanation

The problem implies the 25% fee should be calculated on the original bill amount ($40.00), not the bill plus tip ($44.00). Calculating 25% on $40.00 yields a $10.00 fee, leading to the correct total of $57.00 ($44.00 + $10.00 + $3.00).

Answer Span:

A 25% fee on $44.00 is $44.00 * .25 = $11.00

Reference/Question Span:

tacked on a 25% fee to his final bill

Question #75

Clean

Full Question

Audrey has to take two math tests to pass 6th grade. The second test has 40 questions. The first test has 70 questions and she gets 60% of them correct. She must correctly answer 70% of the total questions to move on to the 7th grade. How many questions does she need to get right on the second test to move onto the 7th grade?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of questions Audrey answered correctly on the first test: 70 questions * .60 = 42 questions Then multiply the total number of questions by 70% to find out how many total questions she needs to answer correctly: 110 questions * .70 = 77 questions Then subtract the number of questions she answered correctly on the first test from the total number of questions she needs to answer correctly to find out how many questions she needs to answer correctly on the second test: 77 questions - 42 questions = 35 questions Answer: {35}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all necessary steps: calculating correct answers on Test 1, determining the total required correct answers, and subtracting to find the requirement for Test 2. All arithmetic operations performed are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #76

Clean

Full Question

Tim enters a competition and has to try and guess the number of red jelly beans in a jar. He knows that a jelly bean is .15 cubic inches. He also knows that they get about 80% efficiency in packing. He estimates 30% of the jelly beans are red. The jar has a square base and is 6 inches by 6 inches and 15 inches tall. The true number of red jelly beans in the container is 900. How far off was his guess?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the volume of the jar: 6 inches * 6 inches * 15 inches = 540 cubic inches Then account for the packing efficiency: 540 cubic inches * .8 = 432 cubic inches Then divide that volume by the volume of each jelly bean to find the total number of jelly beans: 432 cubic inches / .15 cubic inches per jelly bean = 2880 jelly beans Then multiply that number by the percentage that are red to find the number of red jelly beans: 2880 jelly beans * .3 = 864 red jelly beans Finally, subtract his guess from the actual number to find the difference: 900 red jelly beans - 864 red jelly beans = 36 jelly beans Answer: {36}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the estimated number of red jelly beans and finds the absolute difference from the true number. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #77

Clean

Full Question

Sandra, the florist around the corner, is very unhappy with Fred's incomplete order delivery. Sandra had ordered four times as many red roses as white carnations. Sandra has threatened to switch suppliers if the missing red roses are not delivered by 5 pm. She also ordered 200 pink calla lilies, which were five times the number of white carnations. To keep Sandra's business, how many red roses must Fred deliver by 5 pm?

Ground Truth Answer

160

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of white carnations: 200 pink calla lilies / 5 = 40 white carnations Then multiply that number by 4 to find the number of red roses: 40 white carnations * 4 = 160 red roses Answer: {160}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the steps needed to solve the problem. It correctly calculates the number of white carnations based on the lilies and then correctly calculates the number of red roses based on the carnations. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #78

Sidney ordered 3 less than ten meatball sub sandwiches. One meatball sub sandwich contains 4 meatballs. Then Mark ate 4 of Sidney's meatball sub sandwiches. So Sidney ordered another three sub sandwi...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Sidney ordered 10 - 3 = 7 meatball sub sandwiches. There were a total of 7 x 4 = 28 meatballs in his sub sandwiches. After Mark ate 4 sub sandwiches, there were 28 - (4 x 4) = 12 meatballs remaining. After ordering 3 more sub sandwiches, there were 12 + (3 x 4) = 24 meatballs in the sub sandwiches that remained. Answer: {24}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #79

John drives to his friend's house. He drives at a speed of 70 mph. He had to take a detour that added 10 miles to his trip. After he gets there he takes a route home that is 240 miles but he goes 80...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total distance travelled on the way to the friend's house: 200 miles + 10 miles = 210 miles Then divide the distance by the speed to find the amount of time spent driving to the friend's house: 210 miles / 70 mph = 3 hours Then divide the distance by the speed to find the amount of time spent driving home from the friend's house: 240 miles / 80 mph = 3 hours Then add the time spent driving to the friend's house to the time spent driving home to find the total length of the trip: 3 hours + 3 hours = 6 hours Answer: {6}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the distance and speed for both legs of the journey, calculates the time for each leg accurately, and sums them correctly to find the total trip time. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #80

1 issue

Full Question

Cole wanted to buy new jeans for a dance contest. At the store, he couldn't decide between tattered jeans and jogger jeans. The tattered jeans cost $28 while the jogger jeans cost $6 less than the tattered jeans. Since the jeans were on sale, he decided to buy them both. He saved a total of $6. If he saved 1/3 of the total savings from the jogger jeans and the rest from the tattered jeans, how much more do jogger jeans originally cost than the tattered jeans?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The jogger jeans cost $28 - $6 = $22. Cole bought the two jeans for a total of $28 + $22 = $50. Before the sale, the total cost of the two jeans was $50 + $6 = $56. He saved 1/3 * $6 = $2 from the jogger jeans. So, the jogger jeans originally cost $22 + $2 = $24. Therefore, the jogger jeans originally cost $24 - $28 = $4 more than the tattered jeans. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a clear calculation error in the final step ($24 - $28 \neq 4$) and a subsequent logical error in interpreting the result of that subtraction relative to the question asked. The final answer (4) does not match the ground truth (8).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error medium

Statement

Therefore, the jogger jeans originally cost $24 - $28 = $4 more than the tattered jeans.

Explanation

The calculation $24 - $28 results in -4. Since the result is negative, the jogger jeans cost $4 LESS than the tattered jeans, not $4 MORE, contradicting the question asked.

Answer Span:

$4 more than the tattered jeans

Reference/Question Span:

how much more do jogger jeans originally cost than the tattered jeans?

Question #81

John decides to get a loan by mortgaging his home. He gets a loan worth 40% of his house. He uses 60% of that to pay off his debts. His house is worth $250,000. How much money did he have leftover ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

40000

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total value of the loan: $250,000 * .40 = $100,000 Then multiply that number by 60% to find how much he used to pay off debt: $100,000 * .60 = $60,000 Then subtract the amount he paid in debt from the total loan to find the remaining amount: $100,000 - $60,000 = $40,000 Answer: {40,000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the loan amount, the debt paid, and the remaining balance, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #82

Clean

Full Question

An air conditioner ran on low for 3 hours, then it was turned up to high for 4 hours. Afterward, it was turned off for 2 hours. The air conditioner cools the room 2 degrees an hour on low and 3 degrees an hour on high. The room will warm up at 2 degrees an hour with no air conditioner running. How many degrees lower than the starting temperature was the final temperature?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total degrees the air conditioner cooled the room on low: 3 hours * 2 degrees/hour = 6 degrees. Then find the total degrees the air conditioner cooled the room on high: 4 hours * 3 degrees/hour = 12 degrees. Then add those two amounts to find the total number of degrees the room cooled: 6 degrees + 12 degrees = 18 degrees. Then find the total number of degrees the room warmed up while the air conditioner was off: 2 hours * 2 degrees/hour = 4 degrees. Then subtract the number of degrees the room warmed from the number of degrees it cooled to find the final temperature difference: 18 degrees - 4 degrees = 14 degrees. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cooling and warming effects step-by-step and arrives at the correct final difference. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #83

Clean

Full Question

Jason works as a salesperson at a car dealership. He knows that for every two customers that come into the car dealership, one will buy a car. He knows based on historical averages, that for every 25 telephone calls he makes to potential customers, he gets one person to come into the car dealership to look at new cars. He needs to sell 15 cars this month to earn a big bonus. Based on these average numbers, how many telephone calls would Jason need to make to sell 15 cars and earn his bonus?

Ground Truth Answer

750

Generated Answer

Explanation: To sell 15 cars, Jason needs 15 * 2 = 30 customers to come into the dealership. To get 30 customers to come into the dealership, Jason needs to make 30 * 25 = 750 phone calls. Answer: {750}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs the necessary calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #84

Clean

Full Question

Millie decides to open a lemonade stand. Each pitcher holds 12 cups of lemonade. She spends $18 to buy enough supplies to make 3 pitchers of lemonade. She sells each cup of lemonade for $1. She sells an average of 4 cups per hour that her lemonade stand is open. If Millie sells all of the lemonade, how much profit will she make per hour that she spends running the lemonade stand?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of cups Millie can make: 3 pitchers * 12 cups/pitcher = 36 cups Then divide the total cost of supplies by the number of cups she can make to find the cost per cup: $18 / 36 cups = $0.50/cup Then subtract the cost per cup from the selling price per cup to find the profit per cup: $1.00/cup - $0.50/cup = $0.50/cup Then multiply the profit per cup by the number of cups sold per hour to find the total profit per hour: $0.50/cup * 4 cups/hour = $2/hour Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cups, cost per cup, profit per cup, and finally the profit per hour, leading to the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #85

1 issue

Full Question

Tim wanted to make lemonade for a pool party. He found that 6 lemons would yield 1 cup of juice. For a gallon of lemonade, his recipe called for 1 cup of fresh lemon juice. He figured he would need to make 4 gallons of lemonade for the party. His best friend Allen asked if Tim could make an extra gallon for him that was twice as tart as the other gallons. How many lemons will Tim need?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

First find the total number of gallons Tim will make: 4 gallons + 1 gallon = 5 gallons Then multiply that number by the number of cups of juice per gallon to find how many cups of juice he needs: 5 gallons * 1 cup/gallon = 5 cups Then multiply that number by the number of lemons per cup to find how many lemons he needs: 5 cups * 6 lemons/cup = 30 lemons Then double the amount of lemons needed for one gallon of lemonade to find out how many lemons are needed for the extra tart gallon: 6 lemons/gallon * 2 = 12 lemons Then add that number to the number of lemons needed for the first four gallons to find the total number of lemons Tim needs: 30 lemons + 12 lemons = 42 lemons Answer: {42}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning incorrectly calculates the total required juice volume by assuming the tart gallon only requires 1 cup of juice, leading to an undercount of 1 cup of juice (and subsequently 6 lemons).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Then multiply that number by the number of cups of juice per gallon to find how many cups of juice he needs: 5 gallons * 1 cup/gallon = 5 cups

Explanation

The total juice needed is for 4 standard gallons (4 cups) plus 1 extra tart gallon (which requires 2 cups of juice, as it is twice as tart). The total juice needed is 4 + 2 = 6 cups, not 5 cups.

Answer Span:

5 gallons * 1 cup/gallon = 5 cups

Reference/Question Span:

Allen asked if Tim could make an extra gallon for him that was twice as tart as the other gallons.

Question #86

Gunter is trying to count the jelly beans in a jar. He asks his friends how many they think are in the jar. The third friend says 25% more than the first friend. The second friend says 20 more than ha...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break down each friend's guess: * **First friend:** 80 jelly beans * **Second friend:** Half of the first friend's guess is 80 / 2 = 40. They guessed 20 more than that, so 40 + 20 = 60 jelly beans. * **Third friend:** 25% of the first friend's guess is (25/100) * 80 = 20. They guessed 20 more than that, so 80 + 20 = 100 jelly beans. Now, let's calculate the average: 1. **Total guesses:** 80 + 60 + 100 = 240 jelly beans 2. **Average guess:** 240 / 3 = 80 jelly beans Answer: {80}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically and logically sound. All calculations are correct, and the interpretation of the problem statement leads directly to the correct final answer (80). I initially flagged an error based on a misinterpretation of the third friend's statement, but upon detailed review, the model correctly calculated '25% more than 80' as 100.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #87

Clean

Full Question

A shoe store was having a weekend sale on a brand of popular tennis shoes. On the last day of the sale they sold one-half the amount that they did the day before, but six people returned their pairs because they didn't fit. On Friday the store sold 14 pairs of tennis shoes. The next day they sold double that number of shoes. How many tennis shoes were sold by the end of the sale?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The store sold twice the amount on Saturday than they did on Friday, so they sold 14 pairs * 2 = 28 pairs on Saturday. On Sunday they sold half the amount that they did on Saturday, so they sold 28 pairs / 2 = 14 pairs on Sunday. In total, across the three days they sold 14 pairs + 28 pairs + 14 pairs = 56 pairs. However, 6 pairs were returned so they sold 56 pairs - 6 pairs = 50 pairs by the end of the sale. Answer: {50}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the steps described in the problem (Friday sales, Saturday sales, Sunday sales, and returns) and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #88

Every month, Madeline has to buy food, treats, and medicine for her dog. Treats cost $20 per month. Medicine costs $100 per month. Food costs $25 per week. How much money does Madeline spend on her d...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

2640

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total monthly cost of food: $25/week * 4 weeks/month = $100/month Then add that amount to the cost of treats and medicine to find the total monthly cost: $100/month + $20/month + $100/month = $220/month Then multiply that number by the number of months in a year to find the total annual cost: $220/month * 12 months/year = $2640/year Answer: {2640}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the monthly costs, sums them up, and then correctly scales the total monthly cost to an annual cost based on the 12 months in a year, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #89

Clean

Full Question

Frankie watches TV after he finishes his homework every night. On Wednesday, he watched a few episodes of a 30-minute show. On Monday and Tuesday, he watched a 1-hour episode of his favorite show each night. On Thursday, he finished homework early and watched a 1-hour episode and a 30-minute show. On Friday, he got to stay up late for the weekend, so he watched two 1-hour episodes. If he watched 7 hours of TV in all, how many 30-minute episodes did he watch on Wednesday?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's figure out how much TV time, in minutes, Frankie racked up from Monday to Friday: * Monday: 1 hour * 60 minutes/hour = 60 minutes * Tuesday: 1 hour * 60 minutes/hour = 60 minutes * Thursday: (1 hour * 60 minutes/hour) + 30 minutes = 90 minutes * Friday: 2 hours * 60 minutes/hour = 120 minutes That's 60 + 60 + 90 + 120 = 330 minutes of TV from Monday to Friday. Since he watched 7 hours in total, that's 7 hours * 60 minutes/hour = 420 minutes. Subtracting the time from Monday to Friday, we get 420 minutes - 330 minutes = 90 minutes of TV on Wednesday. Finally, divide that by the length of each episode to find the number of episodes: 90 minutes / 30 minutes/episode = 3 episodes. Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly converts all times to minutes, accurately sums the known viewing times, correctly converts the total viewing time to minutes, finds the remaining time for Wednesday, and correctly calculates the number of 30-minute episodes. All arithmetic and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #90

Cucumbers are $2 each. Lettuce cost $3 each. Chase buys 1 head of lettuce from the farmer's market. Jack buys 5 tomatoes from the grocery store. Leila buys 3 cucumbers from the market. Tomatoes are ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Chase spent $3 on lettuce because 1 x $3 = $3. Leila spent $6 on cucumbers because 3 x $2 = $6. Jack spent $5 on tomatoes because 5 x $1 = $5. Therefore, in total, they spent $3 + $6 + $5 = $14. Answer: {14}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the cost for each person based on the problem description and accurately sums these costs to reach the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #91

Clean

Full Question

Hannah's city is having a big display of fireworks for the 4th of July. They're going to set off 15 boxes of 20 fireworks each. Hannah will also set off 3 boxes of 5 fireworks each in her backyard. Hannah's house is at the right angle to see 40% of the city's fireworks. How many fireworks will Hannah see in total?

Ground Truth Answer

135

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of fireworks the city is setting off: 15 boxes * 20 fireworks/box = 300 fireworks Then find the number of fireworks Hannah will set off: 3 boxes * 5 fireworks/box = 15 fireworks Then find the number of fireworks from the city's display that Hannah will see: 300 fireworks * 40% = 120 fireworks Then add that number to the number of fireworks Hannah is setting off to find the total number Hannah will see: 120 fireworks + 15 fireworks = 135 fireworks Answer: {135}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total fireworks set off by the city, the fireworks set off by Hannah, the portion of the city's fireworks Hannah sees, and the final total. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #92

Clean

Full Question

Martha is knitting winter wear for her 3 grandchildren. It takes 2 skeins of wool to make a hat, 4 for a scarf, 12 for a sweater, 1 for a pair of mittens, and 2 for a pair of socks. She wants to make a hat, scarf, sweater, mittens, and socks for each of her grandchildren. They're triplets, so they're all the same size. How many skeins of wool will she need to buy?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve the problem: * **Calculate the wool needed per grandchild:** 2 (hat) + 4 (scarf) + 12 (sweater) + 1 (mittens) + 2 (socks) = 21 skeins per grandchild * **Calculate the total wool needed:** 21 skeins per grandchild * 3 grandchildren = 63 skeins **Answer: {63}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the total wool needed per grandchild by summing the requirements for each item, and then correctly multiplies this total by the number of grandchildren to find the final answer. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #93

Twenty students are working together to raise money for a charity. The charity raises a total of $175,000. $50,000 comes from organizations and the rest from the students. Each student earns the same ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

6250

Generated Answer

Explanation: The students raised a total of $175,000 - $50,000 = $125,000. Therefore, each student raised $125,000 / 20 students = $6250. Answer: {6250}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the total amount raised by students by subtracting the organizational contribution from the total, and then correctly divides this amount by the number of students to find the individual contribution. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #94

1 issue

Full Question

Thomas withdraws $1000 in 20 dollar bills from the bank account. After getting home, he uses half of the remaining bills to pay for a bill. Thomas then triples his money. He then converts all his bills to 5 dollar bills. He lost 10 bills while getting home. How many 5 dollar bills does he have?

Ground Truth Answer

240

Generated Answer

Here's how to solve this problem step-by-step: 1. **Calculate the initial number of bills:** Thomas withdrew $1000, and since each bill is worth $20, he had $1000 / $20 = 50 bills initially. 2. **Account for lost bills:** He lost 10 bills on his way home, leaving him with 50 - 10 = 40 bills. 3. **Calculate bills after paying the bill:** He used half his remaining bills to pay a bill, leaving him with 40 / 2 = 20 bills. 4. **Calculate bills after tripling his money:** After tripling his money, he had 20 * 3 = 60 bills. 5. **Calculate the total value in 5 dollar bills:** Since he had 60 twenty-dollar bills, he had a total of 60 * $20 = $1200. Converting this to 5 dollar bills, he has $1200 / $5 = 240 five-dollar bills. **Answer: {240}**

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning contains a logical error in Step 4 regarding the effect of tripling the money on the bill count. However, the subsequent arithmetic in Step 5 coincidentally uses this flawed bill count to calculate the correct total monetary value, leading to the correct final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error medium

Statement

After tripling his money, he had 20 * 3 = 60 bills.

Explanation

Tripling his money means the total value triples (from $400 to $1200). It does not necessarily mean the number of $20 bills he possesses triples. He should have $1200 worth of currency, not necessarily 60 bills.

Answer Span:

20 * 3 = 60 bills

Reference/Question Span:

Thomas then triples his money.

Question #95

Clean

Full Question

Wayne and Bernadette are movie stars heading to the premiere of their latest film. Wayne is staying at a hotel close to the premiere theater, and Bernadette is staying at her high-rise apartment in the same city. Bernadette wants to arrive 5 minutes before Wayne. The drive from Bernadette\u2019s apartment takes four times as long as the drive from Wayne\u2019s hotel. If it takes Wayne four minutes to be driven to the theater, how much earlier should Bernadette leave than Wayne to get to the theater first?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Wayne's travel time:** Wayne takes 4 minutes to reach the theater. 2. **Bernadette's travel time:** Bernadette's drive is four times longer than Wayne's, so it takes her 4 minutes * 4 = 16 minutes. 3. **Bernadette's target arrival:** She wants to arrive 5 minutes before Wayne. 4. **Calculate Bernadette's departure time:** She needs to leave 16 minutes (travel time) + 5 minutes (early arrival) = 21 minutes before Wayne. Answer: {21}

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly calculated travel times but made a logical error in determining the required departure time difference by incorrectly summing the travel time and the desired arrival lead time.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #96

Clean

Full Question

To participate in the local community tree-planting campaign, Mr. Julius planted 10 more White Oak trees and 1/4 more Lodgepole Pine trees on the second day than he planted on the first day. On the first day, Mr. Julius planted twenty trees of White Oak and twice as many Lodgepole Pine as White Oak. Calculate the total number of trees planted by Mr. Julius in the two days.

Ground Truth Answer

140

Generated Answer

Explanation: On the first day, Mr. Julius planted twice as many Lodgepole Pine as White Oak, a total of 20 trees * 2 = 40 Lodgepole Pine trees. Therefore, the total number of trees planted on the first day is 20 White Oak + 40 Lodgepole Pine = 60 trees. On the second day, Mr. Julius planted 10 more White Oak trees than on the first day, a total of 20 trees + 10 trees = 30 White Oak trees. He also planted 1/4 more Lodgepole Pine on the second day than on the first day, which is equivalent to 40 trees * (1/4) = 10 more trees. So, on the second day, he planted a total of 40 trees + 10 trees = 50 Lodgepole Pine trees. In total, Mr. Julius planted 30 White Oak trees + 50 Lodgepole Pine trees = 80 trees on the second day. Therefore, across the two days, Mr. Julius planted a total of 60 trees + 80 trees = 140 trees. Answer: {140}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #97

Clean

Full Question

Gunther, the gorilla, had 48 bananas hidden under a fern branch. On the first day, when Gunther wasn't looking, Arnold, the chimpanzee, stole half of the bananas from the pile. On the third day, Gunther added another 6 bananas to his pile and began counting bananas. On the second day, Gunther added another 25 bananas to his pile, but later that evening, Arnold stole another 12 of the bananas. How many bananas did Gunther count to be in the pile?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Day 1:** Arnold stole 48 / 2 = 24 bananas. 2. **Day 1 (after theft):** Gunther had 48 - 24 = 24 bananas left. 3. **Day 2 (addition):** Gunther had 24 + 25 = 49 bananas. 4. **Day 2 (theft):** Arnold stole another 12, leaving Gunther with 49 - 12 = 37 bananas. 5. **Day 3 (addition):** Gunther added 6 more bananas, bringing the total to 37 + 6 = 43 bananas. **Answer: {43}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #98

Clean

Full Question

John hires a driving service to get him to work each day. He goes to work 5 days a week for 50 weeks a year. His work is 30 miles away and he has to go there and back each day. He gets charged $2 per mile driven and he also gives his driver a $150 bonus per month. How much does he pay a year for driving?

Ground Truth Answer

31800

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of miles driven to work and back in a day: 30 miles * 2 = 60 miles Then multiply that number by the rate per mile to find the daily driving cost: 60 miles * $2/mile = $120 Then multiply that number by the number of days he works in a week to find his weekly driving cost: $120/day * 5 days/week = $600/week Then multiply that by the number of weeks he works in a year to find his total yearly driving cost: $600/week * 50 weeks/year = $30,000/year Then multiply the monthly bonus by the number of months in a year to find his total bonus paid in a year: $150/month * 12 months/year = $1800/year Then add that number to the yearly driving cost to find the total cost of driving for the year: $30,000/year + $1800/year = $31,800/year Answer: {31800}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all components of the cost (mileage cost and bonus cost) and sums them up to reach the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #99

Clean

Full Question

Henry is making cookies for a local baking competition. When he finishes baking, he realizes he actually baked 15 more cookies than he meant to. He drops 5 of his cookies as he is putting them out to cool, and now has a total of 110 cookies. Originally, he wanted to make twice as many as he did last year. How many cookies did Henry bake last year?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how to solve this problem step-by-step: * **Start with the current number of cookies:** Henry has 110 cookies after dropping some. * **Account for the dropped cookies:** He dropped 5, so he had 110 + 5 = 115 cookies. * **Account for the extra cookies:** He baked 15 extra, so he originally intended to bake 115 - 15 = 100 cookies. * **Calculate last year's cookies:** He wanted to bake twice as many as last year, meaning he baked 100 / 2 = 50 cookies last year. Answer: {50}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #100

3 issues

Full Question

The basketball team went to the steakhouse to eat dinner. The second player ate beef tips, containing 8 beef tips, each an ounce in size. The first player ate a 6-ounce steak. The third player ate a one-pound steak. And the fourth and fifth players ordered vegetarian meals. In total, how many ounces of meat were consumed by the team?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The second player ate 8 ounces because 8 x 1 = 8 The third player ate 16 ounces because 1 x 16 = 16 The total ounces of meat eaten is 24 ounces because 8 + 16 = 24 Answer: {24}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain completely ignored the meat consumed by the first player (6 ounces) in the final summation, leading to an incorrect total.

Detected Issues (3)

logical_error high

Statement

The second player ate 8 ounces because 8 x 1 = 8

Explanation

The problem states the second player ate 8 beef tips, each 1 ounce in size. This means the second player ate 8 ounces. The calculation shown (8 x 1 = 8) is arithmetically correct, but the reasoning chain fails to account for the first player's consumption.

Answer Span:

The second player ate 8 ounces because 8 x 1 = 8

Reference/Question Span:

The first player ate a 6-ounce steak.

logical_error high

Statement

The third player ate 16 ounces because 1 x 16 = 16

Explanation

The third player ate a one-pound steak. One pound is equal to 16 ounces. The calculation shown (1 x 16 = 16) is arithmetically correct for converting 1 pound to 16 ounces, but the reasoning chain fails to include the first player's consumption in the total.

Answer Span:

The third player ate 16 ounces because 1 x 16 = 16

Reference/Question Span:

The first player ate a 6-ounce steak.

calculation_error high

Statement

The total ounces of meat eaten is 24 ounces because 8 + 16 = 24

Explanation

The total calculation is incorrect because it omits the 6 ounces eaten by the first player. The correct sum should be 6 (Player 1) + 8 (Player 2) + 16 (Player 3) = 30.

Answer Span:

8 + 16 = 24

Reference/Question Span:

In total, how many ounces of meat were consumed by the team?

Question #101

Clean

Full Question

Cameron arrives at 5 pm at a hotel in the Philippines and wants to leave at 10 am the next morning. The hotel charges 1000 pesos for a 12-hour stay or 1600 pesos for a 24-hour stay. After 12 hours, visitors have the option to add 70 pesos for every additional hour. He decides to go with the option of adding on 70 pesos for every hour after the 12-hour mark instead of paying for 24 hours. How much money would Cameron save?

Ground Truth Answer

250

Generated Answer

Explanation: Since Cameron wants to stay from 5 pm to 10 am the next day, which is 17 hours, he only needs to pay an additional 5 hours after the initial 12 hours. That means he would need to pay 70 pesos/hour * 5 hours = 350 pesos for the additional hours. Therefore, his total cost would be 1000 pesos (for the first 12 hours) + 350 pesos = 1350 pesos. This would save him 1600 pesos (24-hour rate) - 1350 pesos = 250 pesos. Answer: {250}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the total stay duration (17 hours), determines the extra hours (5 hours), calculates the extra cost (350 pesos), finds the total cost (1350 pesos), and correctly determines the savings by subtracting this total from the 24-hour rate (250 pesos). All calculations and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #102

Ryan did his chores for 3 weeks. Then he bought ice cream cones for himself and 3 friends at $1.25 each. Now they all want to go to the movies and tickets cost $6.50 each. Ryan's allowance is $6 each ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Ryan earned 3 weeks * $6/week = $18 for doing his chores. The ice cream cones cost $1.25/cone * 4 cones = $5. After buying ice cream, Ryan had $18 - $5 = $13 left. Each movie ticket costs $6.50, so Ryan could buy $13 / $6.50/ticket = 2 tickets. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates Ryan's earnings, total expenses for ice cream, remaining money, and the number of movie tickets he can afford based on the provided costs and constraints. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #103

Clean

Full Question

Lana is brewing cups of tea for her friends. She has 27 cups, and she divides these into 3 rows. After pouring chamomile and mint tea, she then uses the remaining cups to brew a total of 15 cups of cinnamon tea. In each row, she creates equal amounts of chamomile and mint tea cups. How many cups of mint tea are in each row?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Cinnamon cups:** Lana starts with 27 cups and uses 15 for cinnamon tea, leaving her with 27 - 15 = 12 cups for chamomile and mint tea. 2. **Cups per row:** These 12 cups are divided equally into 3 rows, meaning there are 12 / 3 = 4 cups per row for chamomile and mint combined. 3. **Mint cups per row:** Since each row has equal amounts of chamomile and mint, there are 4 / 2 = 2 cups of mint tea in each row. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem statement. All calculations are accurate, and the logic correctly interprets the constraints (remaining cups, division into rows, equal distribution of remaining types).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #104

Each pizza had 8 slices. Becky ate 3 more slices than Jake did. Silvia ate twice as many slices than Jake did. Becky, Jake, and Silvia shared 4 pizzas. If Becky ate 10 slices, how many total slices di...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: If Becky ate 10 slices and this was 3 more than Jake ate, Jake ate 10 - 3 = 7 slices. Silvia ate twice as many slices as Jake, so she ate 2 * 7 = 14 slices. Together, they ate 10 + 7 + 14 = 31 slices. They shared 4 pizzas, and since each pizza has 8 slices, they had a total of 4 * 8 = 32 slices. Therefore, they ate 31 out of the 32 total slices. Answer: {31}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of slices eaten by each person based on the given information (Becky ate 10, Jake ate 7, Silvia ate 14), sums them correctly to 31, and correctly identifies that 31 is the total number of slices eaten, which is the required answer. The extra calculation about the total available slices (32) is extraneous but mathematically correct and does not introduce an error into the final answer derivation.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #105

Clean

Full Question

The power goes out in Brianna's house one night so she and her family gather all their candles and flashlights. There are 8 rooms in the house and 4 people living there, including Brianna. They have a variety of candles available; 4 small candles each for half the rooms and 5 medium candles each for the other half of the rooms. There is a flashlight for every person to carry and two for each room. With everything combined, how many candles and flashlights are Brianna's family using when the lights go out?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of small candles they have: 4 candles/half the rooms * 8 rooms / 2 half rooms = 16 candles Then find the total number of medium candles they have: 5 candles/half the rooms * 8 rooms / 2 half rooms = 20 candles Then add those two amounts to find the total number of candles: 16 candles + 20 candles = 36 candles Then multiply the number of people by the number of flashlights they each carry to find the total number of flashlights people are carrying: 4 people * 1 flashlight/person = 4 flashlights Then multiply the number of rooms by the number of flashlights in each room to find the total number of flashlights in rooms: 8 rooms * 2 flashlights/room = 16 flashlights Then add the number of flashlights people are carrying to the number of flashlights in rooms to find the total number of flashlights: 4 flashlights + 16 flashlights = 20 flashlights Then add the total number of candles to the total number of flashlights to find the total number of candles and flashlights: 36 candles + 20 flashlights = 56 candles and flashlights Answer: {56}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of candles and flashlights based on the problem description, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #106

2 issues

Full Question

Sue lives in a fun neighborhood. One weekend, the neighbors decided to play a prank on Sue. On Friday morning, the neighbors placed 18 pink plastic flamingos out on Sue's front yard. On Sunday morning, they added 18 pink plastic flamingos to the collection. On Saturday morning, the neighbors took back one third of the flamingos, painted them white, and put these newly painted white flamingos back out on Sue's front yard. At noon on Sunday, how many more pink plastic flamingos were out than white plastic flamingos?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On Friday and Saturday, the neighbors put out a total of 18+18=36 pink flamingos. They took 36/3=12 flamingos back. So, there were 36-12=24 pink flamingos left. On Sunday morning, they added 18 more pink flamingos for a total of 24+18=42 pink flamingos. Thus, there were 42-12=30 more pink flamingos than white flamingos. Answer: {30}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains significant logical errors regarding the timing and quantity of flamingos present before Saturday's modification, leading to an incorrect final count of 30 instead of the correct answer of 24.

Detected Issues (2)

logical_error high

Statement

On Friday and Saturday, the neighbors put out a total of 18+18=36 pink flamingos.

Explanation

The problem states 18 were placed Friday, and 18 were added Sunday morning. The base for Saturday's modification was only the 18 placed Friday. Summing 18+18 implies 36 flamingos existed before Saturday's action, which is incorrect.

Answer Span:

18+18=36

Reference/Question Span:

On Friday morning, the neighbors placed 18 pink plastic flamingos out on Sue's front yard. On Sunday morning, they added 18 pink plastic flamingos to the collection.

logical_error high

Statement

They took 36/3=12 flamingos back.

Explanation

Since the base number of flamingos before Saturday's action was 18 (not 36), one third of 18 should be calculated. This results in 6 white flamingos, not 12.

Answer Span:

36/3=12

Reference/Question Span:

On Saturday morning, the neighbors took back one third of the flamingos, painted them white

Question #107

Clean

Full Question

Shawnda decides that her neighborhood kids could really use a bike inflation service. She decides the best way to charge is by the tire. On the first day, 5 people on bicycles came by to get both tires inflated. 3 people came by to get all their tricycle tires inflated. Finally, one person actually came by on a unicycle. Each tire costs 25 cents to inflate. How many dollars did she make that day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how we can break down the problem: * **Bicycles:** 5 bicycles * 2 tires/bicycle = 10 tires * **Tricycles:** 3 tricycles * 3 tires/tricycle = 9 tires * **Unicycle:** 1 unicycle * 1 tire/unicycle = 1 tire **Total Tires:** 10 + 9 + 1 = 20 tires **Total Earnings:** 20 tires * $0.25/tire = $5.00 Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of tires for each vehicle type, sums them up correctly, and accurately converts the total cost in cents to dollars, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #108

Clean

Full Question

Every day, Wendi gives each of her chickens their feed in three separate meals. She feeds each of the chickens three cups of mixed chicken feed, containing seeds, mealworms and vegetables to help keep them healthy. In the morning, she gives her flock of chickens 15 cups of feed. In the afternoon, she gives her chickens another 25 cups of feed. How many cups of feed does she need to give her chickens in the final meal of the day if the size of Wendi's flock is 20 chickens?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: We need to figure out the total cups of feed Wendi gives her chickens each day. Then, we can figure out how many cups are left for the final meal. * **Morning and Afternoon:** She gives 15 cups + 25 cups = 40 cups of feed in the morning and afternoon. * **Total Daily Needs:** Since each chicken needs 3 cups a day, and she has 20 chickens, she needs 3 cups/chicken * 20 chickens = 60 cups of feed per day. * **Final Meal:** To find out how much she needs for the final meal, subtract the morning and afternoon feed from the total daily need: 60 cups - 40 cups = 20 cups. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total daily feed requirement based on the number of chickens and the required amount per chicken. It then correctly sums the feed given in the first two meals and subtracts this sum from the total requirement to find the amount needed for the final meal. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #109

Clean

Full Question

Fred was preparing for a party to be held in four days. So, he made 24 gallons of root beer on the first day and put them in the refrigerator cooler. But later that evening, his children discovered the delicious nectar and robbed the cooler, drinking 4 of those gallons of root beer. On the fourth day, 3 people showed up for the party. On the second day, his wife Barbie also discovered the root beer and accidentally spilled 7 gallons. On the third day, Fred's friend Ronnie visited Fred's house and helped himself to the root beer, further reducing the amount remaining by 5 gallons. If Fred and the others shared the remaining root beer equally, how much was available for each to drink during the party?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On the first day, Fred made 24 gallons of root beer, but his children drank 4 gallons, leaving 24-4=20 gallons. Then, his wife Barbie spilled 7 gallons, leaving only 20-7=13 gallons. When Ronnie came to visit, he drank 5 gallons, further reducing the total to 13-5=8 gallons. Including Fred, there were 1+3=4 people at the party. Thus, each person had 8/4=2 gallons of root beer. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the remaining root beer volume through the sequence of events and correctly calculates the final distribution among the party attendees.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #111

Clean

Full Question

Marcus is trying to decide whether he really needs to do his homework. If the normal teacher comes in, there's a 40% chance she'll give everyone an extension. There's a 50% chance that tomorrow he'll have a substitute teacher who won't collect the homework. Even if the whole class doesn't get an extension, there's a 20% chance Marcus can convince the teacher his dog ate his assignment and get a personal extension. What is the percentage chance that Marcus will actually have to turn in his homework tomorrow?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the probability that Marcus will *not* get an extension from the normal teacher: 100% - 40% = 60% Then multiply that probability by the probability that his dog ate his assignment story won't work to find the probability he'll have to do the homework if the normal teacher is there: 60% * 80% = 48% Then multiply the probability of having a substitute by the probability he won't have to do the homework if there is a substitute to find the probability he won't have to do it if there's a sub: 50% * 100% = 50% Then subtract that percentage from 100% to find the probability he will have to do it if there's a sub: 100% - 50% = 50% Finally, add the probability of having to do the homework if the normal teacher is there to the probability of having to do it if there is a substitute to get the overall probability: 50% + 48% = 98% Answer: {98%}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain fails to correctly combine the probabilities of the mutually exclusive scenarios. Specifically, it calculates the conditional probability of having to turn in homework under the normal teacher scenario (48%) but fails to weight this by the probability that the normal teacher shows up (assumed 50%), leading to an inflated final result.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #112

Clean

Full Question

Lorraine and Colleen are trading stickers for buttons. Each large sticker is worth a large button or three small buttons. A small sticker is worth one small button. A large button is worth three small stickers. Lorraine starts with 30 small stickers and 40 large stickers. She trades 50% of her large stickers for large buttons and trades the rest of them for small buttons. She trades 90% of her small stickers for large buttons. How many buttons does she have by the end?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Lorraine trades 50/100 * 40 large stickers = 20 large stickers for large buttons. So she has 40 large stickers - 20 large stickers = 20 large stickers left that she trades for small buttons. This gets her 20 large stickers * 3 small buttons per large sticker = 60 small buttons. She also trades 90/100 * 30 small stickers = 27 small stickers for large buttons. This gets her 27 small stickers / 3 small stickers per large button = 9 large buttons. Her 20 large stickers traded for large buttons gets her another 20 large buttons. That means by the end, Lorraine has 60 small buttons + 9 large buttons + 20 large buttons = 89 buttons. Answer: {89}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #113

1 issue

Full Question

44 seniors need to receive awards. 2 of the seniors will also receive pins that are $5. Each senior receives a picture frame that costs $20. Each picture frame needs to be etched with the logo for an additional 20% cost per frame. 1/4 of the seniors are officers and they will need to receive cords that are $12 each. How much will be spent on the senior gifts?

Ground Truth Answer

1198

Generated Answer

Here's how to break down the costs: * **Picture Frames:** * Cost per frame after the logo etching: $20 + ($20 * 0.20) = $24 * Total cost of picture frames: $24 * 44 = $1056 * **Pins:** * Total cost of pins: $5 * 2 = $10 * **Cords:** * Number of officers: 44 / 4 = 11 * Total cost of cords: $12 * 11 = $132 * **Total Cost:** $1056 + $10 + $132 = $1298 **Answer: {1298}**

Overall Quality: fair

The breakdown of costs for frames, pins, and cords is logically sound and arithmetically correct based on the intermediate steps. However, the final summation step contains a calculation error, leading to an incorrect total cost.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error high

Statement

Total Cost: $1056 + $10 + $132 = $1298

Explanation

The final summation is incorrect. $1056 + $10 + $132 equals $1198, not $1298.

Answer Span:

$1056 + $10 + $132 = $1298

Question #114

Mike can write a page every 6 minutes. He was a pen pal with 5 people. He stopped being penpals with 2 of them. They each send 2 letters a week that are 5 pages long. He responds in kind. How many ...

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Mike gets 2 letters * 5 pages/letter = 10 pages of letters from each penpal. That means he writes 10 pages/penpal * 3 penpals = 30 pages total per week That means he spends 30 pages / 6 pages/hour = 5 hours writing each week Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a critical calculation error regarding the conversion of writing speed (minutes per page) into pages per hour, leading to an incorrect final answer (5 instead of 3). There is also a minor logical ambiguity in the first step regarding the interpretation of 'from each penpal' vs 'total received', although the subsequent steps use the derived value consistently.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error high

Statement

That means he spends 30 pages / 6 pages/hour = 5 hours writing each week

Explanation

The rate given is 6 minutes per page. To convert pages to hours, we need to divide the total pages by the rate in pages per hour. Mike writes 1 page every 6 minutes. Since there are 60 minutes in an hour, he writes 60 / 6 = 10 pages per hour. Therefore, the division should be 30 pages / 10 pages/hour = 3 hours.

Answer Span:

30 pages / 6 pages/hour = 5 hours writing each week

Reference/Question Span:

Mike can write a page every 6 minutes.

Question #115

Clean

Full Question

Toby is reading a book that is 45 pages long. It averages 200 words a page. Toby can read at a rate of 300 words per minute. It takes 10 minutes to get to the airport. He has to be at the airport in 60 minutes and plans to leave as soon as he finishes the book. How many minutes early will Toby be?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

First find how many words are in the book: 45 pages * 200 words/page = 9000 words Then divide the number of words by his reading speed to find how long it will take him to read the book: 9000 words / 300 words/minute = 30 minutes Then add the time it takes to read the book to the time it takes to drive to the airport to find his total travel time: 30 minutes + 10 minutes = 40 minutes Then subtract his travel time from the time he needs to be at the airport to find how early he will be: 60 minutes - 40 minutes = 20 minutes Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total time required (reading time + travel time) and subtracts this from the deadline to find how early Toby will be. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #116

Clean

Full Question

Mr. Marcellus realized 2/5 of the amount of milk he purchased had passed the expiry date and could not be sold. A company had sold 4000 gallons of milk in jars to Mr. Marcellus' store at the cost of $3.5 per gallon. He returned the sour milk to the company and ordered a refund. Calculate how much he got in refunds.

Ground Truth Answer

5600

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of gallons of milk that had passed the expiry date: 4000 gallons * (2/5) = 1600 gallons Then multiply that number by the price per gallon to find the total refund amount: 1600 gallons * $3.50/gallon = $5600 Answer: {5600}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the steps: calculating the amount of spoiled milk (2/5 of 4000) and then multiplying that amount by the cost per gallon ($3.50) to find the total refund. Both calculations are arithmetically correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #117

Clean

Full Question

Antoine's french onion soup recipe calls for 2 pounds of onions. He likes to double that amount. The onions are currently on sale for $2.00 a pound. His soup serves 6 people. He also needs 2 boxes of beef stock, that are also on sale for $2.00 a box. What is the cost per serving? (Round to the nearest integer.)

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total weight of onions Antoine uses: 2 pounds/recipe * 2 = 4 pounds. Then multiply that amount by the price per pound to find the total cost of the onions: 4 pounds * $2.00/pound = $8.00 Then multiply the price per box of beef stock by the number of boxes to find their total cost: $2.00/box * 2 boxes = $4.00 Then add the cost of the onions and the beef stock to find the total cost of the recipe's ingredients: $8.00 + $4.00 = $12.00 Then divide the total cost by the number of servings to find the cost per serving: $12.00 / 6 servings = $2.00/serving Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #118

Clean

Full Question

Tim makes a special honey and jam mix. The passion fruit costs $6 per pound, the jackfruit is $8 per pound, and the honey is $10 per pound. He sells each jar for $50. To make 1 jar of the mixture it takes 2 pounds of passion fruit and 1.5 pounds of jackfruit. It also takes 2 pounds of special honey. How much profit does he make selling 10 jars?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The cost of the ingredients for one jar is (2*$6)+(1.5*$8)+($10*2) = $44. So for 10 jars the cost would be 10*$44 = $440 He sells 10 jars for a total of 10*$50 = $500 So his profit is $500-$440 = $60 Answer: {60}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost per jar, the total cost for 10 jars, the total revenue for 10 jars, and the final profit. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #119

Clean

Full Question

Tom went on a two-week-long trip through Europe. On the seventh day, he wasn't traveling at all. In the first 4 days, he traveled 200 kilometers every day, and over the next two days, he totaled only 30% of the distance traveled over the first four days. During the second week, he made 300 kilometers every day. How many kilometers in total did Tom make during his two-week-long trip?

Ground Truth Answer

3140

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total distance traveled in the first four days: 200 kilometers/day * 4 days = 800 kilometers. Then find the total distance traveled in the next two days: 800 kilometers * 30% = 240 kilometers. Then find the total distance traveled in the second week: 300 kilometers/day * 7 days = 2100 kilometers Then add the distances from each week and the first week's 7th day to find the total distance: 800 kilometers + 240 kilometers + 2100 kilometers + 0 kilometers = 3140 kilometers. Answer: {3140}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the distance traveled during each segment of the trip and sums them up accurately. The interpretation of the problem constraints (like the 7th day having 0 travel) is handled correctly in the final summation step.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #120

Clean

Full Question

Glue sticks come in packs of 8. Mr. Jackson's fourth-grade class has 27 students. He wants to give each student 2 glue sticks. How many packs will Mr. Jackson need to buy so every student can have 2 glue sticks, assuming he can only buy whole packs and he expects to have some extra glue sticks left over?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

He has 27 students and wants to give each student 2 glue sticks, so he needs 27 * 2 = 54 glue sticks. Each pack has 8 glue sticks, so he'll need 54 / 8 = 6.75 packs. Since he can only buy whole packs, he'll need to buy 7 packs to have enough for everyone. Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total glue sticks needed (54), correctly divides by the pack size (54 / 8 = 6.75), and correctly applies the ceiling function (rounding up to 7) based on the constraint that only whole packs can be purchased. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #122

There are 3 classes. Each class in a school has 20 students. The first class has 15 girls. The second class has 12 girls. The school as a whole is 50% boys and 50% girls. How many boys are in the thir...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's solve this step-by-step: 1. **Total girls:** Since the school has 50% girls out of 60 students (3 classes x 20 students), there are 60 / 2 = 30 girls in total. 2. **Girls in the third class:** We know there are 15 girls in the first class and 12 in the second. Therefore, there are 30 - 15 - 12 = 3 girls in the third class. 3. **Boys in the third class:** Since each class has 20 students, and the third class has 3 girls, there must be 20 - 3 = 17 boys in the third class. Answer: {17}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the required values step-by-step and arrives at the correct final answer. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #123

Bryce and four of his friends each ordered their own pizzas after football practice. Bryce and two friends ate 2/3 of their pizzas. The two remaining friends ate \u00be of their pizzas. Each pizza had...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: **1. Calculate the number of slices eaten by the first group:** * Bryce and two friends make a total of 3 people. * They ate 2/3 of each pizza, so they ate (2/3) * 12 slices = 8 slices per pizza. * In total, this group ate 3 people * 8 slices/person = 24 slices. **2. Calculate the number of slices eaten by the second group:** * The two remaining friends make a total of 2 people. * They ate 3/4 of each pizza, so they ate (3/4) * 12 slices = 9 slices per pizza. * In total, this group ate 2 people * 9 slices/person = 18 slices. **3. Calculate the total number of slices eaten:** * The total eaten is 24 slices + 18 slices = 42 slices. **4. Calculate the total number of slices:** * Five pizzas were ordered, with 12 slices each, for a total of 5 pizzas * 12 slices/pizza = 60 slices. **5. Calculate the number of slices remaining:** * The number of slices remaining is 60 slices - 42 slices = 18 slices. Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #124

James buys a plane. He pays $5000 a month to rent a hanger to keep it in. He also spends twice as much as that on fuel per month. The plane cost $150,000. How much did it cost him to get and maintain ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

330000

Generated Answer

Explanation: James' monthly fuel cost is $5000 * 2 = $10000. So he spends $10000 + $5000 = $15000 per month on fuel and hanger. That means he spends $15000 * 12 = $180000 a year on fuel and hanger. Adding the plane's cost, in the first year, it cost him $180000 + $150000 = $330000. Answer: {330000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the monthly fuel cost, the total monthly maintenance cost, the total annual maintenance cost, and finally adds the initial purchase price to find the total cost for the first year. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #127

Clean

Full Question

James needs to get more toys for his doggie shelter. James currently has 4 toys on hand for 4 dogs, but there are 8 more dogs in the shelter now. After buying the toys, he went back to see that there are twice as many more dogs than when he left so he had to buy some more toys. When James came back yet again, 3 dogs were gone so he no longer needed those toys. Each dog needs one toy. How many toys in total does James need?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: * **Step 1: Calculate toys needed after the first increase** James had 4 dogs and now has 8 more, totaling 4 + 8 = 12 dogs. * **Step 2: Calculate toys needed after the second increase** The number of dogs doubled from 12, making it 12 * 2 = 24 dogs. * **Step 3: Calculate toys needed after dogs left** With 3 dogs gone, there are 24 - 3 = 21 dogs. * **Step 4: Calculate total toys needed** Since each dog needs one toy, James needs 21 toys. Answer: {21}

Overall Quality: poor

The arithmetic within the steps is correct based on the model's interpretation, but Step 2 contains a critical logical error in interpreting the phrase 'twice as many more dogs,' leading to an incorrect final count.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #128

Billy sells DVDs. His first 3 customers buy one DVD each. His last 3 customers don't buy any DVDs. His next 2 customers buy 2 DVDs each. He has 8 customers on Tuesday. How many DVDs did Billy sell o...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Billy sold 3 DVDs to his first 3 customers because 3 customers * 1 DVD/customer = 3 DVDs He sold 4 DVDs to his next 2 customers because 2 customers * 2 DVDs/customer = 4 DVDs. His last 3 customers bought 0 DVDs, so he sold a total of 3 + 4 + 0 = 7 DVDs Answer: {7}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the relevant sales figures based on the customer groups described and sums them up to reach the correct total. All calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #129

Tom plants 10 trees a year. He starts with 50 trees. After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year. How many trees does he have left?

1 issue

Full Question

Tom plants 10 trees a year. He starts with 50 trees. After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year. How many trees does he have left?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: After 10 years, Tom plants 10 trees/year * 10 years = 100 trees Adding the trees he started with, he has a total of 100 trees + 50 trees = 150 trees 30% of his trees died, so he lost 150 trees * .30 = 45 trees After the trees died, he had 150 trees - 45 trees = 105 trees He chops down 2 trees every year for 10 years for a total of 2 trees/year * 10 years = 20 trees After chopping down trees, he has 105 trees - 20 trees = 85 trees remaining. Answer: {85}

Overall Quality: fair

The arithmetic calculations were performed correctly based on the intermediate values derived, but the logical sequencing of applying the 30% death rate relative to the annual tree removal resulted in an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

30% of his trees died, so he lost 150 trees * .30 = 45 trees After the trees died, he had 150 trees - 45 trees = 105 trees He chops down 2 trees every year for 10 years for a total of 2 trees/year * 10 years = 20 trees After chopping down trees, he has 105 trees - 20 trees = 85 trees remaining.

Explanation

The reasoning calculates the 30% death rate on the gross total (150) before accounting for the 20 trees chopped over the 10 years. To reach the expected answer (91), the 20 trees chopped annually must be subtracted from the total stock (150) before applying the 30% death rate to the remaining population (130). The model applies the death rate first, then subtracts the total chopped, leading to an incorrect final count.

Answer Span:

Reference/Question Span:

After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year.

Question #130

Mr. Smith has two farms, Farm X and Farm Y. He sold 10 goats from Farm X and twice as many goats from Farm Y. He has 55 goats in Farm X and 45 goats in Farm Y. How many goats are left in the two farms...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: He sold 10 x 2 = 20 goats from Farm Y. So, there are 55 - 10 = 45 goats left in Farm X. And 45 - 20 = 25 goats left in Farm Y. Therefore, there are a total of 45 + 25 = 70 goats left in the two farms. Answer: {70}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all necessary calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #131

John cuts down an 80-foot tree. He cuts it into 4-foot logs. He sells planks for $1.2 each. He can make logs out of 80% of the tree. From each of those logs, he cuts 5 planks. How much does he make...

Clean

Full Question

John cuts down an 80-foot tree. He cuts it into 4-foot logs. He sells planks for $1.2 each. He can make logs out of 80% of the tree. From each of those logs, he cuts 5 planks. How much does he make?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the percentage of the tree John makes into logs: 80 feet * .80 = 64 feet Then divide the useable length of the tree by the length of each log to find the number of logs: 64 feet / 4 feet/log = 16 logs Then multiply that number by the number of planks per log to find how many planks he sells: 16 logs * 5 planks/log = 80 planks Then multiply the number of planks by the price per plank to find the total profit: 80 planks * $1.20/plank = $96.00 Answer: {96}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #132

Clean

Full Question

Each muffaletta sandwich requires 1 pound each of meat and cheese and would serve 4 people. Tyson decided to make muffaletta sandwiches for the big game. The meat cost $7.00 per pound and the cheese cost $3.00 per pound. There would be 20 people in total watching the game. How much money would he spend on the meat and cheese to make enough sandwiches to serve 20 people?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: He needs enough sandwiches for 20/4 = 5 groups of 4 people. So, he needs to buy 5 * 1 = 5 pounds of meat. He also needs to buy 5 * 1 = 5 pounds of cheese. The meat will cost $7.00/pound * 5 pounds = $35.00 The cheese will cost $3.00/pound * 5 pounds = $15.00 Therefore, he will spend $35.00 + $15.00 = $50.00 on the meat and cheese. Answer: {50.00}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the required ingredients and total cost based on the problem statement. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #133

Cole hid 3 dozen eggs in the yard for the Easter egg hunt. Lamar finds 5 eggs. And Mei finds half as many as Charlie. Stacy finds twice as many as Lamar. Charlie finds 2 less than Stacy. How many ...

Clean

Full Question

Cole hid 3 dozen eggs in the yard for the Easter egg hunt. Lamar finds 5 eggs. And Mei finds half as many as Charlie. Stacy finds twice as many as Lamar. Charlie finds 2 less than Stacy. How many eggs are still hidden in the yard?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Calculate Cole's eggs:** Cole hid 3 dozen eggs, which is 3 * 12 = 36 eggs. 2. **Calculate Stacy's eggs:** Stacy found twice as many eggs as Lamar, who found 5, so Stacy found 2 * 5 = 10 eggs. 3. **Calculate Charlie's eggs:** Charlie found 2 fewer eggs than Stacy, who found 10, so Charlie found 10 - 2 = 8 eggs. 4. **Calculate Mei's eggs:** Mei found half as many eggs as Charlie, who found 8, so Mei found 8 / 2 = 4 eggs. 5. **Calculate the total found:** In total, they found 5 + 10 + 8 + 4 = 27 eggs. 6. **Calculate the remaining eggs:** Subtract the number of found eggs from the total hidden eggs: 36 - 27 = 9 eggs. Answer: {9}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all steps of the word problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #134

Each crayon weighs 1 ounce. Each pound is 16 ounces. Nik has 200 crayons. He wants to separate them into groups of 8 and put them into boxes. If he puts all of his crayons into boxes, what is the tot...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Nik has 200 / 8 = 25 groups of 8 crayons. That means he needs 25 boxes. The total weight of the crayons is 200 crayons * 1 ounce/crayon = 200 ounces. This is equal to 200 / 16 = 12.5 pounds. The total weight of the boxes is 25 boxes * 8 ounces/box = 200 ounces. This is equal to 200 / 16 = 12.5 pounds. Therefore, the total weight of the crayons and boxes is 12.5 pounds + 12.5 pounds = 25 pounds. Answer: {25}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of boxes, the weight of the crayons in ounces and pounds, the weight of the boxes in ounces and pounds, and the total weight, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #135

Clean

Full Question

Roger goes to the store to buy some coffee. He decides to buy a week's worth of coffee and he uses 1 pound of coffee per day. The normal brand of coffee he buys cost $5 per pound. He had to buy a more expensive brand that cost 20% more since his favorite brand was sold out. He also decided to buy himself a donut for $2. How much did everything cost?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Roger drinks 1 pound of coffee per day and buys enough for 7 days so that's 1*7 = 7 pounds of coffee The more expensive coffee is 20/100 * 5 = $1 more expensive per pound. So the more expensive coffee costs 5+1 = $6 per pound. So, he pays 6*7 = $42 for the coffee. Adding the cost of the donut, he pays a total of 42+2 = $44 Answer: {44}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cost by first determining the amount of coffee needed, calculating the increased price per pound, finding the total coffee cost, and finally adding the cost of the donut. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #136

Clean

Full Question

Krissa needs to order field trip shirts for her preschool students. Four less than the number of size small students need size medium. 11 students need size extra-small. Half as many students need size large as size medium. Six more students need size extra-large than large. Twice as many students need size small as extra small. Altogether, how many shirts did Krissa order?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break down the problem step by step: * **Small:** Twice the number of extra-small students need small shirts, so 11 students * 2 = 22 students need size small. * **Medium:** Four less than the number of small students need medium, meaning 22 students – 4 students = 18 students need size medium. * **Large:** Half as many students need large as medium, so 18 students / 2 = 9 students need size large. * **Extra-Large:** Six more students need extra-large than large, meaning 9 students + 6 students = 15 students need size extra-large. Now, let's add up the number of students needing each size to find the total number of shirts: * **Total:** 22 (small) + 18 (medium) + 9 (large) + 15 (extra-large) + 11 (extra-small) = 75 shirts Answer: {75}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #137

Clean

Full Question

Colby loves going to the movies and already saw 5 movies on a Friday or Saturday, 8 movies on other days, had 2 tubs of popcorn, and four boxes of candy this month. Tickets for Fridays and Saturdays cost $10. Tickets for any other day cost $7. Popcorn costs $8 and boxes of candy cost $2. It is the last day of the month and it's a Friday. He wants to make sure he gets a popcorn and box of candy that night. How many movies can he see if every month his parents give him $150 to spend at the movies?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total cost of the movies Colby has already seen: 5 movies * $10/movie + 8 movies * $7/movie = $50 + $56 = $106. Then find the total cost of the food he has already bought: 2 tubs * $8/tub + 4 boxes * $2/box = $16 + $8 = $24. So he has spent $106 + $24 = $130 at the movies so far this month. That means he has $150 - $130 = $20 left to spend on movies this month. He wants to get popcorn and candy this time, so that will cost $8 + $2 = $10. That leaves $20 - $10 = $10 to spend on movie tickets. Since it is Friday, tickets cost $10 each, so he can buy $10 / $10 per ticket = 1 more movie ticket. Answer: {1}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial spending, remaining budget, cost of the desired items, and the number of additional movies Colby can see based on the remaining funds and Friday ticket price. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #138

Clean

Full Question

Chad has a gift card for $5.00 that he uses at check out. He ordered a build-your-own burrito for lunch. He adds extra meat for $2.00, extra cheese for $1.00, avocado for $1.00 and 2 sauces for $0.25 each. He decides to upgrade his meal for an extra $3.00 which will add chips and a drink. How much does he still owe, if the base burrito is $6.50?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total cost of the sauces: $0.25/sauce * 2 sauces = $0.50 Then add that amount to the cost of the extras to find the total cost of extras: $0.50 + $2.00 + $1.00 + $1.00 = $4.50 Then add the cost of the base burrito and the upgrade to find the subtotal before the gift card is applied: $4.50 + $6.50 + $3.00 = $14.00 Then subtract the value of the gift card to find the total amount owed: $14.00 - $5.00 = $9.00 Answer: {9.00}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all intermediate steps and arrives at the correct final answer based on the problem description.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #139

Clean

Full Question

Tanya makes a salt scrub from salt, oil, fragrance, citrus zest, and sugar. She uses the same amount of citrus zest as fragrance and the same amount of salt as sugar. She makes enough to fill a 10-ounce jar each time. She uses twice as much oil as salt and twice as much salt as zest. How many ounces of oil does she use?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break down the problem step-by-step: * **Let 'x' represent the amount of citrus zest (and fragrance) Tanya uses.** * **Salt and sugar:** She uses the same amount of salt and sugar as each other, and this amount is twice the amount of zest. So, she uses 2*x ounces of salt and 2*x ounces of sugar. * **Oil:** She uses twice as much oil as salt. Since she uses 2*x ounces of salt, she uses 2 * (2*x) = 4*x ounces of oil. **To find the amount of oil, we need to find the value of 'x'. However, we don't have enough information to determine the exact proportions of each ingredient in the 10-ounce jar. We only know the *ratios* of ingredients to one another.** Answer: {Not enough information}

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly established the ratios (Oil = 4x, Zest = x, Salt = 2x, Sugar = 2x, Fragrance = x), but it failed to use the total volume constraint (10 ounces) to solve for x, incorrectly concluding that there was not enough information.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #140

Artemis is potting flowers with her father. They buy a 30-pound bag of soil. Each rose needs 1 pound. Each Sunflower needs 3 pounds. Each carnation needs 1.5 pounds. If they plant 4 sunflowers and 10 ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how much soil the sunflowers need: 4 sunflowers * 3 pounds/sunflower = 12 pounds Then find how much soil the carnations need: 10 carnations * 1.5 pounds/carnation = 15 pounds Then subtract the soil needed for the other flowers from the total amount to find how much soil is left for the roses: 30 pounds - 12 pounds - 15 pounds = 3 pounds Then divide the remaining soil by the amount each rose needs to find how many roses they can plant: 3 pounds / 1 pound/rose = 3 roses Answer: {3}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the soil used by sunflowers and carnations, subtracts this from the total, and correctly determines the number of roses that can be planted based on the remaining soil. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #141

Clean

Full Question

A bus has a capacity of 200 people. On the first stop, 40 people entered the bus. On the second station, 3/4 of the total number of people who entered the bus at the first station entered the bus. Before its first stop, it had 20 people. If the number of passengers on the bus doubled at the third station, calculate the total number of people required to fill the remaining spaces on the bus.

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Second station passengers:** (3/4) * 40 people = 30 people entered at the second station. 2. **Total after second station:** 20 people (initial) + 40 people + 30 people = 90 people on the bus. 3. **Passengers after the third station:** 90 people * 2 = 180 people. 4. **Remaining spaces:** 200 people (capacity) - 180 people = 20 spaces left. Answer: {20}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem statement, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #142

Clean

Full Question

Sasha and Julie are best friends playing on opposing basketball teams. The teams have two practice games scheduled. In the first game, Sasha had the home court advantage and scored 14 points. Sasha always struggles during away games and their second match was at Julie's home court. Sasha scored 6 fewer points in the second game than Julie's score in the first game. Julie scored 4 fewer points than Sasha in the first game. How many total points did Sasha score during both games?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First, find Julie's score in the first game: 14 points - 4 points = 10 points Then, find Sasha's score in the second game: 10 points - 6 points = 4 points Then, add Sasha's score from both games to find her total score: 14 points + 4 points = 18 points Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Extra data: line 22 column 3 (char 12253)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #144

Clean

Full Question

Kayla is having her birthday party at a movie theater. Kayla invited her 25 classmates and the 7 girls in her dance class, as well as 13 family members. Only 4 people said they could not come. The fee to rent the theater is $125 for a party of 20, plus $6 for each additional guest. How much will the party cost?

Ground Truth Answer

251

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of people Kayla invited: 25 classmates + 7 dance class friends + 13 family members = 45 people Then subtract the 4 people who can't come to find the number of guests: 45 people - 4 people = 41 people Then subtract 20 from the number of guests to find how many people are paying the extra fee: 41 people - 20 people = 21 people Now multiply that number by the extra fee amount to find the total cost of the extra guests: 21 people * $6/person = $126 Then add that amount to the base fee to find the total cost: $126 + $125 = $251 Answer: {251}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of attendees, determines the number of additional guests beyond the base 20, calculates the cost based on the tiered pricing structure, and arrives at the correct final cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #145

Clean

Full Question

Since Sasha has leftover lumber, she decides to sell them. She notices that prices for lumber have gone up 50% in the last few months after she bought some lumber. She has leftover ten 2 x 4 x 10 boards that cost her $10 each. She also has five 4 x 4 x 10 boards she bought for $16 each. If she sells them all, how much profit does she make?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to break down the problem to find the solution: **1. Calculate the new selling price of the 2x4x10 boards:** * Price increase: $10 * 50/100 = $5 * New selling price: $10 + $5 = $15 **2. Calculate the earnings from selling the 2x4x10 boards:** * Total earnings: $15/board * 10 boards = $150 **3. Calculate the new selling price of the 4x4x10 boards:** * Price increase: $16 * 50/100 = $8 * New selling price: $16 + $8 = $24 **4. Calculate the earnings from selling the 4x4x10 boards:** * Total earnings: $24/board * 5 boards = $120 **5. Calculate the total earnings from selling all the boards:** * Total earnings: $150 + $120 = $270 **6. Calculate the total cost of the boards:** * Cost of 2x4x10 boards: $10/board * 10 boards = $100 * Cost of 4x4x10 boards: $16/board * 5 boards = $80 * Total cost: $100 + $80 = $180 **7. Calculate the profit:** * Profit: $270 (total earnings) - $180 (total cost) = $90 **Answer: {90}**

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the price increase, new selling prices, total earnings, total cost, and the final profit. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the requirements of the problem.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #146

Crista's plants need to be watered every day. 8 plants need 1 cup of water. She has 20 plants. 4 of her plants need half of a cup of water. The rest need a quarter of a cup of water. How many cups of ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: * **Plants needing 1 cup:** 8 plants * 1 cup/plant = 8 cups * **Plants needing 1/2 cup:** 4 plants * 1/2 cup/plant = 2 cups * **Plants needing 1/4 cup:** 20 total plants - 8 (1 cup plants) - 4 (1/2 cup plants) = 8 plants * **Water for 1/4 cup plants:** 8 plants * 1/4 cup/plant = 2 cups * **Total cups:** 8 cups + 2 cups + 2 cups = 12 cups Answer: {12}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the groups of plants, calculates the water needed for each group, and sums them up accurately to reach the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #148

Caroline has 4 children. The second child is two inches taller than the first child. The first child is 6 feet tall. The third child is 5 inches shorter than the second child. And the fourth child is...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The second child is 6 feet * 12 inches/foot + 2 inches = 74 inches tall. The third child is 74 inches - 5 inches = 69 inches tall. The fourth child is 69 inches + 3 inches = 72 inches tall Answer: {72}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #149

Clean

Full Question

A mechanic charges different rates to repair the tires of trucks and cars. On Friday, the mechanic repairs 12 car tries and doesn't repair any truck tires. For each truck tire that is repaired, the mechanic will charge $60 and for each car tire that is repaired, the mechanic will charge $40. On Thursday, the mechanic repairs 6 truck tires and 4 car tires. How much more revenue did the mechanic earn on the day with higher revenue?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On Friday, the mechanic made 12*$40 = $480. On Thursday, the mechanic made 6*$60 + 4*$40 = $520. So the mechanic made $520-$480 = $40 more on Thursday. Answer: {40}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the revenue for Friday and Thursday and then finds the difference between the higher revenue day and the lower revenue day, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #151

Clean

Full Question

Marcel runs a bicycle store. His main products are three types of bikes: MTB, BMX, and Trekking. In one month, Marcel sold a total of 300 bikes among the types listed. Half of them were Trekking bikes, and 15% were BMX bikes. The rest of the sold bikes were MTB type. The price of one MTB is $500, BMX is half the price of an MTB, and a Trekking bike is $450. How much did Marcel earn from selling bicycles during that month?

Ground Truth Answer

131250

Generated Answer

Explanation: First, calculate the number of Trekking bikes sold: 300 bikes * 0.5 = 150 bikes Next, calculate the number of BMX bikes sold: 300 bikes * 0.15 = 45 bikes Now, calculate the number of MTB bikes sold: 300 bikes - 150 bikes - 45 bikes = 105 bikes Then, calculate the earnings from selling MTB bikes: 105 bikes * $500/bike = $52500 Calculate the price of one BMX bike: $500 / 2 = $250 Then, calculate the earnings from selling BMX bikes: 45 bikes * $250/bike = $11250 Finally, calculate the earnings from selling Trekking bikes: 150 bikes * $450/bike = $67500 Add up the earnings from all types of bikes to find the total earnings: $52500 + $11250 + $67500 = $131250 Answer: {131250}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem. All calculations are arithmetically correct, and the logic used to determine bike counts and total earnings is sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #152

Dean's mother gave him $28 to go to the toy store. Each toy car cost $2 and each teddy bear cost $1. Dean bought 6 toy cars and 5 teddy bears. His mother then feels generous and decides to give him an...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Dean spent 6 x $2 = $12 on toy cars. He also spent 5 x $1 = $5 on teddy bears. So far, he has spent $12 + $5 = $17 at the toy store. This means he had $28 - $17 = $11 left. After his mother gives him $10, Dean then has $11 + $10 = $21. Answer: {21}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the spending, the remaining money, and the final total after receiving extra money. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #153

Ali is a superstar counter. His friend Izzy is also a really good counter and has 5 less medals than Ali. Ali has won 22 medals for counting super fast. Together they have 10 times less medals than ha...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

390

Generated Answer

Explanation: Izzy has 22 - 5 = 17 medals. Together, Ali and Izzy have 22 + 17 = 39 medals. Therefore, 39 x 10 = 390 medals have been given out in total. Answer: {390}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all necessary arithmetic operations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #154

Clean

Full Question

A certain company is in the business of selling fresh fruit. The price for such a crate depends on the price of its individual fruits. One crate of such fruit consists of 5 bananas, 12 apples, and 7 oranges. Oranges are the most expensive and cost three times as much as a banana per piece. One apple costs $0.5 and one banana costs twice as much. What would be the price for such a crate of fruit?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's calculate the cost of each fruit: - One banana costs twice as much as an apple, which costs $0.5, so a banana costs 2 * $0.5 = $1. - An orange costs three times as much as a banana, which costs $1, so an orange costs 3 * $1 = $3. Now let's calculate the total cost of each type of fruit in the crate: - 5 bananas cost 5 * $1/banana = $5. - 12 apples cost 12 * $0.5/apple = $6. - 7 oranges cost 7 * $3/orange = $21. Therefore, the total price of the crate is $5 + $6 + $21 = $32. Answer: {32}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #156

Clean

Full Question

As Sally entered school, she found 8 blue balloons caught in a tree, and she added 75% of them to her remaining clutch of balloons, which she carried into the school. Previously, when she started walking to school, she was holding the strings to 25 red balloons, 7 green balloons, and 12 yellow balloons. At this time, a gust of wind caused 40% of the red balloons to burst. The shockingly loud sound startled Sally, and she accidentally released half of the yellow balloons. What number of balloons did she finally carry into the school?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of blue balloons Sally added to her collection: 8 balloons * .75 = 6 balloons Then calculate how many red balloons burst: 25 balloons * .40 = 10 balloons Then subtract that number from her original number of red balloons to find how many red balloons remain: 25 balloons - 10 balloons = 15 balloons Then divide the original number of yellow balloons in half to find how many she accidentally released: 12 balloons / 2 = 6 balloons Then subtract that number from the original number of yellow balloons to find how many yellow balloons remain: 12 balloons - 6 balloons = 6 balloons. Now add up the number of each color balloon to find the total number of balloons she had before picking up the blue balloons: 15 balloons + 7 balloons + 6 balloons = 28 balloons Finally, add the number of blue balloons she picked up to the number of balloons she already had to find the total number she brought into the school: 28 balloons + 6 balloons = 34 balloons Answer: {34}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem description and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #157

1 issue

Full Question

There are 6 periods in the day for a normal student. Each class is 40 minutes long. He goes to class for 5 days a week. He then spends 1/16 of his weekly minutes each on Saturday and Sunday as extra learning time. How many hours a week does he spend learning, if John has to take 2 extra classes a day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how to break down the problem: * **Classes per day:** John takes 6 periods/day * 2 extra classes = 8 classes per day * **Total class time per day:** 8 classes/day * 40 minutes/class = 320 minutes/day * **Total class time per week:** 320 minutes/day * 5 days/week = 1600 minutes/week * **Total minutes in a week:** 24 hours/day * 60 minutes/hour * 7 days/week = 10080 minutes/week * **Weekend study time (in minutes):** 10080 minutes/week * (1/16) = 630 minutes/week * **Total study time per week:** 1600 minutes (class) + 630 minutes (weekend) = 2230 minutes * **Total study time in hours:** 2230 minutes / 60 minutes/hour = 37.17 hours **Answer: {37.17}**

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning contains one logical error in calculating the total number of classes per day by using multiplication instead of addition for 'extra' classes. All subsequent arithmetic steps based on the derived numbers are performed correctly, leading to an answer (37.17) that does not match the ground truth (30).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error medium

Statement

John takes 6 periods/day * 2 extra classes = 8 classes per day

Explanation

The problem states John takes 6 periods and 2 *extra* classes. This implies addition (6 + 2 = 8 classes total), not multiplication (6 * 2 = 12). While the result shown (8) matches the addition, the operation shown (*) is logically incorrect for combining standard and extra components.

Answer Span:

6 periods/day * 2 extra classes

Reference/Question Span:

How many hours a week does he spend learning, if John has to take 2 extra classes a day?

Question #158

Clean

Full Question

Max bought stamps at the post office. Some of the stamps had a snowflake design, some had a truck design, and some had a rose design. He bought 3 more truck stamps than snowflake stamps, and 9 fewer rose stamps than truck stamps. Max bought 16 snowflake stamps. How many stamps did Max buy in all?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Max bought 16 + 3 = 19 truck stamps. He bought 19 - 9 = 10 rose stamps. That means he bought a total of 16 + 19 + 10 = 45 stamps. Answer: {45}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of each type of stamp based on the given information and accurately calculates the total. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #159

Clean

Full Question

Mr. Bert gives six tests each semester. Brinley is in Mr. Bert's math class. Mr. Bert allows the students to remove the lowest score from the average each semester. If Brinley has scores of 89, 71, 92, 100 and 86 on the first five tests, what score does she need on the sixth test to get an average of 93?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: In order for Brinley to have an average of 93 after the lowest score is dropped and after taking six tests, she needs a total score of 93*5=465. Currently, her lowest score is the 71, and her current sum of scores is 89+71+92+100+86 = 438. Therefore, she needs to get at least a 465-438 = 27 on her sixth test to have an average of 93 in the class. Answer: {27}

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Invalid \escape: line 17 column 405 (char 2015)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #160

2 issues

Full Question

A nurses' station orders bandages in bulk packs of 50. On the third day, they ordered two bulk packs of bandages and only used half a pack. On the second day, they used ten fewer bandages compared to the first day. On the first day, the nurses used 38 bandages and ordered one bulk pack of bandages. They had 78 bandages left at the end of the third day. How many bandages did they start with on the first day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how we can solve this problem: * **Third day:** They used half a bulk pack, which is 50 / 2 = 25 bandages. * **Total used in the first three days:** They had 78 bandages left and used 25 on the third day, so they used a total of 78 + 25 = 103 bandages in the first three days. * **Second day:** They used 10 fewer bandages than the first day, meaning they used 38 - 10 = 28 bandages. * **Total used in the first two days:** They used 38 on the first day and 28 on the second day, for a total of 38 + 28 = 66 bandages. * **Bandages after the first order:** Since they used 103 bandages in total and 66 in the first two days, they must have used 103 - 66 = 37 bandages after the first order. * **Bandages at the start of the first day:** They ordered a bulk pack (50 bandages) and had 37 left after using some, so they started with 50 - 37 = 13 bandages. Answer: {13}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains multiple critical logical errors, primarily stemming from a fundamental misunderstanding of how to track inventory changes across multiple days involving orders and usage, leading to an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (2)

logical_error high

Statement

Total used in the first three days: They had 78 bandages left and used 25 on the third day, so they used a total of 78 + 25 = 103 bandages in the first three days.

Explanation

Total usage cannot be determined solely by adding the final inventory (78) and the usage of the last day (25). Total usage must account for all inventory added (orders) and the starting amount. The actual total usage is 91 (38 + 28 + 25).

Answer Span:

78 + 25 = 103 bandages

Reference/Question Span:

They had 78 bandages left at the end of the third day.

logical_error medium

Statement

Bandages after the first order: Since they used 103 bandages in total and 66 in the first two days, they must have used 103 - 66 = 37 bandages after the first order.

Explanation

This step attempts to isolate Day 3 usage by subtraction based on the flawed total usage (103). The actual usage on Day 3 was 25 bandages (half a pack), not 37.

Answer Span:

103 - 66 = 37 bandages

Reference/Question Span:

used 103 bandages in total and 66 in the first two days

Question #161

Clean

Full Question

Bill is ordering a new truck. The base price of the truck is $30,000, and any other features are at extra cost. He has decided to purchase a two-ton truck with several added features: a king cab upgrade, a towing package, leather seats, running boards, and the upgraded exterior light package. The king cab is an extra $7,500, leather seats are one-third the cost of the king cab upgrade, running boards are $500 less than the leather seats, and the upgraded exterior light package is $1500. What is the total cost of Bill's new truck, in dollars?

Ground Truth Answer

43500

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the cost of the leather seats: $7500 / 3 = $2500 Then subtract $500 from the price of the leather seats to find the cost of the running boards: $2500 - $500 = $2000 Then add the price of the base truck, king cab upgrade, leather seats, running boards, and upgraded exterior light package to find the total cost of the truck: $30000 + $7500 + $2500 + $2000 + $1500 = $43500 Answer: {43500}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of each component and sums them up accurately to arrive at the correct total cost.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #162

Clean

Full Question

Steve and Tim decide to see who can get home from school the fastest. Steve lives further away than Tim, so he is allowed to ride his bike. Tim lives 2 miles away from the school. Steve lives 3 miles from the school and can bike at 440 feet per minute. If Tim can ride his skateboard at 264 feet per minute, how long will the winner be waiting at their house before the loser finishes the race?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First figure out how long it will take Steve to bike home: he needs to travel 3 miles, which is 3*5280=15840 feet. At a speed of 440 feet per minute, this will take him 15840/440=36 minutes. Then figure out how long it takes Tim to get home: he needs to travel 2 miles, which is 2*5280=10560 feet. At a speed of 264 feet per minute, this will take him 10560/264=40 minutes. Therefore, Steve will get home first, and Tim will arrive 40-36=4 minutes later. Answer: {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly converts units, calculates the time taken for both Steve and Tim, identifies the winner, and correctly calculates the time difference. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #163

Clean

Full Question

It takes Julia sixteen seconds to row twenty feet. Julia's boat sprang a leak while she was out on the lake. The boat was taking on two liters of water for every ten feet she rowed back towards shore. The shore was 64 seconds away. How much water had the boat taken on by the time Julia reached shore?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many feet Julia needs to row by multiplying the time to row across the lake by her rowing speed: 64 seconds * (20 feet / 16 seconds) = 80 feet. Then divide the total distance by the distance per water intake to find how many times water entered the boat: 80 feet / 10 feet/2 liters = 8 intakes. Then multiply the number of intakes by the amount of water per intake to find the total amount of water taken on: 8 intakes * 2 liters/intake = 16 liters. Answer: {16}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the rowing speed, determines the total distance rowed back to shore, calculates the number of water intake cycles, and finds the total water taken on. All arithmetic and logical steps are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #164

Clean

Full Question

Gissela, Gordy, and Gary are truck drivers. Gissela has a truck large enough to haul 4,000 pounds of gravel. When Gary brings his truck and joins Gissela and Gordy, the three trucks combined can haul a total of 11,600 pounds of gravel. Gordy's truck can haul 800 pounds more than Gissela's truck. How many pounds of gravel can Gary's truck carry?

Ground Truth Answer

2800

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Find Gordy's capacity:** Gordy's truck can haul 800 pounds more than Gissela's 4,000 pounds, so Gordy can haul 4,000 + 800 = 4,800 pounds. 2. **Find the combined capacity of Gissela and Gordy:** Together, they can haul 4,000 + 4,800 = 8,800 pounds. 3. **Find Gary's capacity:** Since the three trucks combined can haul 11,600 pounds, and Gissela and Gordy together haul 8,800 pounds, Gary's truck can haul 11,600 - 8,800 = 2,800 pounds. Answer: {2,800}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #165

Clean

Full Question

A pirate crew is digging for buried treasure on the island marked X on a map. The island had four times as many holes at the end of the fourth day as it did at the end of the first day. They dug ten holes the first day, thirteen holes the second day, and eight holes the third day. On the fourth day of digging, they unearthed a treasure chest full of gold, jewels, and an aged hat. They stopped digging early on the third day to fill in two holes the pirates kept falling in. How many holes did the pirates dig on the fourth day before finding the treasure?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: At the end of the first day, there were 10 holes. The island had 4 * 10 = 40 holes at the end of the fourth day. From the first to the third day, they dug 10 + 13 + 8 = 31 holes. They filled in 2 of the holes so at the end of the third day, there were 31 - 2 = 29 holes. That means they dug 40 - 29 = 11 holes on the fourth day. Answer: {11}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic operations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #166

Clean

Full Question

Mr. Robles' first monkey eats 10 bananas each day. Mr. Robles buys 315 bananas, which is enough to feed his three monkeys for a week. The second monkey eats 4 more bananas than the first monkey and the third monkey eats the rest of the bananas for the day. How many bananas does the third monkey eat each day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The first monkey eats 10 bananas a day so in a week (7 days), it eats 10*7= 70 bananas. That leaves 315 - 70 = 245 bananas for the second and third monkey. The second monkey eats 4 more bananas than the first monkey which is 10 + 4 = 14 bananas. That means the second monkey eats 14*7 = 98 bananas in a week So the third monkey eats 245 - 98 = 147 bananas in a week. Therefore, the third monkey eats 147/7 = 21 bananas a day. Answer: {21}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #167

Clean

Full Question

Sean is practicing for his role in a theater production. He has to memorize his lines for two scenes and the lyrics to one solo song. His solo song has 54 lines in the lyrics. The second scene has six more lines than the song, and four-fifths of them are his. The first scene has twice the number of lines compared to the song, but only a third of them are his lines. How many lines does Sean have to memorize?

Ground Truth Answer

138

Generated Answer

Here's how we can break down the problem to find the solution: * **Second scene lines:** The second scene has 54 + 6 = 60 lines. * **Sean's lines in the second scene:** Sean has to memorize (4/5) * 60 = 48 lines in the second scene. * **First scene lines:** The first scene has 2 * 54 = 108 lines. * **Sean's lines in the first scene:** Sean has to memorize (1/3) * 108 = 36 lines in the first scene. * **Total lines for Sean:** Sean has to memorize a total of 54 + 48 + 36 = 138 lines. Answer: {138}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all parts of the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #168

Clean

Full Question

Russell works at a pet store and is distributing straw among the rodents. There are 10 cages of hamsters that are kept alone and each hamster is given 5 pieces of straw. The rats are kept in 3 cages in equal groups and each rat is given 6 pieces of straw. There is also a pen of rabbits where 20 pieces of straw are distributed among the rabbits. No straw is used anywhere else in the store. If 160 pieces of straw have been distributed among the small rodents, how many rats are in each cage?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The hamsters use a total of 10 cages * 5 pieces/cage = 50 pieces of straw. This leaves 160 pieces total - 50 for hamsters - 20 for rabbits = 90 pieces of straw for the rats. This means there are 90 pieces / 6 pieces/rat = 15 rats in total. Therefore, each cage has 15 rats / 3 cages = 5 rats. Answer: {5}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the straw usage for hamsters and rabbits, determines the remaining straw for rats, calculates the total number of rats, and finally determines the number of rats per cage, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #169

Clean

Full Question

Grandpa loves to eat jelly beans, but how many jelly beans he can eat depends on the size of the beans. It takes 75 large jelly beans to fill Grandpa up. And eating 3 small beans is the same as eating 1 medium-sized bean. He can eat twice as many medium-sized beans as large beans. How many small beans can Grandpa eat?

Ground Truth Answer

450

Generated Answer

Explanation: Since Grandpa can eat twice as many medium-sized beans as large beans, he can eat 75 large beans * 2 = 150 medium-sized beans. Because eating 3 small beans is the same as eating 1 medium-sized bean, Grandpa can eat 150 medium-sized beans * 3 = 450 small beans. Answer: {450}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the relationships provided in the problem and performs the necessary calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #170

Clean

Full Question

Erika is saving for a new laptop. Her mom agrees to give her $80 to help her. The sales assistant told Erika that if she traded in her old laptop, the price of the new one would be reduced by $200. She thinks this is a good deal and agrees to do it. She already has some savings in her purse, and has also been paid $150 this week for her part-time job. The laptop Erika wants costs $600. If Erika now only needs an extra $50 to buy the laptop, how much money does she have in her purse?

Ground Truth Answer

120

Generated Answer

Explanation: After trading in her old laptop, the price of the new one is $600 - $200 = $400. The total amount of money Erika has from her mom, her job and the extra money she needs is $80 + $150 + $50 = $280. This means the amount of money in her purse is $400 - $280 = $120 Answer: {120}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the final price, calculates the total known funds plus the required extra amount, and correctly subtracts this from the final price to find the amount in the purse. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #171

Clean

Full Question

Rani is obsessed with sports cars. She wonders what the faster car ever made can go so she looks it up. The average car can go 120 Miles per hour. What she finds out is that the fastest car was 1.25 times faster than the 2nd fastest car. The 2nd fastest car was 5 times faster than the average car. How fast does the faster car go?

Ground Truth Answer

750

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many MPH the 2nd fastest car goes: 120 MPH * 5 = 600 MPH Then multiply that speed by 1.25 to find the fastest car's speed: 600 MPH * 1.25 = 750 MPH Answer: {750}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #172

James gets a job selling used cars. He gets a 10% commission on the profits. He sold 10 cars that cost $25,000 each. The company paid 30% of the price to acquire the cars. How much did he make?

Clean

Full Question

James gets a job selling used cars. He gets a 10% commission on the profits. He sold 10 cars that cost $25,000 each. The company paid 30% of the price to acquire the cars. How much did he make?

Ground Truth Answer

17500

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total cost of the cars: $25,000/car * 10 cars = $250,000 Then find how much the company paid to acquire the cars: $250,000 * .3 = $75,000 Then subtract the cost to acquire the cars from the total price to find the profit: $250,000 - $75,000 = $175,000 Then multiply that number by his commission rate to find how much he made: $175,000 * .1 = $17,500 Answer: {17,500}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound and logically follows a standard interpretation of the problem statement, leading to the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #173

Finley took part in a 100-meter race. At the end, she jumped ahead 1 spot to finish the race. She started off in first, but then fell back 5 spots. She then moved ahead 2 spots, before falling behi...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Finley starts in first, and then falls back 5 places, putting her in 1+5= 6th place. She then moves up 2 spots, so she is now in 6-2= 4th place. Then, Finley falls back 3 spots, putting her in 4+3= 7th place If she jumps ahead 1 spot at the end, this means she finishes in 7-1 = 6th place Answer: {6}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks Finley's position through the race using appropriate arithmetic operations based on the context of moving up or down in place rankings. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #174

Clean

Full Question

Jello is currently on sale for $1.25. A three-ounce box of flavored jello makes 10 small jello cups. Greg wants to make small jello cups for his son's outdoor birthday party. There will be 30 kids and he wants to have enough so that each kid can have 4 jello cups. How much will he spend on jello?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Greg needs enough jello for 30 kids * 4 cups/kid = 120 cups of jello. Each box makes 10 cups so he'll need 120 cups / 10 cups/box = 12 boxes of jello. Since each box costs $1.25, he will spend $1.25/box * 12 boxes = $15 on jello. Answer: {15}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cups needed, the number of boxes required, and the total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem requirements precisely.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #175

There are 364 yards in a skein of yarn. Mariah's grandma used 1/2 of a skein of yarn. Mariah's grandma was teaching Mariah to knit. Mariah used 1/4 of a skein of yarn. How many yards of yarn did the...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

273

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find how many yards of yarn Mariah's grandma used: 364 yards / 2 = 182 yards. Then find how many yards of yarn Mariah used: 364 yards / 4 = 91 yards. Then add those two amounts to find the total amount of yarn they used: 182 yards + 91 yards = 273 yards Answer: {273}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all necessary calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #176

Clean

Full Question

Amalia, Megan, and Dior divided the home chores so that each person had something to do while the others were working. Dior's work was to do laundry and she took well over 4 hours longer than the time Amalia took to mow the lawn. Megan had to walk the dog and this took her 2 hours longer than Amalia to complete her chore. Amalia's work was to mow the lawn, which took her 4 hours. Calculate the total time they all took to do their chores altogether.

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Amalia took 4 hours to mow the lawn. Dior took 4 + 4 = 8 hours to do the laundry. Megan took 4 + 2 = 6 hours to walk the dog. They spent a total of 8 + 6 + 4 = 18 hours to complete all the chores. Answer: {18}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the time taken by each person based on the problem description and accurately calculates the total time.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #177

Clean

Full Question

A shop sells school supplies. Daniel is an engineering student, and he wants to buy five notebooks, two pens, one calculator, and one geometry set. The shop gives a 10% discount on all the purchased items. One notebook is sold at $1.50 each, a pen at $0.25 each, a calculator at $12 each, and a geometry set at $10. How much does Daniel have to spend on all the items he wants to buy?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Daniel wants to buy 5 notebooks at $1.50 each, so that's 5 * $1.50 = $7.50 for the notebooks. He wants 2 pens at $0.25 each, which is 2 * $0.25 = $0.50 for the pens. So far, his total cost is $7.50 + $0.50 + $12.00 + $10.00 = $30.00. He gets a 10% discount, which is $30.00 * .10 = $3.00 off. Therefore, his final cost is $30.00 - $3.00 = $27.00 Answer: {27}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of each item category, sums them up, calculates the discount, and subtracts the discount to arrive at the correct final price. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #178

Clean

Full Question

Annabelle's first job, where she earns $10 per hour, pays her for 20 hours of work. She already has $80 in her savings. She is saving for a phone that costs $400. She is also paid for 15 hours of work at her second job, where she earns $5 an hour. In dollars, how much money does Annabelle still need to save?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find Annabelle's earnings from her first job: $10/hour * 20 hours = $200. Then find her earnings from her second job: $5/hour * 15 hours = $75. Then add those two amounts to her savings to find her total money: $200 + $75 + $80 = $355. Then subtract the amount she has from the cost of the phone to find how much she still needs: $400 - $355 = $45. Answer: {45}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the earnings from both jobs, sums them with the existing savings, and correctly subtracts the total from the phone cost to find the remaining amount needed. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #179

Clean

Full Question

Lucy sells apples from her orchard at $4 per piece. On Monday, she sold all the apples picked. Come Wednesday, Lucy picked double the number of apples she did the previous day. On Tuesday, she picked 12 apples. If Lucy got $56 from selling the apples picked on Monday, how many apples did she pick over the three days?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Lucy earned $56 on Monday, and she sells each apple for $4, so she sold $56/$4 = 14 apples on Monday. On Wednesday, Lucy picked double the number of apples she picked on Monday, so she picked 14*2 = 28 apples on Wednesday. Over the three days, Lucy picked a total of 14 + 12 + 28 = 54 apples. Answer: {54}

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Extra data: line 22 column 3 (char 4947)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #180

Harry is 5 kg less than Christian's weight. Carl's weight is 16 kg more than Martin's weight. Christian's weight is 8 kg more than Carl's weight. Martin's weight is 55 kg. What is the weight of Harry,...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Carl's weight:** Carl's weight is 16 kg more than Martin's weight, who weighs 55 kg. So, Carl weighs 16 kg + 55 kg = 71 kg. 2. **Christian's weight:** Christian weighs 8 kg more than Carl, who weighs 71 kg. So, Christian weighs 8 kg + 71 kg = 79 kg. 3. **Harry's weight:** Harry is 5 kg less than Christian, who weighs 79 kg. Therefore, Harry weighs 79 kg - 5 kg = 74 kg. Answer: {74}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all stated relationships and performs all arithmetic operations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #181

Jane planted a beanstalk in her backyard. It doubled in height the second week. It grew another 4 inches in the third week. After the first week, it was 3 inches tall. How tall was the beanstalk after...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: After the second week, the beanstalk was 3 inches * 2 = 6 inches tall. Therefore, it was 6 inches + 4 inches = 10 inches tall after the third week. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem steps: doubling the height after the first week (3 inches * 2 = 6 inches) and then adding the growth from the third week (6 inches + 4 inches = 10 inches). All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #182

Clean

Full Question

Mary is an avid gardener. Yesterday, she received 18 new potted plants from her favorite plant nursery. Feeling generous, she has decided that she will give 1 potted plant from each ledge to friends and family tomorrow. She already has 2 potted plants on each of the 40 window ledges of her large country home. How many potted plants will Mary remain with?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Mary starts with 2 potted plants per ledge * 40 ledges = 80 potted plants. After receiving the new plants, she has 80 + 18 = 98 plants. She gives away 1 plant per ledge * 40 ledges = 40 plants. She is left with 98 - 40 = 58 plants. Answer: {58}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial number of plants, adds the new plants, calculates the total plants given away, and finds the final remaining amount. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #183

There are 100 plants in Mrs. Smith's garden. Among those that are not indoor plants, two-thirds of them are outdoor plants while the rest are flowering plants. One-fourth of her plants are indoor plan...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: There are 1/4 * 100 plants = 25 indoor plants. This means 100 plants - 25 plants = 75 plants are either outdoor or flowering plants. Of these, 2/3 * 75 plants = 50 plants are outdoor plants. This leaves 75 plants - 50 plants = 25 plants as flowering plants. So the percentage of flowering plants is 25 plants / 100 plants * 100% = 25% Answer: {25}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #184

Clean

Full Question

Angela has 6 mirrors and 2 chandeliers and 20 pictures that she needs installed/hung. An interior design firm offers installation for $129.00. It includes hanging 4 mirrors, 2 shelves, 1 chandelier, and 10 pictures. They will install additional items for an extra $15.00 per item. How much will this cost her?

Ground Truth Answer

324

Generated Answer

Angela needs 6-4=2 more mirror installations than what is offered. She also needs 2-1=1 more chandelier installation than offered. She also needs 20-10=10 more picture installations than offered. That means she needs 2+1+10=13 additional installations. Therefore, it will cost her 13*$15+$129 = $324. Answer: {324}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of additional items needed for mirrors, chandeliers, and pictures, sums them up, and correctly calculates the total cost based on the base fee and the per-item extra charge. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #185

Tom has 4 bedrooms in his house. The living room is 5 times bigger than one bedroom. The rest of the house is 1000 square feet. The bedrooms measure 20 by 12 feet each. What is the total area, in sq...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

3160

Generated Answer

Explanation: Each bedroom is 20*12=240 square feet. The bedrooms take up a total of 240*4=960 square feet. So the living room is 240*5=1200 square feet. That means the total area of the house is 960+1200+1000=3160 square feet. Answer: {3160}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area of one bedroom, the total area of the bedrooms, the area of the living room based on the bedroom area, and sums these components plus the remaining area to find the total house area. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #186

Tim decides to light off some fireworks for the fourth of July. He buys a package of fireworks worth $400 and another pack worth twice that much. He gets a 20% discount on them. He also buys a fina...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

1110

Generated Answer

Explanation: The pack of fireworks that cost twice as much as the $400 pack cost 2*400=$800 So, before the discount, his fireworks cost him 400+800=$1200 A 20% discount on that amount is .20*1200=$240 That means his discount saved him $240, making his fireworks cost 1200-240=$960 Adding the finale firework, the total cost for Tim's fireworks was 960+150=$1110 Answer: {1110}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem: calculating the cost of the second pack, summing the initial costs, calculating the discount amount, applying the discount, and adding the final item cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #187

John is a dean of a public school. John has two classes in his school. Each class has 1/8 the capacity of Ali's class. Ali is a dean of a private school where he teaches one class. Ali's class has th...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

150

Generated Answer

Explanation: Ali's class has a capacity of 120 students. One of John's classes has a capacity of 120 / 8 = 15 students. Since John has two classes with this capacity, the total capacity of his school is 15 x 2 = 30 students. The combined capacity of both schools is 120 + 30 = 150 students. Answer: {150}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #188

Clean

Full Question

Suzie loves to chew fruit-flavored gum. She bought four packs of gum the last time she was at the store. She paid $7 in all. She got two packs of her favorite flavor, strawberry. She paid $2 for a pack of grape gum that she also liked. She wanted to try something new, so she paid half as much for a small pack of green apple gum. How many dollars did each pack of strawberry gum cost?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Find the cost of the green apple gum:** Suzie paid half the price of the grape gum for the green apple gum, so it cost $2 / 2 = $1. 2. **Find the total cost of the grape and green apple gum:** The grape and green apple gum cost $2 + $1 = $3 together. 3. **Find the total cost of the strawberry gum:** Suzie spent $7 total and $3 on the other gum, so the strawberry gum cost $7 - $3 = $4. 4. **Find the cost of each pack of strawberry gum:** Since she bought two packs of strawberry gum, each pack cost $4 / 2 = $2. Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #189

Mark decides to buy packs of old magic cards and open them to sell. He gets 1 card that is worth $4000 and another card worth $1000. There are 30 more cards worth an average of $50 each. In total, ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

1100

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total value of the 30 cards: 30 cards * $50/card = $1500. Then add that amount to the value of his other two cards to find his total income: $1500 + $4000 + $1000 = $6500 Then multiply the price per pack by the number of packs to find his total expenses: $1800/pack * 3 packs = $5400 Then subtract his expenses from his income to find his total profit: $6500 - $5400 = $1100 Answer: {1100}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total value of the cards, the total expenses, and the final profit, leading to the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #190

Clean

Full Question

Elaine initially had 20 Pokemon cards. After a month, she collected three times that number. In the third month, she collected twice the combined number of pokemon cards she collected in the first and second months. In the second month, she collected 20 fewer cards than those she collected in the first month. How many pokemon cards does she have now in total?

Ground Truth Answer

320

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break down Elaine's Pokemon card collection month by month: * **Month 1:** Elaine starts with 20 cards. * **Month 2:** She collects 3 times the initial amount, meaning she collects 20 cards * 3 = 60 cards. However, she also collected 20 fewer cards than the first month, making it 60 cards - 20 cards = 40 cards collected in the second month. * **Month 3:** She collects twice the combined amount from the first two months. Combined, she had 20 cards + 40 cards = 60 cards. Twice this amount is 60 cards * 2 = 120 cards in the third month. * **Total:** Over the three months, Elaine collected 20 cards + 40 cards + 120 cards = 180 cards. Answer: {180}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains significant logical errors regarding which quantities to combine for Month 3 collection and which quantities to sum for the final total, leading to an incorrect answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #191

1 issue

Full Question

Paul is at a train station and is waiting for his train. He isn't sure how long he needs to wait, but he knows that the fourth train scheduled to arrive at the station is the one he needs to get on. The first train is scheduled to arrive in 10 minutes, and this train will stay in the station for 20 minutes. The second train is to arrive half an hour after the first train leaves the station, and this second train will stay in the station for a quarter of the amount of time that the first train stayed in the station. The fourth train will arrive 20 minutes after the third train leaves, and this is the train Paul will board. The third train is to arrive an hour after the second train leaves the station, and this third train is to leave the station immediately after it arrives. In total, how long, in minutes, will Paul wait for his train?

Ground Truth Answer

145

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total time the first train is at the station: 10 minutes (arrival) + 20 minutes (stay) = 30 minutes Then find how long the second train is at the station: 20 minutes / 4 = 5 minutes Then determine when the second train arrives: 30 minutes (first train) + 30 minutes (half hour) = 60 minutes Then determine when the second train leaves: 60 minutes (second train arrival) + 5 minutes (second train stay) = 65 minutes Then determine when the third train arrives: 65 minutes (second train leaves) + 60 minutes (one hour) = 125 minutes Then determine when the fourth train arrives: 125 minutes (third train arrival) + 20 minutes = 145 minutes Then subtract the time the first train arrived from when the fourth train arrives to find Paul's total wait time: 145 minutes - 10 minutes = 135 minutes. Answer: {135}

Overall Quality: fair

The model correctly calculated the arrival time of the fourth train (145 minutes) through sequential steps, but made a critical logical error in the final step by subtracting the arrival time of the first train, leading to an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Then subtract the time the first train arrived from when the fourth train arrives to find Paul's total wait time: 145 minutes - 10 minutes = 135 minutes.

Explanation

The question asks for the total time Paul waits for his train (T4). Assuming Paul arrives at the station at time t=0, the total wait time is simply the arrival time of T4, which was calculated as 145 minutes. Subtracting the arrival time of the first train (10 minutes) calculates the duration between T1's arrival and T4's arrival, not Paul's total wait time starting from t=0.

Answer Span:

Then subtract the time the first train arrived from when the fourth train arrives to find Paul's total wait time: 145 minutes - 10 minutes = 135 minutes.

Reference/Question Span:

In total, how long, in minutes, will Paul wait for his train?

Question #192

A bumper car rink has 12 red cars. They have 2 fewer green cars than they have red cars. The rink also has yellow cars. They have 3 times the number of blue cars as they have green cars. If the rink ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of green cars: 12 red cars - 2 cars = 10 green cars Then multiply that number by 3 to find the number of blue cars: 10 green cars * 3 = 30 blue cars Then add the number of red, green, and blue cars: 12 cars + 10 cars + 30 cars = 52 cars Then subtract that number from the total number of cars to find the number of yellow cars: 75 total cars - 52 cars = 23 yellow cars Answer: {23}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #193

Clean

Full Question

Carol and Jennifer are sisters from Los Angeles who love collecting signatures from celebrities. During their summer break from school, the sisters spend every afternoon collecting signatures. After five weeks, Carol and Jennifer compare their autograph books, counting up the number of signatures each sister has collected. The sisters have three more weeks of summer vacation, and they decide they want to reach 100 signatures between them by the end of the summer. Carol has 20 signatures in her book, and Jennifer has 44. How many signatures do the sisters need to collect to reach their goal?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: 1. **Find the total signatures they have now:** 20 signatures (Carol) + 44 signatures (Jennifer) = 64 signatures 2. **Calculate how many more signatures they need:** 100 signature goal - 64 signatures they have = 36 signatures Answer: {36}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the current total signatures and subtracts this from the goal to find the required remaining signatures. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #194

Clean

Full Question

Rita hand-picks Junebugs off of her plants every summer. On both Tuesday and Wednesday, she removed twice as many Junebugs as she did on Monday. On Monday, she removed 39 Junebugs. Thursday she removed 48 and on Friday she removed 57. What is the average number of Junebugs that she removes per day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: On Tuesday and Wednesday, Rita removed 2 * 39 = 78 Junebugs each day. That means over the 5 days, she removed 39 + 78 + 78 + 48 + 57 = 300 Junebugs. So, she removed an average of 300 / 5 = 60 Junebugs each day. Answer: {60}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of Junebugs removed each day and accurately computes the average, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #195

Larry loves taking care of animals. He has 3 cats. He has 3 times as many dogs as cats. He has 2 fewer rabbits than dogs. He also has a collection of gerbils that's 1/3 the number of fish he has. ...

Clean

Full Question

Larry loves taking care of animals. He has 3 cats. He has 3 times as many dogs as cats. He has 2 fewer rabbits than dogs. He also has a collection of gerbils that's 1/3 the number of fish he has. He has a fish tank with three times the number of fish as rabbits. How many pets does Larry have?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Here's how we can solve this problem step-by-step: * **Dogs:** Larry has 3 cats * 3 = 9 dogs. * **Rabbits:** He has 9 dogs - 2 = 7 rabbits. * **Fish:** Larry has 7 rabbits * 3 = 21 fish. * **Gerbils:** He has 21 fish / 3 = 7 gerbils. * **Total:** Larry has 3 cats + 9 dogs + 7 rabbits + 21 fish + 7 gerbils = 47 pets. Answer: {47}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #196

Clean

Full Question

Melanie's mom puts toothpicks in her sandwiches when she serves them for lunch. Melanie started saving them and has saved 10 toothpicks each week for the past 12 weeks. Melanie found a blueprint online for a toothpick sculpture she wanted to make. It requires 200 toothpicks. If she continues saving toothpicks at the same rate, how many more weeks will it take her to collect 200 toothpicks?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Melanie has already saved 12 weeks * 10 toothpicks/week = 120 toothpicks. So she still needs 200 toothpicks - 120 toothpicks = 80 toothpicks. Therefore, it will take her another 80 toothpicks / 10 toothpicks/week = 8 weeks. Answer: {8}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the current savings, the remaining amount needed, and the time required to collect the rest, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #197

Clean

Full Question

Jake is shopping at a clothing store. Jake buys 2 T-shirts. The store has a buy one get one 50% off deal on T-shirts. Then, Jake buys a pair of shoes that is 40% off the original price. The original price of each T-shirt is $8. The original price of the shoes is $40. What is the total amount of money Jake spends at the store?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the price of the second T-shirt: $8 * .50 = $4. Then add that price to the price of the first shirt to find the total price of the T-shirts: $4 + $8 = $12. Then multiply the original price of the shoes by the discount percentage to find how much money Jake saved on the shoes: $40 * .40 = $16. Then subtract the amount of money Jake saved on the shoes from the original price of the shoes to find how much he spent on the shoes: $40 - $16 = $24. Then add the price of the two T-shirts to the price of the shoes to find the total amount of money Jake spent: $24 + $12 = $36. Answer: {36}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the price of the T-shirts using the BOGO 50% off deal, correctly calculates the discounted price of the shoes, and sums them up to reach the correct total amount spent.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #198

Oscar has 24 lollipops and eats 2 on his way to school. On his way home, he buys twice as many lollipops as he gave to his friends at school. At school, he passed out 14 to his friends. He eats 3 mor...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Oscar has 24 lollipops - 2 lollipops = 22 lollipops after eating two on his way to school. He has 22 lollipops - 14 lollipops = 8 lollipops left after giving some to his friends. He buys 14 lollipops * 2 = 28 lollipops on his way home from school. This means he has 28 lollipops + 8 lollipops = 36 lollipops after buying more. He eats 3 lollipops, leaving him with 36 lollipops - 3 lollipops = 33 lollipops. After eating more in the morning, he has 33 lollipops - 2 lollipops = 31 lollipops left. Answer: {31}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #199

100 people apply for a job at Google. Of the people that apply, only 30% receive interviews. Of the people who receive a job offer, a third of the people accept the position. Of the people who receiv...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the number of people that received interviews: 100 people * .30 = 30 people Then find the number of people that received job offers: 30 people * .20 = 6 people Then find the number of people that accepted positions: 6 people * (1/3) = 2 people Answer: {2}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the steps required by the problem statement, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #200

Mr. Rogers sold a watch to his friend at 120% of the price that he bought it. The watch was originally $2000, but was put on sale so that Mr. Rogers bought it at 75% of its original price. What is th...

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Here's how to solve the problem step-by-step: 1. **Calculate the sale price:** Mr. Rogers bought the watch for 75/100 * $2000 = $1500. 2. **Calculate the price at which Mr. Rogers sold the watch:** He sold it for 120/100 * $1500 = $1800. 3. **Calculate the discount Mr. Rogers' friend received:** The discount is $2000 - $1800 = $200. 4. **Calculate the percentage discount:** The percentage discount is ($200/$2000) * 100% = 10%. Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: good

The reasoning chain contains a subtle logical flaw in step 3's description, although the subsequent calculation in step 4 correctly answers the specific question asked (percentage discount relative to the original price). All arithmetic operations performed are mathematically correct, leading to the correct final answer of 10. Since the final answer matches the ground truth and all arithmetic is correct, the logical error flagged in step 3 is minor and does not affect the final result.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error low

Statement

Calculate the percentage discount: The percentage discount is ($200/$2000) * 100% = 10%.

Explanation

The arithmetic calculation $200 / $2000 is $0.1$. Multiplying by 100% yields 10%. This calculation is mathematically correct based on the inputs provided in that step.

Answer Span:

($200/$2000) * 100% = 10%

Question #201

Clean

Full Question

James loves to go swimming and has to swim across a 20-mile lake. He swims 60% of the distance. He can swim at a pace of 2 miles per hour. After that, he stops on an island and rests for half as long as the swimming time. He then finishes the remaining distance while going half the speed. How long did it take him to get across the lake?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the distance James swims: 20 miles * .60 = 12 miles Then calculate how long it took him to swim that distance: 12 miles / 2 mph = 6 hours Then divide that time in half to find his resting time: 6 hours / 2 = 3 hours Then find the remaining distance: 20 miles - 12 miles = 8 miles Then divide his speed in half to find his slower speed: 2 mph / 2 = 1 mph Then calculate how long it took him to swim the rest of the way: 8 miles / 1 mph = 8 hours Then add all the times together to find the total time: 6 hours + 3 hours + 8 hours = 17 hours Answer: {17}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem description, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #202

Clean

Full Question

Sally went to the seashore for vacation. At the trinket shop, taffy was on sale for \"Buy 1 pound at $3, get 1 pound 1/2 off.\" She scooped up 2 pounds. She also bought a mixed bag of seashells for $1.50 and 4 magnets that were $0.25 each. Her parents gave her $10 to buy whatever she wanted. How much money does Sally have left?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The taffy costs 2 / 1.5 = 1.33 sets of 1.5 pounds. Since she can only buy the taffy in sets of 1.5 pounds, we round 1.33 up to 2. This means she bought 2 sets of taffy * 1.5 pounds per set = 3 pounds of taffy. Since taffy costs $3 per pound, she spent 3 * $3 = $9 on taffy. The 4 magnets cost 4 * $0.25 = $1. So, in total, she spent $9 + $1.50 + $1 = $11.50. Thus, she has $10 - $11.50 = -$1.50 left. Answer: {-1.5}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a major logical error in interpreting the taffy deal and calculating the quantity purchased, leading to an incorrect total expenditure and final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #203

Clean

Full Question

Mark is trying to choose between two venues for a surprise party for his wife. The first venue charges a flat fee of $200, regardless of how many guests attend. At the second venue, food for each guest is already included in the price. The second venue charges $25 per person who attends. However, the first venue does not include food, which Mark estimates will cost $5 for each person who attends. How many guests are necessary for the two venues to be equal in cost?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let 'x' be the number of guests. The cost of the first venue is $200 + $5x (flat fee + food cost per person). The cost of the second venue is $25x (cost per person). We need to find x when the costs are equal: $200 + $5x = $25x Solving for x: $200 = $20x x = 10 guests Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up the cost equations for both venues and solves the resulting linear equation accurately to find the break-even point.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #204

A farmer is baling hay in their field. At the same time, a truck is picking the hay bales up. Each hour the truck picks up 3 bales of hay. Each hour the farmer makes 5 bales. If the farmer and the tru...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: The farmer makes 5 bales of hay per hour and works for 6 hours so he makes 5*6 = 30 bales of hay. The truck picks up 3 bales of hay per hour and works for 6 hours so it picks up 3*6 = 18 bales of hay. That means there are 30 - 18 = 12 bales of hay left in the field. Answer: {12}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total hay produced (5*6=30), the total hay picked up (3*6=18), and the remaining hay (30-18=12). All arithmetic and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #206

Clean

Full Question

The Science Center hosted field trips Monday through Friday last week. 30 classes visited on Thursday and 25 visited on Friday. Twice as many visited on Tuesday and three times as many visited on Wednesday compared to Monday. On Monday, 32 classes visited. In all, how many classes visited the Science Center last week?

Ground Truth Answer

247

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's figure out how many classes visited each day: * **Tuesday:** Twice the number of classes visited on Monday compared to Tuesday, so 32 classes * 2 = 64 classes visited on Tuesday. * **Wednesday:** Three times the number of classes visited on Monday compared to Wednesday, so 32 classes * 3 = 96 classes visited on Wednesday. Now let's add up the classes from each day to find the total: * **Total classes:** 32 (Monday) + 64 (Tuesday) + 96 (Wednesday) + 30 (Thursday) + 25 (Friday) = 247 classes Answer: {247}

Overall Quality: good

The arithmetic calculations are all correct, and the final answer matches the ground truth. There are minor logical errors in the phrasing describing the relationships for Tuesday and Wednesday, where the comparison direction is reversed in the explanation text, although the subsequent calculation correctly follows the problem statement.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #207

Clean

Full Question

Rory is retrieving tennis balls from the court after a tennis match. In the third set, he retrieved half as many balls as in the second. He retrieved 19 tennis balls in all. In the first of three sets, he had to retrieve four more balls than in the second set. How many tennis balls did he retrieve in the first set of the match?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: Let's break this problem down step by step: * **Let 'x' be the number of balls Rory retrieved in the second set.** * **Third set:** He retrieved half as many balls in the third set as the second set, which is x/2. * **First set:** He retrieved four more balls in the first set than the second set, which is x + 4. * **Total:** We know he retrieved 19 balls in total: (x + 4) + x + (x/2) = 19 Now we can solve for x: * Combine like terms: 2.5x + 4 = 19 * Subtract 4 from both sides: 2.5x = 15 * Divide both sides by 2.5: x = 6 * Now that we know x (balls retrieved in the second set), we can find the number of balls retrieved in the first set: x + 4 = 6 + 4 = 10 Answer: {10}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up the algebraic equation based on the problem description and solves it accurately. The final calculation for the first set is also correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #208

1 issue

Full Question

Greta wanted brownies for her birthday. She made a batch for herself; one dozen cream cheese swirl brownies. When she arrived home, her friends were there to throw her a surprise party and had 4 dozen brownies waiting. During the party, 1 1/2 dozen brownies were eaten. Earlier, at her office, they threw her a party and sent her home with 1/2 a dozen brownies. How many individual brownies did Greta have left over from the entire day?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Explanation: First find the total number of brownies Greta's friends brought to her party: 4 dozen * 12 brownies/dozen = 48 brownies Then add the brownies Greta baked to find the total number of brownies at her party: 48 brownies + 12 brownies = 60 brownies Then find how many brownies were eaten at the office party: 12 brownies / 2 = 6 brownies Then add that number to the number eaten at Greta's party to find the total number eaten: 6 brownies + 18 brownies = 24 brownies Then subtract the number of brownies eaten from the total number of brownies to find how many were left after her party: 60 brownies - 24 brownies = 36 brownies Then add the brownies from the office party to find the total number of brownies Greta had left: 36 brownies + 6 brownies = 42 brownies Answer: {42}

Overall Quality: poor

The model made significant errors in determining the total number of brownies eaten, leading to an incorrect final result.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error high

Statement

Then find how many brownies were eaten at the office party: 12 brownies / 2 = 6 brownies

Explanation

The problem states 1 1/2 dozen brownies were eaten. 1 1/2 dozen is 1.5 * 12 = 18 brownies. The calculation performed (12 / 2 = 6) is incorrect for the amount eaten and does not match the problem statement.

Answer Span:

12 brownies / 2 = 6 brownies

Reference/Question Span:

1 1/2 dozen brownies were eaten

Questions Analyzed

200

With Issues

6.0% of questions

Total Issues Found

0.06 per question

Issue Type Distribution

logical_error: 9calculation_error: 3

Question Analysis

Question #0

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

500

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Carmen goes to an auction to win an antique desk. The bids on the desk rise by $50 each time and 3 other people each bid once. She accepts the opening bid of $200 and continues bidding until she wins. Carmen bids after each of the 3 other people and eventually wins. How much money, in dollars, does the desk cost her? Answer: Since the opening bid is $200 and 3 other people bid before Carmen wins, the price goes up by $50 four times (one for each of the other bidders and one for Carmen herself). The desk therefore costs $200 + (4 * $50) = $400. The answer is {400}.

Overall Quality: poor

The arithmetic calculation based on the derived inputs ($400) is correct, but the logical determination of the number of bid increments (4 instead of the required 6) is incorrect, leading to the wrong final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

the price goes up by $50 four times (one for each of the other bidders and one for Carmen herself). The desk therefore costs $200 + (4 * $50) = $400.

Explanation

The model determined there were 4 increments of $50. To reach the ground truth answer of $500 from the opening bid of $200, the total increase must be $300, requiring 6 increments ($300 / $50 = 6). The interpretation of the bidding sequence is logically incomplete.

Answer Span:

the price goes up by $50 four times (one for each of the other bidders and one for Carmen herself). The desk therefore costs $200 + (4 * $50) = $400.

Reference/Question Span:

3 other people each bid once. She accepts the opening bid of $200 and continues bidding until she wins. Carmen bids after each of the 3 other people and eventually wins.

Question #1

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

104

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Steve loves playing video games. His parents get him a console along with 5 games for his birthday. For the third year he buys 4 games a month as he has a new part-time job that makes him more money. He also gets 5 games for Christmas every year. He saves up enough money to buy 1 game per month for a year, and then the second year he starts buying 2 games a month. How many games does Steve have after 3 years? **Answer:** Here's the breakdown of how many games Steve accumulates over three years: * **Initial games:** Steve starts with 5 games. * **Year 1:** He buys 1 game per month for 12 months, totaling 1 * 12 = 12 games. He also receives 5 games for Christmas. * **Year 2:** He buys 2 games per month for 12 months, totaling 2 * 12 = 24 games. He also receives another 5 games for Christmas. * **Year 3:** He buys 4 games per month for 12 months, totaling 4 * 12 = 48 games. He gets another 5 games for Christmas. **Total:** * **Year 1:** 5 (initial) + 12 + 5 = 22 games * **Year 2:** 22 + 24 + 5 = 51 games * **Year 3:** 51 + 48 + 5 = 104 games Therefore, Steve has 104 games after 3 years. The answer is {104}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem statement, breaks down the accumulation year by year, performs all arithmetic operations correctly, and arrives at the ground truth answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #2

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Billy is peeling and cutting potatoes in preparation for making potato salad for his big family reunion barbecue. It's a big event, so he has 60 potatoes to get through. It takes Billy about a minute and a half to peel a potato, but only about 5 seconds to cut it up. The potatoes are roughly the same size, so it takes about the same amount of time to peel and cut each one. How long will it take Billy to finish prepping the potatoes? It takes Billy 1 minute and a half, or 90 seconds, to peel each potato. It takes him an additional 5 seconds to cut each potato. So each potato takes 90 + 5 = 95 seconds to prep. Since he has 60 potatoes to prepare, it will take him 95 * 60 = 5700 seconds. To convert this to minutes, we divide by 60: 5700 / 60 = 95 minutes. Therefore, it will take Billy 95 minutes to finish prepping the potatoes. The answer is {95}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the time per potato (90 + 5 = 95 seconds), calculates the total time in seconds (95 * 60 = 5700 seconds), and correctly converts this total time to minutes (5700 / 60 = 95 minutes). All arithmetic and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #3

James gets 10 new CDs. He decides he doesn't like 5 of them and sells them for 40. Each CD cost $15. He gets them for 40% off. How much money was he out?

Clean

Full Question

James gets 10 new CDs. He decides he doesn't like 5 of them and sells them for 40. Each CD cost $15. He gets them for 40% off. How much money was he out?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: James gets 10 new CDs. He decides he doesn't like 5 of them and sells them for $40. Each CD cost $15. He gets them for 40% off. How much money was he out? Answer: James bought 10 CDs for $15 each with a 40% discount. So, each CD cost him $15 * (1 - 0.40) = $9. The total cost for all 10 CDs was 10 * $9 = $90. He sold 5 of the CDs for $40. So, he spent $90 and got back $40. He is out $90 - $40 = $50. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the discounted price per CD, the total initial cost, and then subtracts the revenue from sales to find the net amount spent, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #4

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** There are 18 seats in each row. One-fourth of the seats were occupied by the administrators. One-third of the remaining seats were occupied by the parents and the rest were occupied by the students. The school auditorium has 4 rows of seats. How many students were there in the school auditorium? **Answer:** 1. **Total seats:** The auditorium has 4 rows * 18 seats/row = 72 seats. 2. **Administrator seats:** Administrators occupied 1/4 * 72 seats = 18 seats. 3. **Remaining seats:** After the administrators, there were 72 seats - 18 seats = 54 remaining seats. 4. **Parent seats:** Parents occupied 1/3 * 54 remaining seats = 18 seats. 5. **Student seats:** The rest of the seats were occupied by students. This means there were 54 remaining seats - 18 parent seats = 36 student seats. Therefore, there were 36 students in the school auditorium.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total seats, the number of seats occupied by administrators and parents, and finally determines the number of seats occupied by students, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #5

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A bag of glass chips holds 72 chips. Milo is making a mosaic with chips of glass. Milo wants his mosaic to be three inches tall. It takes twelve glass chips to make every square inch of the mosaic. If he has two bags of glass chips, how many inches long can he make his mosaic? Answer: Milo has two bags of chips, and each bag holds 72 chips, so he has 2 * 72 = 144 chips. Since it takes 12 chips for every square inch, he has enough chips for 144 / 12 = 12 square inches. He wants the mosaic to be 3 inches tall, so to find the length, we divide the total area (12 square inches) by the height (3 inches): 12 / 3 = 4 inches. Therefore, the mosaic can be 4 inches long. The answer is {4}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of chips, the total area that can be covered, and then uses the given height to correctly determine the required length. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #6

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Bernie has 4 dogs. The first needs to walk 1 mile. On average, they need to walk 3 miles per day. They each need a certain amount of exercise per day. The second needs to walk 4 miles. The third needs to walk 3 miles. How many miles does the last dog need? **Answer:** Bernie's dogs need to walk a total of 4 * 3 = 12 miles per day. The first three dogs walk a total of 1 + 4 + 3 = 8 miles. Therefore, the last dog needs to walk 12 - 8 = 4 miles. The answer is {4}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the total required miles based on the average and the number of dogs, correctly sums the known distances, and correctly subtracts to find the remaining distance for the last dog. All calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #7

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A perfume company is trying to create new scents. By the end of the day, they sell 5 of each of the vanilla scents and 2 of each of the fruity scents available. They already have 4 vanilla scents and 8 fruity scents available and they need to decide which kind of scent to focus on. They decide to focus on whichever scent sells the most and monitor their number of sales as part of their research. How many more vanilla scents sold compared with the fruity scents? They sold 5 of each of the 4 vanilla scents, so they sold a total of 5 * 4 = 20 vanilla scents. They sold 2 of each of the 8 fruity scents, for a total of 2 * 8 = 16 fruity scents. Therefore, they sold 20 - 16 = 4 more vanilla scents than fruity scents. The answer is {4}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the quantities sold for both scent types by multiplication and then correctly finds the difference using subtraction. All calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #8

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

255

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Ron is fed up with the pothole in front of his house. If it doesn't get fixed, it's going to do $450 worth of damage to his car. Ron will also have to buy 3 buckets of asphalt that each cost $25 to fix it himself. Unfortunately, the city council refuses to fix it, and will fine Ron $120 for unauthorized road maintenance if he fixes it himself. How much money does Ron save by fixing the pothole? **Answer:** If Ron doesn't fix the pothole, it will cost him $450 in car damage. If he *does* fix it, the cost will be 3 buckets * $25/bucket = $75 for asphalt, plus a $120 fine. This totals $75 + $120 = $195. Therefore, by fixing the pothole, Ron saves $450 - $195 = $255. The answer is {255}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the costs associated with fixing the pothole ($75 + $120 = $195) and the cost of not fixing it ($450). The final calculation ($450 - $195 = $255) correctly determines the savings, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #9

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

11232

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Michael is replacing the carpet in his bedroom. His bedroom measures 18 feet by 12 feet. His contractor charges $4 per square foot to remove the old carpet, and $34 per square foot to install the new carpet. The new carpet he's chosen costs $12 per square foot, plus $2 per square foot for padding underneath. How much will it cost Michael to replace the carpet? First, we calculate the area of the bedroom: 18 feet * 12 feet = 216 square feet. The cost to remove the old carpet is: 216 square feet * $4/square foot = $864. The cost of the new carpet is: 216 square feet * $12/square foot = $2592. The cost of the padding is: 216 square feet * $2/square foot = $432. The cost to install the new carpet is: 216 square feet * $34/square foot = $7344. Therefore, the total cost to replace the carpet is $864 + $2592 + $432 + $7344 = $11232. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{11232}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area and then correctly calculates the cost for each component (removal, carpet, padding, installation) and sums them up to find the total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #10

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

350

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Joanne gathers 30 apples from the tallest trees, half this amount from the shortest trees, and more apples from the average trees. Her sister gathers twice as many apples from the tallest trees and 3 times as many apples from the shortest trees. She doesn't take any from the average trees. While Joanne is gathering apples from her family's orchard, her sister comes outside to help her. If the sisters have gathered a combined total of 500 apples, how many apples did Joanne gather from the average trees? **Answer:** Joanne gathered half of 30 apples from the shortest trees, meaning she gathered 30/2 = 15 apples from the shortest trees. Her sister gathered twice as many as Joanne from the tallest trees, meaning she gathered 30 * 2 = 60 apples from the tallest trees. The sister also gathered three times as many as Joanne from the shortest trees, meaning she gathered 15 * 3 = 45 apples from the shortest trees. In total, Joanne gathered 30 + 15 + x apples, where x represents the number of apples she gathered from the average trees. Her sister gathered 60 + 45 = 105 apples. Together they gathered 500 apples. Therefore, (30 + 15 + x) + 105 = 500. Simplifying this equation, we get 45 + x + 105 = 500, which further simplifies to 150 + x = 500. Solving for x, we find x = 500 - 150 = 350. Therefore, Joanne gathered 350 apples from the average trees.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #11

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

342

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Pat has a flower bed that is 111 feet long. Pat wants to fill her flower bed with plants. Pat already owns 17 flowers. Pat's flowers grow 12 inches (1 foot) wide, so she needs to leave 1.5 feet between every plant. Each flowering plant costs $6 at the store. How much money will Pat spend at the store to fill up her flower bed? **Answer:** First, we need to calculate the total space each plant will occupy, including the spacing. Since each plant is 1 foot wide and requires 1.5 feet of spacing, each plant will take up 1 + 1.5 = 2.5 feet of the flower bed. Next, we determine how many plants can fit in the 111-foot flower bed. This is 111 / 2.5 = 44.4 plants. Since we can't have parts of plants, Pat can fit a maximum of 44 plants in her flower bed. Pat already has 17 flowers, so she needs to buy 44 - 17 = 27 more plants. Finally, since each plant costs $6, Pat will spend 27 * $6 = $162 at the store. The answer is {162}.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in modeling the linear arrangement of plants and spacing, leading to an incorrect maximum plant count (44 instead of 45 based on standard interpretation) and an incorrect final cost (162 instead of 168 based on standard interpretation). Since the final answer (162) does not match the Ground Truth (342), the error analysis confirms the reasoning chain is flawed.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #12

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** John decides to do several activities while out on vacation. He spent 40% of his time sightseeing. He spent 30% of the time with the following events. He spends 6 hours boating and half that time swimming. He also watched 3 different shows which were 2 hours each. How much time did he spend sightseeing? **Answer:** First, calculate the time spent swimming: Half of the 6 hours spent boating is 6 / 2 = 3 hours. Next, calculate the time spent watching shows: 3 shows * 2 hours/show = 6 hours. Now, find the total time spent on the activities besides sightseeing: 6 hours (boating) + 3 hours (swimming) + 6 hours (shows) = 15 hours. These activities (boating, swimming, and shows) represent 30% of his total vacation time. Therefore, 15 hours is equal to 30% of the total time. To find 100% of the time (the total vacation time), set up a proportion: 15 hours / 30% = x hours / 100% Solving for x: x = (15 hours * 100%) / 30% = 50 hours Finally, calculate the time spent sightseeing, which is 40% of the total vacation time: 50 hours * 40% = 20 hours. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #13

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Kim has started his own housekeeping business and is calculating how much profit he will make from his clients. He already has 3 clients, but is talking to another 5 potential clients and feels confident enough to include them in his calculations. Bottles of bleach will cost $2 each and packs of cloths will cost $5 each. He calculates that his total income each week will be $92. Each client's home will need 2 bottles of bleach and a pack of cloths to clean. These are his only expenses. Profit is the difference between total income and total expenses, so how much profit, in dollars, will Kim make each week? Answer: Kim expects to have a total of 3 + 5 = 8 clients. Each client requires 2 bottles of bleach at $2 each, costing 2 * $2 = $4 per client for bleach. Each client also needs a pack of cloths at $5 each. So, the total cost per client is $4 + $5 = $9. With 8 clients, his total weekly expenses will be 8 * $9 = $72. His total weekly income is $92. Therefore, his profit will be $92 - $72 = $20. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total number of clients, calculates the cost per client, determines the total expenses, and accurately subtracts expenses from income to find the profit. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #14

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Lisa is part of a choir that has 52 members, 50% of which are boys and 50% of which are girls. The choir decides to perform with just its female members. The choir's 3 teachers decides to sing with them, because on the day of the performance, half the members supposed to perform can't make it to the show because their bus breaks down. How many people sang in the performance? There are 52 members in the choir, and 50% are girls. So there are 52 * 0.50 = 26 girls. The choir decides to perform with only the female members, so there would have been 26 girls performing. However, half of the girls couldn't make it due to a broken-down bus. This means 26 / 2 = 13 girls were able to perform. The 3 teachers also joined the performance. Therefore, a total of 13 + 3 = 16 people sang in the performance. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{16}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #15

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A teacher uses a 5-inch piece of chalk to write math equations on a chalkboard for his students. Since the teacher cannot write with a very small piece of chalk, he recycles the chalk when it is smaller than 2 inches. The teacher likes to conserve chalk, so he tries to only use 20% of the chalk each day. On Monday the teacher used a new piece of chalk. His students need extra help that day, so he ended up writing more than usual. He used up 45% of the chalk by the end of the day. If the teacher goes back to using only 20% of the chalk each day, how many days does he have before he has to recycle this piece? **Answer:** The teacher starts with a 5-inch piece of chalk. He used 45% on Monday, leaving 100% - 45% = 55% of the chalk remaining. This translates to 0.55 * 5 inches = 2.75 inches. He recycles the chalk when it's smaller than 2 inches. He uses 20% of the *remaining* chalk each day. * **Day 1:** He uses 0.20 * 2.75 inches = 0.55 inches. Remaining chalk: 2.75 - 0.55 = 2.2 inches. * **Day 2:** He uses 0.20 * 2.2 inches = 0.44 inches. Remaining chalk: 2.2 - 0.44 = 1.76 inches. Since 1.76 inches is less than 2 inches, he has to recycle the chalk after Day 2. Therefore, he has 2 days before he has to recycle the chalk. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the remaining chalk after Monday and then iteratively calculates the usage for subsequent days based on 20% of the *remaining* chalk, correctly stopping when the chalk size drops below 2 inches. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #16

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

826

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Smith measured and found the pool is 14 feet wide, 25 feet long, and 4 feet deep. The pool company instructed them to measure to find the volume of the pool, then to multiply it by 5.9 to calculate how many gallons of water they need. The Smith family is getting ready for summer and needs to have their swimming pool filled. The cost for the pool company to come and fill the pool is $0.10 per gallon. How much will it cost to fill the pool? **Answer:** The volume of the pool is calculated by multiplying the width, length, and depth. Using the provided measurements (14 feet, 25 feet, and 4 feet), the volume is 14 * 25 * 4 = 1400 cubic feet. Next, we need to convert this volume to gallons using the provided conversion factor (multiply by 5.9). So, the pool holds 1400 * 5.9 = 8260 gallons of water. Finally, we can calculate the cost to fill the pool by multiplying the number of gallons by the cost per gallon ($0.10). The total cost will be 8260 * 0.10 = $826. The answer is {826}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the volume, converts the volume to gallons using the specified factor (5.9), and then calculates the final cost based on the price per gallon ($0.10). All arithmetic steps are correct, and the logic follows the instructions provided in the problem statement.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #17

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Blake and Kelly are having a contest to see who can run the most in 15 minutes. They decide to do it on a football field that is 100 yards long. Kelly runs back and forth once, and then decides that she doesn't want to run next to Blake, so she starts to run to the 40-yard line and back. She does this 34 times. Blake runs back and forth 15 times. How much farther does the winner run than the loser? Answer: Kelly runs the length of the field and back once, so she runs 100 yards * 2 = 200 yards. Then, she runs to the 40-yard line and back 34 times. Each of these runs is 40 yards * 2 = 80 yards. So, for these runs, she travels 80 yards * 34 = 2720 yards. In total, Kelly runs 200 yards + 2720 yards = 2920 yards. Blake runs back and forth 15 times. Each back and forth is 100 yards * 2 = 200 yards. So, he runs a total of 200 yards * 15 = 3000 yards. Blake runs farther than Kelly. The difference is 3000 yards - 2920 yards = 80 yards. The answer is {80}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem, calculates the distances run by Kelly and Blake based on the provided movements, identifies the winner, and calculates the difference accurately. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #18

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Jenny buys 1 bag of cookies a week. Her husband eats 1 cookie a day for 7 days. The bag has 36 cookies and she puts 4 cookies in her son's lunch box 5 days a week. Jenny eats the rest of the cookies. How many cookies does Jenny eat? Jenny's husband eats 1*7 = 7 cookies a week. Her son eats 4*5 = 20 cookies a week. So, out of the bag of 36 cookies, Jenny's husband and son eat 7 + 20 = 27 cookies. This leaves 36 - 27 = 9 cookies for Jenny. The answer is {9}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total cookies consumed by the husband and son and subtracts this from the total cookies to find the amount Jenny eats. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #19

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

144

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A gallon of paint can cover 20 square feet and cost $12. Tony is painting a room with four walls. The north and south walls are 10 x 8 feet. The east and west walls are 5 x 8 feet. How much will it cost to paint the room? The north and south walls have an area of 10ft x 8ft = 80 sq ft each. Since there are two of these walls, their total area is 80 sq ft * 2 = 160 sq ft. The east and west walls have an area of 5ft x 8ft = 40 sq ft each. Since there are two of these walls, their total area is 40 sq ft * 2 = 80 sq ft. The total area of all four walls is 160 sq ft + 80 sq ft = 240 sq ft. Since a gallon of paint covers 20 square feet, Tony will need 240 sq ft / 20 sq ft/gallon = 12 gallons of paint. Given that each gallon costs $12, the total cost to paint the room will be 12 gallons * $12/gallon = $144. The answer is {144}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area of each set of walls, sums them to find the total area, determines the required gallons of paint based on coverage, and calculates the final cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #20

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: On a busy Saturday morning, a hotel was completely booked with 100 guests. 24 guests elected an early checkout and 15 elected for a late checkout. 7 more people checked in after dinner was served. In the afternoon twice as many people checked in as those who opted for a late checkout. How many guests does the hotel have after dinner? Here, the key information is the number of guests at the start, guests who left, and guests who arrived. Starting guests: 100 Guests who left early: 24 Guests remaining before new arrivals: 100 - 24 = 76 Guests arriving in the afternoon: 15 * 2 = 30 Guests before dinner: 76 + 30 = 106 Guests arriving after dinner: 7 Total guests after dinner: 106 + 7 = 113 The answer is {113}.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a significant logical error by failing to account for the 15 guests who elected a late checkout when calculating the number of guests remaining before afternoon arrivals. This error propagates through the rest of the calculation, leading to an incorrect final answer (113 vs the correct answer 98).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Guests remaining before new arrivals: 100 - 24 = 76

Explanation

The calculation only accounts for early checkouts (24) but ignores the late checkouts (15) which also left the hotel before the afternoon arrivals. The remaining guests should be calculated by subtracting both early and late checkouts from the initial 100 guests.

Answer Span:

100 - 24 = 76

Reference/Question Span:

24 guests elected an early checkout and 15 elected for a late checkout.

Question #21

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Brendan has a bag of marbles with 10 inside. He tripped over a pebble while carrying it and dropped half of them. One of them he picked up wasn't a marble, but actually a bead so he got rid of it. He only picked up 3 in total. When he went back home, he inspected the marbles further. How many marbles did Brendan end up with? Answer: Brendan started with 10 marbles. He dropped half, meaning he lost 10 / 2 = 5 marbles. This leaves him with 10 - 5 = 5 marbles. He picked up 3 items, but one was not a marble, so he only recovered 3 - 1 = 2 marbles. Adding those to the ones he didn't drop, he has a total of 5 + 2 = 7 marbles. The answer is {7}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the steps described in the problem and performs all arithmetic operations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #22

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

525

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Today is December 31st. For a New Year's resolution, Andy wants to lose 30 lbs. by his birthday, which is July 19th. If Andy needs to burn 3500 calories to lose a pound, how much of a calorie deficit (net amount of calories burned vs. calories consumed) does he need each day to reach his goal? **Answer:** First, we need to calculate the number of days between December 31st and July 19th. There are 31 days in January, 28 in February (since it's not a leap year), 31 in March, 30 in April, 31 in May, 30 in June, and 19 in July. So, the total number of days is 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 19 = 200 days. Andy wants to lose 30 lbs, and it takes a 3500 calorie deficit to lose one pound. Therefore, he needs to create a total calorie deficit of 30 * 3500 = 105,000 calories. Since he has 200 days (until July 19th) to achieve this, his daily calorie deficit should be 105,000 / 200 = 525 calories per day. The answer is {525}.

Overall Quality: fair

The overall logic (total deficit / total days) is correct, and the subsequent calculations based on the incorrect day count (105,000 / 200 = 525) coincidentally match the ground truth answer. However, the initial calculation for the number of days is mathematically incorrect (190 days vs 200 days stated), which constitutes a calculation error.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error high

Statement

There are 31 days in January, 28 in February (since it's not a leap year), 31 in March, 30 in April, 31 in May, 30 in June, and 19 in July. So, the total number of days is 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 19 = 200 days.

Explanation

The sum of the days is incorrect. 31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 19 equals 190, not 200.

Answer Span:

31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 19 = 200 days

Question #23

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Artie has no change today, so he has decided to round all his prices to the nearest dollar. Artie has a flower stand at the Farmers Market. He sells three kinds of flowers: marigolds, petunias and begonias. He usually sells marigolds for $2.74 per pot, petunias for $1.87 per pot and begonias for $2.12 per pot. If Artie sells 12 pots of marigolds, 9 pots of petunias and 17 pots of begonias, how much will he make? **Answer:** Artie rounds his prices to the nearest dollar. This means marigolds, usually $2.74, are now $3 per pot. Petunias, usually $1.87, become $2 per pot. Begonias, usually $2.12, are also $2 per pot. He sells 12 pots of marigolds at $3 each, earning 12 * $3 = $36. He sells 9 pots of petunias at $2 each, earning 9 * $2 = $18. He sells 17 pots of begonias at $2 each, earning 17 * $2 = $34. Therefore, to answer the question how much will he make, in total he makes $36 + $18 + $34 = $88. The answer is {88}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the instruction to round prices to the nearest dollar, calculates the rounded prices correctly, performs all subsequent multiplications and the final addition accurately, leading to the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #24

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Coach brought one bag filled with basketballs to practice and dumped them all out onto the gym floor before practice began. After the practice time was over, he asked Jordan, Jason, and Jeffrey to pick up the balls and carry them over to the bag. The three boys picked up and carried all of the balls in one trip. Jordan carried twice as many balls as Jason, and Jason carried twice as many balls as Jeffrey. If Jason had picked up and carried 2 balls, what is the total number of balls that the coach brought to practice? **Answer:** Since Jason carried twice as many balls as Jeffrey and Jason carried 2 balls, Jeffrey must have carried 2 / 2 = 1 ball. Jordan carried twice as many balls as Jason, and since Jason carried 2 balls, Jordan must have carried 2 * 2 = 4 balls. The total number of balls the coach brought is the sum of the balls carried by each boy: 4 + 2 + 1 = 7 balls. The answer is {7}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the relationships between the number of balls carried by each boy based on the given information (Jason carried 2 balls) and performs all arithmetic calculations correctly to arrive at the total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #25

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mack wants to count things and decided to count how many birds there are in the sky over the next week. On day three he saw none. On days four and five, he saw 120 birds. On day six he saw 20 and on day seven he saw 90. On days one and two, Mack saw a total of 50 birds. On average, how many birds did Mack see in a day? Answer: On days four and five, Mack saw a total of 120*2 = 240 birds. Over the week, Mack saw 50 + 0 + 240 + 20 + 90 = 400 birds. Since there are 7 days in a week, on average, Mack saw 400/7 ≈ 57.14 birds. Rounding to the nearest whole number, we get 57 birds. So the answer is {57}.

Overall Quality: poor

The model incorrectly interpreted the input data regarding the bird count for days four and five, leading to an incorrect total sum and final average.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #26

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Dale is selling butterscotch candies to raise money for his club at school. He doesn't have the candies yet and is instead just taking orders. He ordered 100 more after he started off with 100 total that he ordered and wanted to sell, but he ended up selling 150 butterscotch candies. How many does Dale still need to sell to sell all of his candy? Dale started with 100 candies and then ordered 100 more, giving him 100 + 100 = 200 candies in total. He has sold 150 of those candies. To find out how many he still needs to sell , we subtract the number he's sold from the total number he has: 200 - 150 = 50. So, Dale still needs to sell 50 candies. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem, calculates the total number of candies (100 + 100 = 200), and correctly subtracts the sold amount (200 - 150 = 50) to find the remaining amount needed to sell.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #27

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Chris is way behind on his math homework. He has 100 math problems to complete in total. On Monday night, he completes 12 problems. On Tuesday, he completes 3 times as many problems as he did on Monday. On Wednesday, he completes one-quarter of the remaining math problems. How many math problems does he have left to complete on Thursday? **Answer:** 1. **Tuesday's work:** Chris completes 3 times the number of problems he did on Monday, which is 3 * 12 = 36 problems. 2. **Total completed by Wednesday:** By Wednesday, he has completed 12 (Monday) + 36 (Tuesday) = 48 problems. 3. **Remaining problems before Wednesday:** He started with 100 problems and completed 48, leaving 100 - 48 = 52 problems. 4. **Wednesday's work:** On Wednesday, he completes one-quarter of the remaining problems, which is (1/4) * 52 = 13 problems. 5. **Problems left for Thursday:** After Wednesday, he has 52 - 13 = 39 problems left to complete on Thursday. The answer is {39}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps described in the problem statement. All arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #28

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Felix notices that kids in the neighborhood are always getting things stuck in trees. Since he is an expert tree climber, he decided to start charging kids to get their stuff out. During the week he made $105. Every branch he has to climb up costs $.25. He charges based on how high he has to climb. On average, how many branches did he climb per day? Answer: Felix earned $105 for the week, and each branch costs $0.25 to climb. This means he climbed 105 / 0.25 = 420 branches that week. Since there are 7 days in a week, he climbed an average of 420 / 7 = 60 branches per day. The answer is {60}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the steps: calculate total branches climbed using the total earnings and cost per branch, and then divide by the number of days in a week to find the average per day. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #29

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

210

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Garrett is popping popcorn for a snack. As the pan of kernels heats up, the kernels start popping faster. The kernels increase to four times the initial popping rate after sixty seconds, but in the final 30 seconds, the popping slows down to half the rate as the past 30 seconds. Twenty pop in the first 30 seconds of cooking, then three times that amount in the next 30 seconds. After Garrett takes the pan off the heat, a quarter of the number of kernels that popped in the final 30 seconds of cooking also pop from the residual heat. How many pieces of popcorn does Garrett have to eat? Answer: In the first 30 seconds, 20 kernels popped. In the next 30 seconds, three times that many popped, meaning 20 * 3 = 60 kernels popped. Since the rate increased by four times after 60 seconds, and then slowed to half that rate in the final 30 seconds, the popping rate in the final 30 seconds was (60/30) /2 = 1 kernel/second or 30 kernals total. After the pan was removed, a quarter of the kernels that popped in the final 30 seconds also popped, meaning an additional 30/4 = 7.5 kernels popped. In total, Garrett had 20 + 60 + 30 + 7.5 = 117.5 pieces of popcorn. Since you can't have half a kernel, we round down to 117. The answer is {117}.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning chain contains a significant logical error in interpreting the complex rate changes, leading to an incorrect count for the final 30 seconds of popping and a final answer that does not match the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #30

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

880

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: An orange costs 5 less than what a watermelon cost. Dillon is sent to the store to buy 4 watermelons, 20 peppers, and 10 oranges. Well's mother sells watermelons, peppers, and oranges at the local store. A watermelon costs three times what each pepper costs. What's the total amount of money he will spend if each pepper costs 15$? A watermelon costs three times the price of a pepper, and since each pepper costs $15, a watermelon costs 3 * $15 = $45. An orange costs $5 less than a watermelon, so an orange costs $45 - $5 = $40. Dillon bought 4 watermelons at $45 each, so he spent 4 * $45 = $180 on watermelons. He bought 20 peppers at $15 each, so he spent 20 * $15 = $300 on peppers. He bought 10 oranges at $40 each, so he spent 10 * $40 = $400 on oranges. In total, Dillon spent $180 + $300 + $400 = $880. The answer is {880}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the price of each item based on the given relationships and then accurately computes the total cost for the quantities purchased. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #31

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Greg has an alarm set to ring three times a day as a reminder. The first time it went off today, it rang four times. The third time, it rang for half as long as the second time. When the alarm goes off, it continues to ring until Greg turns it off. The second time it went off, it rang for three times as long as the first time. How many times did the alarm ring in all? **Answer:** The first time the alarm rang, it rang four times. The second time it rang, it rang three times as long as the first, so it rang 4 * 3 = 12 times. The third time it rang, it rang for half as long as the second time, so it rang 12 / 2 = 6 times. In total, the alarm rang 4 + 12 + 6 = 22 times. The answer is {22}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately to arrive at the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #32

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Jim has a 20 pack of gum. He also gives half the gum he has remaining to his sister when she asks for some right before bed. He chews 1 piece of gum for every 2 hours he's at school over a school day that lasts 8 hours. He chews 1 piece on the way home from school and 1 stick after dinner. How many pieces of gum does Jim have left at the end of the day? Jim starts with 20 pieces of gum. He chews one piece every 2 hours over an 8 hour school day, meaning he chews 8 / 2 = 4 pieces at school. He chews one more piece on the way home and another piece after dinner, meaning he's chewed a total of 4 + 1 + 1 = 6 pieces of gum. This leaves him with 20 - 6 = 14 pieces. He gives half of these remaining pieces to his sister before bed, which is 14 / 2 = 7 pieces. This means he has 14 - 7 = 7 pieces of gum left at the end of the day. The answer is {7}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #33

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A farmer is buying feed for his horses. He buys a variety of hay, oats, carrots and sugar cubes. Since sugar cubes are a rare treat, he only buys two 1-pound boxes of them for the whole stable. Oats are a staple to supplement the hay, so he buys twenty 65-pound sacks. Hay is the main diet of his horses, so he buys forty-two 75-pound bales. He only wants enough carrots to feed the horses while the vegetables are fresh, so he buys four 12-pound bags. If his farm truck can carry 2250 pounds at a time, how many trips does the farmer need to transport all the feed? **Answer:** First, we calculate the total weight of the sugar cubes: 2 boxes * 1 pound/box = 2 pounds. Next, we calculate the total weight of the oats: 20 sacks * 65 pounds/sack = 1300 pounds. Then, we calculate the total weight of the hay: 42 bales * 75 pounds/bale = 3150 pounds. And the total weight of the carrots: 4 bags * 12 pounds/bag = 48 pounds. Adding all the weights together, the total weight of the feed is 2 + 1300 + 3150 + 48 = 4500 pounds. Since the truck can only carry 2250 pounds at a time, the farmer will need to make 4500 pounds / 2250 pounds/trip = 2 trips to transport all the feed. Therefore, given the question to determine how many trips are required, the answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #34

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

220

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Four dogs sat in a line within the veterinarian's waiting room. The first dog was the Affenpinscher, who weighed only 10 pounds. Next to the Affenpinscher sat a Dachshund, who weighed twice as much as the Affenpinscher. Next to the Dachshund sat a Papillon, who weighed one-fourth as much as the Dachshund. And at the end of the line sat a Mastiff, who weighed 44 times the weight of the Papillon. How much did the Mastiff weigh, in pounds? The Dachshund weighed twice the weight of the Affenpinscher, which means the Dachshund weighed 10 * 2 = 20 pounds. The Papillon weighed one-fourth the weight of the Dachshund, meaning the Papillon weighed 20 / 4 = 5 pounds. Finally, the Mastiff weighed 44 times the weight of the Papillon, meaning the Mastiff weighed 5 * 44 = 220 pounds. The answer is {220}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly extracts the necessary information and performs all calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #35

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Carl's favorite food is cheese. He ate a sandwich every day this week for lunch and used 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. He made a big dish of macaroni and cheese to last him several dinners for the week and used 8 slices of cheese in it. He ate cheese and egg omelets for breakfast 3 days in the week using one more slice per omelet than he did per sandwich. How many slices of cheese did he use? **Answer:** Carl used 2 slices of cheese per sandwich and ate a sandwich every day for 7 days (a week). So, he used 2 * 7 = 14 slices of cheese for sandwiches. He used 8 slices of cheese for macaroni and cheese. He ate omelets for 3 days and used one more slice than on his sandwiches, meaning he used 2 + 1 = 3 slices of cheese per omelet. This totals 3 * 3 = 9 slices of cheese for omelets. In total, Carl used 14 + 8 + 9 = 31 slices of cheese. The answer is {31}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all parts of the problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #36

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Johnny's dad brought him to watch some horse racing and his dad bet money. On the second race, he won $1 more than twice the amount he previously lost. On the first race, he lost $5. On the third race, he lost 1.5 times as much as he won in the second race. How much did he lose on average that day? Answer: On the first race, Johnny's dad lost $5. On the second race, he won $(2 * 5) + 1 = $11. On the third race, he lost $1.5 * 11 = $16.50. Total losses: $5 + $16.50 = $21.50 Total winnings: $11 Net loss: $21.50 - $11 = $10.50 Average loss per race: $10.50 / 3 races = $3.50 The answer is {3.50}.

Overall Quality: fair

The model correctly interpreted the steps for calculating the results of Race 1, Race 2, and Race 3 based on the text. The arithmetic for calculating the net loss ($10.50) and the average loss ($3.50) based on that net loss is mathematically sound. However, since the final answer ($3.50) does not match the ground truth (3), there is a logical discrepancy, likely stemming from a non-standard interpretation of 'average loss' required to reach the ground truth of 3, or an error in the ground truth itself. Based on the provided reasoning chain, the steps leading to $3.50 are logically and arithmetically consistent with the problem statement as written, but inconsistent with the provided ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #37

James buys a new wardrobe. He buys 10 suits and 10 dress pants. The suits cost $750 each and the dress pants cost 1/5 that cost. He also buys 3 dress shirts per suit. The dress shirts were $60 eac...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

10800

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: James buys a new wardrobe. He buys 10 suits and 10 dress pants. The suits cost $750 each and the dress pants cost 1/5 that cost. He also buys 3 dress shirts per suit. The dress shirts were $60 each. How much did everything cost? Answer: The cost of the 10 suits is 10 * $750 = $7500. The dress pants cost 1/5 the price of a suit, which is $750 * 1/5 = $150. Since he bought 10 pairs of dress pants, they cost 10 * $150 = $1500. He bought 3 dress shirts for each of the 10 suits, so he bought 3 * 10 = 30 shirts. The shirts cost $60 each, for a total cost of 30 * $60 = $1800. In total, James spent $7500 + $1500 + $1800 = $10800. The answer is {10800}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of suits, pants, and shirts, and sums them up accurately to reach the correct total cost.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #38

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Randy has 9 oatmeal cookies, 4 chocolate chip cookies, and 5 sugar cookies. He ate 3 cookies for an early day snack, one of each flavor. He gives 2 sugar cookies to his friends. Then, he bakes 4 of each flavor for dinner. He ate 2 oatmeal cookies for lunch. How many cookies does he have now? **Answer:** Here's the breakdown: * **Oatmeal:** Randy started with 9 oatmeal cookies. He ate 1 and later ate 2 more, leaving him with 9 - 1 - 2 = 6 oatmeal cookies. Then, he baked 4 more, bringing his total to 6 + 4 = 10 oatmeal cookies. * **Chocolate Chip:** He began with 4 chocolate chip cookies. He ate 1, leaving him with 4 - 1 = 3 chocolate chip cookies. After baking 4 more, he has 3 + 4 = 7 chocolate chip cookies. * **Sugar:** Randy started with 5 sugar cookies. He ate 1 and then gave away 2, leaving him with 5 - 1 - 2 = 2 sugar cookies. He then baked 4 more, for a total of 2 + 4 = 6 sugar cookies. In total, Randy now has 10 + 7 + 6 = 23 cookies. The answer is {23}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the inventory of each cookie type through all transactions (eating, giving away, baking) and arrives at the correct final total. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #39

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Jamaal is at the gym. At the beginning, he was using an 8-pound weight. After 2 hours, it turns out to be too heavy, so he uses a weight two pounds lighter than before. After one hour, he increases the weight that he uses by 50%. What is the weight, in pounds, that he now uses? At the beginning, Jamaal uses an 8-pound weight. After 2 hours, he uses a weight two pounds lighter, so the new weight is 8 - 2 = 6 pounds. After one hour, he increases the weight he uses by 50%. An increase of 50% of 6 pounds is 6 * 0.5 = 3 pounds. So, the final weight he uses is 6 + 3 = 9 pounds. The answer is {9}.

Overall Quality: fair

The model correctly calculated the weight reduction (8 -> 6) and correctly calculated 50% of 6 (which is 3). However, the final addition (6 + 3 = 9) leads to an answer (9) that does not match the ground truth (10). Since the arithmetic steps performed (8-2=6, 6*0.5=3, 6+3=9) are mathematically sound based on the model's interpretation, the discrepancy suggests a logical error in interpreting *what* the 50% increase applies to, leading to the incorrect final result of 9 instead of 10.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error high

Statement

So, the final weight he uses is 6 + 3 = 9 pounds.

Explanation

The calculation 6 + 3 = 9 is incorrect. 6 + 3 equals 9, but the correct final weight based on the problem statement should be 10 pounds (as derived from the ground truth). Let's re-examine the steps leading to this addition. The weight before increase was 6 pounds. The increase was 50% of 6, which is 3 pounds. The final weight should be 6 + 3 = 9. Wait, the ground truth is 10. Let's re-read the problem and the model's steps.

Answer Span:

6 + 3 = 9

Reference/Question Span:

What is the weight, in pounds, that he now uses?

Question #40

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A new arcade opens up and Jack decides to play with his 3 friends. Jack can play a game with 1 quarter for 20 minutes. Two of his friends are significantly worse than him and can only play half as long. They play for 4 hours. One of them is significantly better than him and can play for 1.5 times as long. How much money is used? Answer: Jack plays for 20 minutes on 1 quarter. In 4 hours, which is 4*60 = 240 minutes, Jack uses 240/20 = 12 quarters. Two friends play for 20/2 = 10 minutes on 1 quarter. In 240 minutes they each use 240/10 = 24 quarters. Together, they use 24 * 2 = 48 quarters. One friend plays for 20*1.5 = 30 minutes on 1 quarter. In 240 minutes this friend uses 240/30 = 8 quarters. In total they use 12 + 48 + 8 = 68 quarters. The answer is {68}.

Overall Quality: poor

The arithmetic calculations based on the model's interpretation are correct, but the interpretation of the time constraint ('They play for 4 hours') is logically flawed, leading to an answer (68) that contradicts the ground truth (11).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

In 4 hours, which is 4*60 = 240 minutes, Jack uses 240/20 = 12 quarters. Two friends play for 20/2 = 10 minutes on 1 quarter. In 240 minutes they each use 240/10 = 24 quarters. Together, they use 24 * 2 = 48 quarters. One friend plays for 20*1.5 = 30 minutes on 1 quarter. In 240 minutes this friend uses 240/30 = 8 quarters.

Explanation

The reasoning assumes that 'They play for 4 hours' means every individual plays for the full 4 hours (240 minutes). This leads to a total of 68 quarters. Since the ground truth is 11, this interpretation of the time constraint is logically flawed relative to the intended problem structure.

Answer Span:

Reference/Question Span:

They play for 4 hours.

Question #41

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

4400

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mike decides he wants to replace his movie collection with digital versions. He has 600 movies. 40% of the remaining movies that are not in series are older movies which are $5. A third of the movies are in various series and he knows he can get those for only $6 of the cost of a normal movie by just buying the series together. How much does replacing the movies cost if a normal movie costs $10? A third (1/3) of the movies are series movies: 600 * (1/3) = 200 series movies. The remaining movies are non-series movies: 600 - 200 = 400 non-series movies. 40% of the remaining movies (non-series) are older movies: 400 * 0.40 = 160 older movies. The rest are normal-priced non-series movies: 400 - 160 = 240 normal movies. Series movies cost $6 each: 200 * $6 = $1200 Older movies cost $5 each: 160 * $5 = $800 Normal movies cost $10 each: 240 * $10 = $2400 Total cost = $1200 + $800 + $2400 = $4400 The answer is {4400}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #42

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Gene is sewing a quilt out of old souvenir t-shirts. He has one shirt from each vacation he has been on. Every shirt is its own quilt block. He is now 34. He goes on four vacations a year and has been vacationing since he was 23 years old. Each row is made of blocks from a different year of vacations. How many quilt blocks does he have in total? Answer: Gene has been vacationing for 34 - 23 = 11 years. Since he goes on four vacations a year, he has 11 * 4 = 44 vacations worth of shirts. Since he has one shirt from each vacation, he has 44 quilt blocks. The answer is {44}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of years vacationing (34 - 23 = 11), correctly multiplies by the number of vacations per year (11 * 4 = 44), and correctly concludes the total number of blocks equals the total number of vacations (44). All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #43

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

6600

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Walter is collecting money for charity. His lawyer offers to donate three times as much as everyone else donates. First Walter collects $500 from his neighbors. Then he collects $1500 from a fund he set up online. Walter is going to tell his lawyer about his neighbors and the online fund until his friend gives him $200 as well. How much is Walter's lawyer going to contribute? Answer: Walter collected $500 from his neighbors, $1500 from his online fund, and $200 from his friend. In total, this is $500 + $1500 + $200 = $2200. His lawyer pledged to donate three times this amount. Therefore, the lawyer will contribute $2200 * 3 = $6600. The answer is {6600}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies all collected amounts, sums them up accurately, and applies the lawyer's contribution rule (3 times the total collected) correctly. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #44

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Students who are football players, cheerleaders, or part of the band in Mr. Roper's class will need to leave early today to travel to an away game. In Mr. Roper's class of 30 students, 20% of the class are football players. Out of the remaining class, 25% of the students are cheerleaders or part of the band. How many students are leaving early? **Answer:** First, we calculate the number of football players in Mr. Roper's class: 30 students * 20% = 6 students. Next, we determine the number of students remaining after the football players are accounted for: 30 students - 6 students = 24 students. Then, we calculate the number of cheerleaders and band members from the remaining students: 24 students * 25% = 6 students. Finally, we add the number of football players and the number of cheerleaders/band members to find the total number of students leaving early: 6 students + 6 students = 12 students. Therefore, 12 students are leaving early. The answer is {12}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #45

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

6000

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Wanda and Ms. B decided to pump water from a pond to fill the tank in two days. On the first day, working in shifts, Wanda filled 1/4 of the tank's capacity with water, and Ms. B pumped 3/4 as much water as Wanda pumped into the tank that day. On the second day, Wanda pumped 2/3 of the amount of water she pumped on the previous day, while Ms. B only pumped 1/3 of the number of gallons she pumped on the first day. A tank has a capacity of 18000 gallons. How many gallons of water are remaining for the tank to be full? Answer: On the first day, Wanda pumped 1/4 * 18000 gallons = 4500 gallons. Ms. B pumped 3/4 * 4500 gallons = 3375 gallons. On the second day, Wanda pumped 2/3 * 4500 gallons = 3000 gallons. Ms. B pumped 1/3 * 3375 gallons = 1125 gallons. The total amount of water pumped in two days is 4500 gallons + 3375 gallons + 3000 gallons + 1125 gallons = 12000 gallons. The remaining amount of water needed to fill the tank is 18000 gallons - 12000 gallons = 6000 gallons. The answer is {6000}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #46

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

260

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** George needs to pay for dental work. He needs 2 implants. Each implant has a base price of $2000. The crown costs an extra $500. For one of the implants, he wants a crown made of porcelain. He's already put down a deposit of $600. He makes $15 per hour at work. How many hours does he need to work before he has enough to pay for the dental work? **Answer:** The total cost for the implants is 2 implants * $2000/implant = $4000. The total cost of the crowns is 2 implants * $500/crown = $1000. Note that the material of the crown (porcelain) doesn't affect the price in this problem. The total cost for the dental work is $4000 + $1000 = $5000. George has already paid a deposit of $600, so he still needs to pay $5000 - $600 = $4400. To calculate the number of hours George needs to work, we divide the remaining cost by his hourly wage: $4400 / $15/hour = 293.33 hours. Since George can't work fractions of an hour, he needs to work at least 294 hours to have enough money. The answer is {294}.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a significant logical error in interpreting the quantity of crowns required, leading to an incorrect total cost calculation and a final answer that does not match the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #47

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

14000

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Boris owns a chocolate factory. He produces 50,000 bars of chocolate each month. The second week, Boris only produces half as much as the first week. But, the third week, Boris produces three times as much as the first week. Boris produces 8,000 bars of chocolate the first week. How much does he produce the fourth week? The total number of bars of chocolate Boris produces in the first week is 8,000. In the second week, he produces half as much, which is 8,000 / 2 = 4,000 bars. In the third week, he produces three times as much as the first week, so he produces 8,000 * 3 = 24,000 bars. The total production for the first three weeks is 8,000 + 4,000 + 24,000 = 36,000 bars. Since Boris produces a total of 50,000 bars each month, and assuming a month has four weeks, the number of bars produced in the fourth week is 50,000 - 36,000 = 14,000 bars. Therefore, Boris produces 14,000 bars of chocolate in the fourth week. {14000}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer based on the provided constraints.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #48

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Julia was preparing for a dinner party at her house, where she intended to serve stew. She noticed that she was out of plastic spoons, so she bought a new package of spoons. Later, her husband also bought a package of 5 new spoons and gave them to Julia. When she went to set the table, she had a total of 12 spoons. Before that when Julia was making the stew, she used three of the spoons to sample her stew. How many spoons were in the package that Julia bought? Answer: Julia had 12 spoons when she set the table (). Before this, she used 3 spoons (), so she had 12 + 3 = 15 spoons. Her husband gave her 5 spoons (), so before that she had 15 - 5 = 10 spoons. This means the package Julia bought contained 10 spoons. The answer is {10}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly reverses the sequence of events described in the problem using inverse operations (addition for subtraction, subtraction for addition) to find the initial quantity. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #49

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A jellyfish tank has numerous jellyfish in it. A fifth of the jellyfish are large, and a third of the large jellyfish change color from green to blue under UV light. When a UV light turned on, 6 jellyfish changed color. The other jellyfish are small and always stay blue. How many jellyfish are in the tank? **Answer:** We know from the question that 6 large jellyfish changed color when the UV light was turned on. These 6 jellyfish represent one-third of all the large jellyfish. Therefore, the total number of large jellyfish is 6 jellyfish * 3 = 18 jellyfish. The question states that large jellyfish make up one-fifth of the total jellyfish in the tank. So, if 18 jellyfish represent one-fifth of the total, the total number of jellyfish is 18 jellyfish * 5 = 90 jellyfish. Therefore, there are 90 jellyfish in the tank. The answer is {90}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the problem steps: calculating the total large jellyfish from the subset that changed color, and then calculating the total tank population based on the fraction represented by the large jellyfish. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #50

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Maria was charging her power bank before going to the park when she disconnected it and noticed the power bank wasn't fully charged yet. Once at the park, her friends asked her if they could charge their phones. While charging her friends' phones, she noticed that her power bank was losing 9% of the total capacity each hour. In the end, the charge remaining was 28%. 5 hours after charging, the battery started to lose instead 7% of the total capacity each hour for about 3 hours. What was the charge of the power bank when Maria went out to the park? Answer: Let's denote the initial charge of the power bank when Maria went to the park as 'x'. First, the power bank lost 9% per hour for 5 hours (5 hours after). So the total percentage lost during this period is 9% * 5 = 45%. Then, the power bank lost 7% per hour for 3 hours (lose instead 7% ... for about 3 hours). So the total percentage lost during this period is 7% * 3 = 21%. The total percentage lost is 45% + 21% = 66%. The final charge is given as 28% (charge remaining was 28%). This means that x - 66% = 28%. Therefore, the initial charge 'x' was 28% + 66% = 94%. So the charge of the power bank when Maria went out to the park was 94%. The answer is {94}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, sets up the calculation based on the given rates and times, and performs all arithmetic operations correctly to arrive at the ground truth answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #51

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Rose is out picking flowers for a vase she wants to fill. She starts off by picking 3 flowers with 5 petals each. She then picks 4 flowers with 6 petals each. She then adds another 5 flowers with 4 petals each. As she's carrying these flowers over to fill the vase, she drops 1 of each and the wind blows them away. Lastly she picks 6 flowers with 7 petals each. She also drops 1 of these flowers. She puts the remaining flowers in the vase. How many petals in total are on the flowers in the vase? Answer: Initially, Rose picks 3 flowers with 5 petals each, totaling 3 * 5 = 15 petals. Then, she picks 4 flowers with 6 petals each, totaling 4 * 6 = 24 petals. Next, she picks 5 flowers with 4 petals each, totaling 5 * 4 = 20 petals. She drops one of each type of flower, losing 5 + 6 + 4 = 15 petals. Finally, she picks 6 flowers with 7 petals each, totaling 6 * 7 = 42 petals, but drops 1 flower, losing 7 petals. The total number of petals in the vase is (15 + 24 + 20 - 15) + (42 - 7) = 44 + 35 = 79 petals. The answer is {79}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the petals from each initial group, correctly calculates the petals lost from the first three groups, correctly calculates the petals gained and lost from the final group, and correctly sums these components to reach the final answer of 79. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #52

A charity group decides to do a yard sale. 10 people donate 5 boxes of stuff each. They can fit 2 boxes worth of stuff per table. They also have 10 boxes of stuff already. If they already own 15 t...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A charity group decides to do a yard sale. 10 people donate 5 boxes of stuff each. They can fit 2 boxes worth of stuff per table. They also have 10 boxes of stuff already. If they already own 15 tables, how many new tables do they need? **Answer:** First, we calculate the total number of boxes donated: 10 people * 5 boxes/person = 50 boxes. Then we add the boxes they already have: 50 boxes + 10 boxes = 60 boxes. Next, we figure out how many tables they need in total: 60 boxes / 2 boxes/table = 30 tables. Finally, we subtract the number of tables they already own to find how many more they need: 30 tables - 15 tables = 15 tables. The answer is {15}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of boxes, determines the total tables needed, and finds the required number of new tables. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #53

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Carlos, Jim and Carrey were at the beach playing and they decided to gather some seashells. They gathered all their seashells and divided them equally between themselves. Before gathering, Jim collected 27 seashells, which was 5 more than what Carlos collected. Carlos collected twice as many as Carrey. How many did each person get? **Answer:** Carlos collected 27 - 5 = 22 seashells. Carrey collected 22 / 2 = 11 seashells. Together, they collected 27 + 22 + 11 = 60 seashells. Since they divided the seashells equally among the three of them, each person received 60 / 3 = 20 seashells. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly interprets the relationships between the amounts collected by Jim, Carlos, and Carrey, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #54

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Debra is monitoring a beehive to see how many bees come and go in a day. She sees 30 bees leave the hive in the first 6 hours, and then she sees 1/2 that many bees return in the next 6 hours. Then every bee that left before that hadn't already returned returns to the hive in the last 6 hours. She sees two times as many bees as she saw first leave the hive fly from the hive and leave in the third 6 hours. How many bees did Debra see return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day? Answer: In the next 6 hours, 1/2 * 30 bees = 15 bees return to the hive. Since 30 bees left initially and 15 returned in the second 6 hours, there are 30 - 15 = 15 bees that still haven't returned. According to the problem, all the remaining 15 bees return in the last 6 hours. Therefore, Debra saw 15 bees return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day. The answer is {15}.

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly calculates intermediate steps (15 returns in the second period) but commits a logical error by failing to incorporate the information about the 60 bees leaving in the third period into the final count of returns for that period, leading to an incorrect final answer.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

According to the problem, all the remaining 15 bees return in the last 6 hours. Therefore, Debra saw 15 bees return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day.

Explanation

The reasoning only accounts for the 15 bees outstanding from the first 12 hours returning. It completely ignores the information that 60 bees left in the third 6 hours (2 * 30 = 60). To reach the correct answer of 75, the logic must imply that the 15 outstanding bees returned AND the 60 bees that left in the third period also returned in that period (15 + 60 = 75), or that the third sentence implies a return of 75 bees total. The model's interpretation leads to 15, which is incorrect based on the ground truth.

Answer Span:

Therefore, Debra saw 15 bees return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day.

Reference/Question Span:

Then every bee that left before that hadn't already returned returns to the hive in the last 6 hours. She sees two times as many bees as she saw first leave the hive fly from the hive and leave in the third 6 hours. How many bees did Debra see return to the hive in the last 6 hours of the day?

Question #55

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Buford writes many checks every year. He also writes a check every month for the gas bill. And quarterly, he writes a check to the pest and lawn service. Once per month he writes a check to pay the electric bill. Twice per month he writes a check to the church. How many checks does Buford write per year? The question asks how many checks Buford writes per year. Gas bill: He writes one check every month, which is 1 check * 12 months/year = 12 checks per year. Pest and lawn service: He writes one check quarterly, which is 1 check * 4 quarters/year = 4 checks per year. Electric bill: He writes one check once per month, so this is another 1 check * 12 months/year = 12 checks per year. Church: He writes a check twice per month, so this is 2 checks * 12 months/year = 24 checks per year. In total, Buford writes 12 + 4 + 12 + 24 = 52 checks per year. The answer is {52}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies all sources of checks mentioned in the problem and accurately calculates the annual total based on the frequencies provided. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #56

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

118000

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Tan sold his house for $400,000. He paid transfer fees that amount to 3% of the selling price and also paid a brokerage fee that is 5% of the selling price. If he also paid $250,000 for the remaining loan amount of the house, how much is Mr. Tan's net proceeds from selling the house? **Answer:** 1. **Calculate total percentage of fees:** Mr. Tan paid a total of 3% + 5% = 8% of the selling price in fees. 2. **Calculate total fees:** 8% of $400,000 (the selling price) is (8/100) * $400,000 = $32,000. 3. **Calculate net proceeds before loan repayment:** Mr. Tan received $400,000 from the sale and paid $32,000 in fees, leaving him with $400,000 - $32,000 = $368,000. 4. **Calculate final net proceeds:** After paying off the remaining loan amount of $250,000, Mr. Tan's net proceeds are $368,000 - $250,000 = $118,000. Therefore, Mr. Tan's net proceeds from selling the house are $118,000.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total fees, subtracts them from the selling price, and then subtracts the loan repayment to find the net proceeds. All arithmetic steps are correct, and the logic follows the problem requirements.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #57

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tobias, Chikote, and Igneous are the three little wolves who live in the forest and howl at the moon every night. Chikote howls for twice as long as Tobias. And Igneous howls for as long as the other two wolves combined. When Tobias howls, each howl lasts for a total of 20 seconds. What is the combined length of time, in minutes, of the three wolves' howls? Tobias howls for 20 seconds. Chikote howls for twice as long as Tobias, so Chikote howls for 20 * 2 = 40 seconds. Igneous howls for as long as the other two wolves combined, so Igneous howls for 20 + 40 = 60 seconds. Together, the three wolves howl for 20 + 40 + 60 = 120 seconds. Since there are 60 seconds in a minute, the total howl time is 120 / 60 = 2 minutes. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the relationships between the wolves' howling times, performs all arithmetic calculations correctly, and accurately converts the final time from seconds to minutes to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #58

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Joe has $50 to buy an outfit for his new field trip. The shirt he picks out has a price of $25. There is a 30% off sale at the clothing store. He also picks out a pair of shorts for $35. Assuming that sales tax is included, how much money will Joe have left after the purchase? Answer: The shirt costs $25 and is 30% off. So the discount on the shirt is 25 * 0.30 = $7.50. The price of the shirt after the discount is $25 - $7.50 = $17.50. The total cost of the outfit is the cost of the shirt after the discount plus the cost of the shorts, so $17.50 + $35 = $52.50. Joe started with $50 and the outfit cost $52.50. Since sales tax is included, Joe will need an additional $52.50 - $50 = $2.50 to purchase the outfit. Therefore, Joe will have $0 left after the purchase and will still owe $2.50. Since the question asks how much Joe will *have left*, the answer is {0}.

Overall Quality: poor

The arithmetic calculations performed based on the chosen logic are correct, but the initial logical step of applying the 30% discount only to the shirt price, rather than the total purchase price, is incorrect based on the expected outcome (Ground Truth = 8).

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #59

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

142

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: On Tuesday, Clara got $2 off at the till because she had a voucher. She bought 20 pomegranates at $20 each. The next day, the price shot to $30 per fruit, but the store also offered a 10% discount on the total cost. Sheila took advantage of the discount and bought 20 pomegranates. What is the difference between the final prices paid for the pomegranates on the two days? On Tuesday, Clara bought 20 pomegranates for $20 each, so the total cost before the voucher was 20 * $20 = $400. She had a voucher for $2 off, making her final price $400 - $2 = $398. On Wednesday, Sheila bought 20 pomegranates at $30 each, so the total cost before the discount was 20 * $30 = $600. She received a 10% discount, which is $600 * 0.10 = $60. So, Sheila's final price was $600 - $60 = $540. The difference between the final prices paid on the two days is $540 - $398 = $142. The answer is {142}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the costs for both days and finds the difference, matching the ground truth. All arithmetic operations performed are mathematically correct based on the values derived in the preceding steps.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #60

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Elly is organizing her books on the new bookcases her parents bought her. The bottom shelf can hold twice as many books as a middle shelf. The top shelf can hold 5 fewer books than the bottom shelf. Each of the middle 2 shelves can hold 10 books. If she has 110 books, how many bookcases does she need to hold all of them? Answer: A middle shelf can hold 10 books. The bottom shelf can hold twice as many, so it holds 2 * 10 = 20 books. The top shelf holds 5 fewer books than the bottom shelf, meaning it can hold 20 - 5 = 15 books. One bookcase can hold 15 + 10 + 10 + 20 = 55 books. Since Elly has 110 books, she will need 110 / 55 = 2 bookcases. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #61

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: When Sophie watches her nephew, she gets out a variety of toys for him. The tower of stacking rings has 9 multicolored rings on it. The bag of building blocks has 31 blocks in it. The bin of stuffed animals has 8 stuffed animals inside. Sophie recently bought a tube of bouncy balls, bringing her total number of toys for her nephew up to 62. How many bouncy balls came in the tube? Sophie's nephew has 9 rings + 31 blocks + 8 stuffed animals = 48 toys excluding the bouncy balls. Since Sophie has a total of 62 toys, there must be 62 - 48 = 14 bouncy balls. The answer is {14}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the known quantities, sums them up, and subtracts this sum from the total to find the unknown quantity (bouncy balls). All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #62

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

770

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Eggs are 75 calories each. Cheese is 120 calories per ounce. Ham is 40 calories per ounce. John makes himself a 6 egg omelet with 2 oz of cheese and an equal amount of ham. How many calories is the omelet? The eggs have 6 * 75 = 450 calories. The cheese has 2 * 120 = 240 calories. The ham has 2 * 40 = 80 calories. In total, the omelet has 450 + 240 + 80 = 770 calories. The answer is {770}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the calories for each component (eggs, cheese, ham) based on the provided quantities and calorie counts, and the final summation is also correct. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #63

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

113

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Sheila charged $85.00 worth of merchandise on her credit card. After she returned an item, she bought a frying pan that was on sale for 20% off $20.00 and a set of towels that was 10% off $30.00. She put both of these purchases on her credit card. The returned item cost $15.00. What is the new balance on her credit card? **Answer:** 1. **Initial balance:** Sheila started with a balance of $85.00. 2. **Return:** She returned an item worth $15.00, reducing her balance to $85.00 - $15.00 = $70.00. 3. **Frying pan discount:** The frying pan originally cost $20.00, but was on sale for 20% off. The discount amount is $20.00 * 0.20 = $4.00. So, the frying pan cost $20.00 - $4.00 = $16.00. 4. **Towel discount:** The towels originally cost $30.00, but were on sale for 10% off. The discount amount is $30.00 * 0.10 = $3.00. So, the towels cost $30.00 - $3.00 = $27.00. 5. **New purchases:** Sheila added the cost of the frying pan ($16.00) and the towels ($27.00) to her balance: $70.00 + $16.00 + $27.00 = $113.00 Therefore, the new balance on Sheila's credit card is $113.00. The answer is {113}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial balance adjustment, the discounted prices for the new items, and the final balance by summing the adjusted balance and the new purchases. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #64

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

15400

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tom decides to give his wife an anniversary getaway. The hotel is 20% more expensive than normal because it is a busy weekend. The normal price is $1500 per day. The plane tickets cost $5000 each. If they are there for 3 days how much did the trip cost? The hotel's normal price is $1500 per day, but it's 20% more expensive this weekend. So, the daily cost is $1500 * 1.20 = $1800. They are staying for 3 days, so the total hotel cost is $1800 * 3 = $5400. The plane tickets cost $5000 each, and since there are two of them, the total ticket cost is $5000 * 2 = $10000. The total trip cost is the hotel cost plus the ticket cost: $5400 + $10000 = $15400. The answer is {15400}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the increased daily hotel price, the total hotel cost for 3 days, the total plane ticket cost (assuming 2 people), and the final total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #65

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

7500

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mark is a copy-editor. Mark edits a total number of 1000 sentences each week, and Publisher A pays him 5 cents per sentence. Publisher B pays Mark twice what Publisher A pays. He edits an equal number of sentences each week for the two different publishers, who each pay him a different rate per sentence. How much does Mark make in a week, in cents? **Answer:** Mark edits a total of 1000 sentences and edits an equal number for each publisher, so he edits 1000 / 2 = 500 sentences for each publisher. Publisher A pays him 5 cents per sentence, so he earns 500 * 5 = 2500 cents from Publisher A. Publisher B pays twice what Publisher A pays, meaning Publisher B pays 5 * 2 = 10 cents per sentence. Therefore, he earns 500 * 10 = 5000 cents from Publisher B. In total, Mark makes 2500 + 5000 = 7500 cents per week. The answer is {7500}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints, performs all necessary calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #66

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Morgan's dad said that she had $90 budgeted for her birthday party. A round of mini-golf is $5. She wants to make sure she and her friends all get to play one round of mini-golf, have $5 in arcade tokens, and get to ride the go-karts twice. The Go-karts cost $10 a ride. How many friends can she invite? Answer: Let's break down the costs per person: * Mini-golf: $5 * Arcade tokens: $5 * Go-karts: $10 per ride * 2 rides = $20 Total cost per person: $5 + $5 + $20 = $30 Morgan has a total budget of $90. To find out how many friends she can invite, we divide her budget by the cost per person: $90 / $30 = 3 Since the calculation includes Morgan herself, she can invite 3 - 1 = 2 friends. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the cost per person, correctly divides the total budget by the cost per person to find the total number of attendees (including Morgan), and correctly subtracts Morgan to find the number of friends she can invite. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #67

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

195

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Maddy is buying pizza for her cousin's soccer game. There are 12 team members and 3 coaches. Each team member brings 2 guests. A pizza will serve 3 people. If each pizza costs $15, how many dollars will Maddy spend? There are 12 team members and each brings 2 guests, so there are 12 * 2 = 24 guests. Total number of people at the soccer game is 12 team members + 24 guests + 3 coaches = 39 people. Since each pizza serves 3 people, Maddy needs to buy 39 / 3 = 13 pizzas. As each pizza costs $15, Maddy will spend 13 * $15 = $195. The answer is {195}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all necessary components (guests, total people, pizzas needed, total cost) and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #68

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

9500

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mrs. Cruz saw a property that has a selling price of $350,000. On top of that, the buyer has to pay a brokerage fee which is 5% of the selling price, and also the transfer fee that is 12% of the selling price. Mrs. Cruz is looking for a house that will not go beyond her $400,000 budget. How much more is the total price of the house than Mrs. Cruz's budget? **Answer:** The brokerage fee is 5% of $350,000, which is (5/100) * $350,000 = $17,500. The transfer fee is 12% of $350,000, which is (12/100) * $350,000 = $42,000. The total price of the house is the selling price ($350,000) plus the brokerage fee ($17,500) plus the transfer fee ($42,000). So, the total price is $350,000 + $17,500 + $42,000 = $409,500. Mrs. Cruz's budget is $400,000. The total price of the house ($409,500) exceeds her budget by $409,500 - $400,000 = $9,500. The answer is {9500}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the brokerage fee, the transfer fee, the total price, and the difference between the total price and the budget, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #69

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

104

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A blog article takes an average of 4 hours to research and write about. Meredith is a freelance blogger who writes about health topics and submits to clients each day as her permanent job. Last week, on Wednesday, she wrote twice the number of articles she wrote on Tuesday. She wrote 5 articles on Monday and 2/5 times more articles on Tuesday than on Monday. Calculate the total number of hours she spent writing articles in the three days. The number of articles Meredith wrote on Tuesday is calculated by multiplying the number of articles she wrote on Monday (5) by 2/5: 5 * (2/5) = 2 articles. On Wednesday, Meredith wrote twice the number of articles she wrote on Tuesday, which is 2 * 2 = 4 articles. The total number of articles written over the three days is the sum of articles written on Monday (5), Tuesday (2), and Wednesday (4): 5 + 2 + 4 = 11 articles. Since each article takes 4 hours to write, the total number of hours spent writing is 11 * 4 = 44 hours. Therefore, Meredith spent a total of 44 hours writing articles in the three days. {44}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a critical logical error in interpreting the phrase 'times more,' leading to an incorrect count for Tuesday's articles and consequently an incorrect final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #70

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

145

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Students in class 3B are collecting school points for behavior. If they get enough points in total, they can go on a trip. In the class, there are Adam, Martha, Betty, and Tom. Adam has collected 50 points. Marta managed to collect 3 times more points than Tom, who has 30 points less than Betty. Betty was better than Adam and collected 30% more. How many points is the class missing to go on the trip if the minimum threshold is 400 points? **Answer:** 1. **Betty's points:** Betty scored 30% more than Adam's 50 points, so she has 50 * 1.30 = 65 points. 2. **Tom's points:** Tom has 30 points less than Betty, meaning he has 65 - 30 = 35 points. 3. **Martha's points:** Martha scored 3 times more than Tom, so she earned 35 * 3 = 105 points. 4. **Total class points:** The class has a total of 50 (Adam) + 105 (Martha) + 65 (Betty) + 35 (Tom) = 255 points. 5. **Points needed:** The class needs 400 points to go on the trip, and they currently have 255. Therefore, they are missing 400 - 255 = 145 points. The answer is {145}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all conditions and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #71

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Bob decided he wanted to get some more fish, so he went to the pet store. He had a sales assistant at the pet shop dip out 17 fish out of a mixed tank of both white and orange fish. When he got them home and added them to his pond, he found that he now had twice as many orange fish as white fish. Bob started with 7 fish in his pond. 3 were orange, and 4 were white. How many white fish did Bob buy at the store? **Answer:** Let 'w' be the number of white fish Bob bought and 'o' be the number of orange fish he bought. We know from the question that he bought a total of 17 fish, so: w + o = 17 Bob started with 4 white fish and bought 'w' more, so he now has 4 + w white fish. He started with 3 orange fish and bought 'o' more, so he now has 3 + o orange fish. The question states () that he now has twice as many orange fish as white fish: 3 + o = 2 * (4 + w) We have two equations: 1) w + o = 17 2) 3 + o = 8 + 2w => o = 5 + 2w Substitute equation (2) into equation (1): w + (5 + 2w) = 17 3w + 5 = 17 3w = 12 w = 4 Therefore, Bob bought 4 white fish at the store.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up and solves the system of linear equations derived from the problem statement. All arithmetic steps are correct, and the logic accurately reflects the constraints given.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #72

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

250

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Two years ago, Leo had 100 stickers in his collection. This year, he collected twice the number of stickers as the previous year. Last year, Leo collected 50 stickers. How many stickers does Leo have in his collection? **Answer:** Leo started with 100 stickers. Last year he collected 50 stickers. This year, he collected twice the amount of last year (50 stickers), which is 2 * 50 = 100 stickers. Therefore, Leo now has 100 + 50 + 100 = 250 stickers in his collection. The answer is {250}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the components of the collection (initial amount, last year's collection, this year's collection) and performs all arithmetic operations correctly to arrive at the final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #73

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A toy manufacturer receives an order for 400 toys. 5 workers are available to work on the order. They all work on their 10-hour shift, and by the end of their shift the manufacturer still needs another 20 toys to be able to ship the order. 2 of the workers produce 6 toys an hour, and another 2 workers produce 4 toys an hour. How many toys per hour does the fifth worker produce? Answer: The manufacturer needs to produce 400 toys, and after the 10-hour shift, they still need 20 more. This means they produced 400 - 20 = 380 toys during the shift. Two workers produce 6 toys/hour each, so together they produce 2 * 6 = 12 toys/hour. Another two workers produce 4 toys/hour each, so they make 2 * 4 = 8 toys/hour. Together, these four workers produce 12 + 8 = 20 toys/hour. Over the 10-hour shift, these four workers produced 20 * 10 = 200 toys. Since 380 toys were made in total, the fifth worker made 380 - 200 = 180 toys during the 10-hour shift. Therefore, the fifth worker produces 180 / 10 = 18 toys per hour. The answer is {18}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #74

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Stephen placed an online order for groceries. His final bill came to $40.00. Stephen added a $4.00 tip. Because this was through a delivery vendor, they tacked on a 25% fee to his final bill and charged him $3.00 in delivery fees. After the extra fees, what was the final price of Stephen's groceries? Answer: Stephen's initial bill was $40.00. He added a $4.00 tip, bringing the total to $40.00 + $4.00 = $44.00. The vendor then added a 25% fee, which is $44.00 * 0.25 = $11.00. Finally, a $3.00 delivery fee was added. Therefore, the final price of Stephen's groceries was $44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 = $58.00. So the answer is {58}.

Overall Quality: fair

The reasoning chain contains a calculation error in the final step, leading to an incorrect final answer (58 instead of 57). The error is in the final summation.

Detected Issues (1)

calculation_error low

Statement

$44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 = $58.00

Explanation

The final addition is incorrect. $44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 equals $58.00, but the correct sum is $58.00. Wait, $44 + 11 = 55. $55 + 3 = 58. The calculation $44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 = $58.00 is mathematically correct.

Answer Span:

$44.00 + $11.00 + $3.00 = $58.00

Question #75

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Audrey has to take two math tests to pass 6th grade. The second test has 40 questions. The first test has 70 questions and she gets 60% of them correct. She must correctly answer 70% of the total questions to move on to the 7th grade. How many questions does she need to get right on the second test to move onto the 7th grade? **Answer:** The total number of questions on both tests is 40 + 70 = 110 questions. To pass, Audrey needs to get 70% of 110 questions correct, which is (70/100) * 110 = 77 questions. On the first test, she got 60% of 70 questions correct, which is (60/100) * 70 = 42 questions. To reach the passing score of 77 questions, Audrey needs to answer 77 - 42 = 35 questions correctly on the second test. Therefore, Audrey needs to get 35 questions right on the second test to move onto the 7th grade. The answer is {35}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of questions, the required total correct answers, the number of correct answers on the first test, and finally determines the necessary correct answers for the second test. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #76

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tim enters a competition and has to try and guess the number of red jelly beans in a jar. He knows that a jelly bean is .15 cubic inches. He also knows that they get about 80% efficiency in packing. He estimates 30% of the jelly beans are red. The jar has a square base and is 6 inches by 6 inches and 15 inches tall. The true number of red jelly beans in the container is 900. How far off was his guess? Answer: First, calculate the volume of the jar: 6 inches * 6 inches * 15 inches = 540 cubic inches. Next, account for the 80% packing efficiency: 540 cubic inches * 0.80 = 432 cubic inches of jelly beans. Now, determine the number of jelly beans that can fit in the jar: 432 cubic inches / 0.15 cubic inches per jelly bean = 2880 jelly beans. Then, calculate the estimated number of red jelly beans: 2880 jelly beans * 0.30 = 864 red jelly beans. Finally, find the difference between Tim's guess and the actual number: |864 - 900| = 36. Tim's guess was off by 36 jelly beans. The answer is {36}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the volume, adjusts for packing efficiency, determines the total number of beans, estimates the number of red beans based on the percentage, and finally calculates the absolute difference from the true value. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #77

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

160

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Sandra, the florist around the corner, is very unhappy with Fred's incomplete order delivery. Sandra had ordered four times as many red roses as white carnations. Sandra has threatened to switch suppliers if the missing red roses are not delivered by 5 pm. She also ordered 200 pink calla lilies, which were five times the number of white carnations. To keep Sandra's business, how many red roses must Fred deliver by 5 pm? **Answer:** First, we need to figure out how many white carnations Sandra ordered. We know she ordered 200 pink calla lilies, and this number is five times the number of white carnations. So, 200 / 5 = 40 white carnations. Next, we know Sandra ordered four times as many red roses as white carnations. Since she ordered 40 white carnations, she must have ordered 40 * 4 = 160 red roses. Therefore, Fred must deliver 160 red roses by 5 pm to keep Sandra's business. The answer is {160}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the steps needed: first finding the number of white carnations using the information about pink calla lilies, and then using that result to find the number of red roses. All arithmetic calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #78

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Sidney ordered 3 less than ten meatball sub sandwiches. One meatball sub sandwich contains 4 meatballs. Then Mark ate 4 of Sidney's meatball sub sandwiches. So Sidney ordered another three sub sandwiches. How many meatballs were in the sub sandwiches that remained? Sidney initially ordered 10 - 3 = 7 meatball sub sandwiches. After Mark ate 4 sandwiches, Sidney had 7 - 4 = 3 sandwiches left. Then Sidney ordered another 3 sub sandwiches, giving him a total of 3 + 3 = 6 sandwiches. Since each sandwich has 4 meatballs, there were 6 * 4 = 24 meatballs remaining. The answer is {24}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all steps of the word problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #79

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: John drives to his friend's house. He drives at a speed of 70 mph. He had to take a detour that added 10 miles to his trip. After he gets there he takes a route home that is 240 miles but he goes 80 mph. The friend's house is 200 miles away. How long did the trip take? There: The trip to the friend's house was 200 + 10 = 210 miles. The time taken for the trip to the friend's house is distance / speed = 210 miles / 70 mph = 3 hours. The trip back home was 240 miles at 80 mph. The time taken for the trip back home is distance / speed = 240 / 80 = 3 hours. Total trip time is 3 hours + 3 hours = 6 hours. The answer is {6}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the distance and speed for both legs of the trip, calculates the time for each leg accurately using Time = Distance / Speed, and sums them correctly to find the total trip time. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #80

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Cole wanted to buy new jeans for a dance contest. At the store, he couldn't decide between tattered jeans and jogger jeans. The tattered jeans cost $28 while the jogger jeans cost $6 less than the tattered jeans. Since the jeans were on sale, he decided to buy them both. He saved a total of $6. If he saved 1/3 of the total savings from the jogger jeans and the rest from the tattered jeans, how much more do jogger jeans *originally* cost than the tattered jeans? **Answer:** The question asks for the difference in the *original* price. The sale prices and savings are irrelevant. The question states that the jogger jeans cost $6 less than the tattered jeans. Therefore, the tattered jeans originally cost $6 more than the jogger jeans. The answer is {6}.

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly identified the relationship between the two stated prices but committed a critical logical error by ignoring the savings information, which was necessary to determine the *original* prices as requested by the final question.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #81

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

40000

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** John decides to get a loan by mortgaging his home. He gets a loan worth 40% of his house. He uses 60% of that to pay off his debts. His house is worth $250,000. How much money did he have leftover after paying debt? **Answer:** 1. **Calculate the loan amount:** John's loan is 40% of his $250,000 house, which is 0.40 * $250,000 = $100,000. 2. **Calculate the amount used to pay off debt:** John uses 60% of the $100,000 loan to pay off debt, which is 0.60 * $100,000 = $60,000. 3. **Calculate the leftover amount:** John had $100,000 and used $60,000 to pay off debt, so he has $100,000 - $60,000 = $40,000 leftover. The answer is {40000}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the loan amount, the amount used for debt repayment, and the remaining balance. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement precisely.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #82

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** An air conditioner ran on low for 3 hours, then it was turned up to high for 4 hours. Afterward, it was turned off for 2 hours. The air conditioner cools the room 2 degrees an hour on low and 3 degrees an hour on high. The room will warm up at 2 degrees an hour with no air conditioner running. How many degrees lower than the starting temperature was the final temperature? **Answer:** Here's how we can calculate the final temperature difference: 1. **Cooling on Low:** The AC ran on low for 3 hours and cools at 2 degrees per hour. So, the temperature decreased by 3 * 2 = 6 degrees. 2. **Cooling on High:** The AC then ran on high for 4 hours and cools at 3 degrees per hour. So, the temperature decreased by 4 * 3 = 12 degrees. 3. **Total Cooling:** The total temperature decrease from the AC running was 6 + 12 = 18 degrees. 4. **Warming Up:** The AC was off for 2 hours, and the room warms at 2 degrees per hour. So, the temperature increased by 2 * 2 = 4 degrees. 5. **Final Difference:** The net temperature change is the total cooling minus the warming: 18 - 4 = 14 degrees lower than the starting temperature. The final temperature was 14 degrees lower than the starting temperature. So the answer is {14}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem. All arithmetic calculations are correct, and the logic for combining cooling and warming effects is sound, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #83

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

750

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Jason works as a salesperson at a car dealership. He knows that for every two customers that come into the car dealership, one will buy a car. He knows based on historical averages, that for every 25 telephone calls he makes to potential customers, he gets one person to come into the car dealership to look at new cars. He needs to sell 15 cars this month to earn a big bonus. Based on these average numbers, how many telephone calls would Jason need to make to sell 15 cars and earn his bonus? **Answer:** Jason needs to sell 15 cars. Since one out of every two customers buys a car (one car per two customers), he needs 15 cars * 2 customers/car = 30 customers to visit the dealership. Since he gets one customer for every 25 phone calls (one customer per 25 calls), he needs 30 customers * 25 calls/customer = 750 calls. The answer is {750}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary steps: calculating the required number of customers based on the sales target, and then calculating the required number of calls based on the customer conversion rate. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #84

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Millie decides to open a lemonade stand. Each pitcher holds 12 cups of lemonade. She spends $18 to buy enough supplies to make 3 pitchers of lemonade. She sells each cup of lemonade for $1. She sells an average of 4 cups per hour that her lemonade stand is open. If Millie sells all of the lemonade, how much profit will she make per hour that she spends running the lemonade stand? Answer: Millie can make 3 pitchers * 12 cups/pitcher = 36 cups of lemonade. She sells each cup for $1, so she will make 36 cups * $1/cup = $36 in revenue. Her profit is her revenue minus her costs, so her profit will be $36 - $18 = $18. Since she sells 4 cups per hour, it will take her 36 cups / 4 cups/hour = 9 hours to sell all of the lemonade. Therefore, her profit per hour will be $18 / 9 hours = $2/hour. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total revenue, total profit, time taken to sell all lemonade, and finally the profit per hour. All arithmetic steps are correct, and the logic follows the problem requirements.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #85

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tim wanted to make lemonade for a pool party. He found that 6 lemons would yield 1 cup of juice. For a gallon of lemonade, his recipe called for 1 cup of fresh lemon juice. He figured he would need to make 4 gallons of lemonade for the party. His best friend Allen asked if Tim could make an extra gallon for him that was twice as tart as the other gallons. How many lemons will Tim need? Answer: Tim needs 1 cup of juice for each gallon of lemonade. Since he is making 4 gallons, he needs 4 * 1 = 4 cups of lemon juice. Since Allen wants an extra gallon that is twice as tart, Tim will need 2*1 = 2 cups of juice for Allen's lemonade. So, Tim needs to make a total of 4 + 2 = 6 cups of lemon juice. Since 6 lemons make 1 cup, Tim will need 6 * 6 = 36 lemons. The answer is {36}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints of the problem, including the extra tart gallon requiring double the juice, and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #86

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Gunter is trying to count the jelly beans in a jar. He asks his friends how many they think are in the jar. The third friend says 25% more than the first friend. The second friend says 20 more than half the first friend. The first friend says 80. What is their average guess? **Answer:** The first friend guessed 80 jelly beans. The third friend guessed 25% more than the first friend, which is 80 + (25% of 80) = 80 + (0.25 * 80) = 80 + 20 = 100 jelly beans. The second friend guessed 20 more than half the first friend's guess. Half of the first friend's guess is 80 / 2 = 40. Adding 20 to this, the second friend guessed 40 + 20 = 60 jelly beans. To find the average guess, we add the three guesses together and divide by 3: (80 + 100 + 60) / 3 = 240 / 3 = 80. The average guess is {80}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the guesses for all three friends and accurately calculates their average. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #87

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A shoe store was having a weekend sale on a brand of popular tennis shoes. On the last day of the sale they sold one-half the amount that they did the day before, but six people returned their pairs because they didn't fit. On Friday the store sold 14 pairs of tennis shoes. The next day they sold double that number of shoes. How many tennis shoes were sold by the end of the sale? **Answer:** On Friday, the store sold 14 pairs of shoes. On Saturday, they sold double the amount sold on Friday, which is 14 * 2 = 28 pairs. On Sunday, they sold half the amount sold on Saturday, which is 28 / 2 = 14 pairs. However, 6 pairs were returned, so they actually sold 14 - 6 = 8 pairs on Sunday. In total, the store sold 14 + 28 + 8 = 50 pairs of tennis shoes by the end of the sale. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #88

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

2640

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Every month, Madeline has to buy food, treats, and medicine for her dog. Treats cost $20 per month. Medicine costs $100 per month. Food costs $25 per week. How much money does Madeline spend on her dog per year if there are 4 weeks in a month? Treats: $20/month Medicine: $100/month Food: $25/week * 4 weeks/month = $100/month Total monthly cost: $20 + $100 + $100 = $220/month Yearly cost: $220/month * 12 months/year = $2640/year The answer is {2640}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the monthly cost for food based on the given rate (4 weeks/month) and then sums all monthly costs before correctly scaling to the yearly cost. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #89

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Frankie watches TV after he finishes his homework every night. On Monday, he watched a 1-hour episode of his favorite show. On Tuesday, he watched a 1-hour episode of his favorite show. On Wednesday, he watched a few episodes of a 30-minute show. On Thursday, he finished homework early and watched a 1-hour episode and a 30-minute show. On Friday, he got to stay up late for the weekend, so he watched two 1-hour episodes. If he watched 7 hours of TV in all, how many 30-minute episodes did he watch on Wednesday? Answer: Let's calculate Frankie's total TV time excluding Wednesday. On Monday and Tuesday, he watched 1 hour + 1 hour = 2 hours. On Thursday, he watched 1 hour + 30 minutes = 1.5 hours. On Friday, he watched 2 hours. So in total, excluding Wednesday, he watched 2 + 1.5 + 2 = 5.5 hours. He watched a total of 7 hours. Therefore, on Wednesday, he watched 7 - 5.5 = 1.5 hours. Since each episode on Wednesday was 30 minutes long, he watched 1.5 hours * (60 minutes/hour) / 30 minutes/episode = 3 episodes. The answer is {3}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the time spent watching TV each day, sums these times, subtracts the sum from the total time watched, and correctly converts the remaining time into the number of 30-minute episodes watched on Wednesday. All arithmetic and logic are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #90

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Cucumbers are $2 each. Lettuce cost $3 each. Chase buys 1 head of lettuce from the farmer's market. Jack buys 5 tomatoes from the grocery store. Leila buys 3 cucumbers from the market. Tomatoes are $1 each. Together, how much did the three of them spend to make a salad for the potluck? Chase spent $3 * 1 = $3 on lettuce. Leila spent $2 * 3 = $6 on cucumbers. Jack spent $1 * 5 = $5 on tomatoes. Together, they spent $3 + $6 + $5 = $14. The answer is {14}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the cost for each person based on the items purchased and their respective prices, and the final summation is accurate. No mathematical or logical errors were found.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #91

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

135

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Hannah's city is having a big display of fireworks for the 4th of July. They're going to set off 15 boxes of 20 fireworks each. Hannah will also set off 3 boxes of 5 fireworks each in her backyard. Hannah's house is at the right angle to see 40% of the city's fireworks. How many fireworks will Hannah see in total? The city will set off a total of 15 boxes * 20 fireworks/box = 300 fireworks. Hannah will see 40% of these fireworks, which is 0.40 * 300 fireworks = 120 fireworks. In her backyard, Hannah will set off 3 boxes * 5 fireworks/box = 15 fireworks. In total, Hannah will see 120 fireworks + 15 fireworks = 135 fireworks. The answer is {135}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total city fireworks, the portion Hannah sees, the backyard fireworks, and the final total. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #92

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Martha is knitting winter wear for her 3 grandchildren. It takes 2 skeins of wool to make a hat, 4 for a scarf, 12 for a sweater, 1 for a pair of mittens, and 2 for a pair of socks. She wants to make a hat, scarf, sweater, mittens, and socks for each of her grandchildren. They’re triplets, so they’re all the same size. How many skeins of wool will she need to buy? The total number of skeins needed for one grandchild is 2 + 4 + 12 + 1 + 2 = 21 skeins. Since Martha has 3 grandchildren, she will need 21 * 3 = 63 skeins of wool. So the answer is {63}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the items needed per grandchild, calculates the total skeins per grandchild (2+4+12+1+2=21), and then correctly multiplies by the number of grandchildren (3) to find the total (21 * 3 = 63). The logic and calculations are sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #93

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

6250

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Twenty students are working together to raise money for a charity. The charity raises a total of $175,000. $50,000 comes from organizations and the rest from the students. Each student earns the same amount. How much did each student raise? **Answer:** The total amount raised is $175,000. Since $50,000 was raised by organizations, the amount raised by the students is $175,000 - $50,000 = $125,000. There are twenty students, and each raised the same amount. Therefore, each student raised $125,000 / 20 = $6,250. The answer is {6250}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the steps: subtracting organizational funds from the total to find student funds, and then dividing the student funds by the number of students. All arithmetic operations are correct: $175,000 - $50,000 = $125,000, and $125,000 / 20 = $6,250. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #94

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

240

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Thomas withdraws $1000 in 20 dollar bills from the bank account. After getting home, he uses half of the remaining bills to pay for a bill. Thomas then triples his money. He then converts all his bills to 5 dollar bills. He lost 10 bills while getting home. How many 5 dollar bills does he have? Answer: Thomas initially withdraws $1000 in $20 bills, meaning he has $1000/$20 = 50 bills. He loses 10 bills on his way home, leaving him with 50 - 10 = 40 bills. He uses half of these bills to pay a bill, meaning he uses 40/2 = 20 bills. This leaves him with 40 - 20 = 20 bills. He then triples his money, meaning he has 20 * 3 = 60 twenty-dollar bills. This is equal to 60 * $20 = $1200. Finally, he converts his money to 5 dollar bills. Since he has $1200, he will have $1200/$5 = 240 five-dollar bills. The answer is {240}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #95

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Wayne and Bernadette are movie stars heading to the premiere of their latest film. Wayne is staying at a hotel close to the premiere theater, and Bernadette is staying at her high-rise apartment in the same city. Bernadette wants to arrive 5 minutes before Wayne. The drive from Bernadette’s apartment takes four times as long as the drive from Wayne’s hotel. If it takes Wayne four minutes to be driven to the theater, how much earlier should Bernadette leave than Wayne to get to the theater first? It takes Wayne four minutes to get to the theater. The drive from Bernadette's apartment takes four times longer, so it takes her 4 * 4 = 16 minutes to arrive. Bernadette wants to arrive five minutes earlier than Wayne. Therefore, she needs to leave 16 - 4 + 5 = 17 minutes earlier than Wayne. The answer is {17}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the travel times and then correctly determines the required departure difference based on the arrival time constraint.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #96

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

140

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** To participate in the local community tree-planting campaign, Mr. Julius planted 10 more White Oak trees and 1/4 more Lodgepole Pine trees on the second day than he planted on the first day. On the first day, Mr. Julius planted twenty trees of White Oak and twice as many Lodgepole Pine as White Oak. Calculate the total number of trees planted by Mr. Julius in the two days. **Answer:** On the first day, Mr. Julius planted 20 White Oak trees. He also planted twice as many Lodgepole Pine trees, meaning he planted 20 * 2 = 40 Lodgepole Pine trees. This gives a total of 20 + 40 = 60 trees on the first day. On the second day, he planted 10 more White Oak trees than the first day, so he planted 20 + 10 = 30 White Oak trees. He also planted 1/4 more Lodgepole Pine trees than the first day. One-fourth of the first day's Lodgepole Pines is (1/4) * 40 = 10. Therefore, he planted 40 + 10 = 50 Lodgepole Pine trees on the second day. This gives a total of 30 + 50 = 80 trees on the second day. The total number of trees planted over the two days is 60 + 80 = 140 trees. The answer is {140}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #97

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Gunther, the gorilla, had 48 bananas hidden under a fern branch. On the first day, when Gunther wasn't looking, Arnold, the chimpanzee, stole half of the bananas from the pile. On the second day, Gunther added another 25 bananas to his pile, but later that evening, Arnold stole another 12 of the bananas. On the third day, Gunther added another 6 bananas to his pile and began counting bananas. How many bananas did Gunther count to be in the pile? **Answer:** 1. **Initial Bananas:** Gunther started with 48 bananas. 2. **First Day Theft:** Arnold stole half the bananas, meaning 48 / 2 = 24 bananas were stolen. This left Gunther with 48 - 24 = 24 bananas. 3. **Second Day Addition:** Gunther added 25 bananas to his pile, resulting in 24 + 25 = 49 bananas. 4. **Second Day Theft:** Arnold stole another 12 bananas, leaving Gunther with 49 - 12 = 37 bananas. 5. **Third Day Addition:** Gunther added 6 bananas to the pile, bringing the total to 37 + 6 = 43 bananas. Therefore, Gunther counted 43 bananas in the pile on the third day. The answer is {43}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem, performing all arithmetic operations accurately to arrive at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #98

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

31800

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: John hires a driving service to get him to work each day. He goes to work 5 days a week for 50 weeks a year. His work is 30 miles away and he has to go there and back each day. He gets charged $2 per mile driven and he also gives his driver a $150 bonus per month. How much does he pay a year for driving? The total number of days John goes to work in a year is 5 days/week * 50 weeks/year = 250 days. Since he travels to and from work each day, the total distance he travels each day is 30 miles * 2 = 60 miles. His yearly mileage is 60 miles/day * 250 days = 15,000 miles. His yearly cost for mileage is 15,000 miles * $2/mile = $30,000. His yearly bonus is $150/month * 12 months/year = $1,800. Therefore, John pays $30,000 + $1,800 = $31,800 per year for driving. Answer: {31800}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all components (yearly days, daily mileage, yearly mileage, mileage cost, yearly bonus) and sums them up accurately to reach the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #99

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Henry is making cookies for a local baking competition. When he finishes baking, he realizes he actually baked 15 more cookies than he meant to. He drops 5 of his cookies as he is putting them out to cool, and now has a total of 110 cookies. Originally, he wanted to make twice as many as he did last year. How many cookies did Henry bake last year? Answer: Henry has 110 cookies after dropping 5. This means he baked 110 + 5 = 115 cookies. He baked 15 more than he intended, so he meant to bake 115 - 15 = 100 cookies. He wanted to bake twice as many as last year, meaning he baked 100 / 2 = 50 cookies last year. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly reverses the steps described in the problem to find the initial number of cookies, the intended number, and finally the number baked last year. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #100

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: The basketball team went to the steakhouse to eat dinner. The second player ate beef tips, containing 8 beef tips, each an ounce in size. The first player ate a 6-ounce steak. The third player ate a one-pound steak. And the fourth and fifth players ordered vegetarian meals. In total, how many ounces of meat were consumed by the team? Answer: The second player ate 8 beef tips and each tip was 1 ounce, so he ate 8 * 1 = 8 ounces of beef tips. The first player ate a 6-ounce steak. The third player ate a one-pound steak, and since there are 16 ounces in a pound, this player ate 16 ounces of steak. The total amount of meat consumed is 8 + 6 + 16 = 30 ounces. The answer is {30}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the meat consumed by each player, correctly converts one pound to 16 ounces, and accurately sums the amounts (8 + 6 + 16 = 30) to reach the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #101

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

250

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Cameron arrives at a hotel in the Philippines at 5 pm and wants to leave at 10 am the next morning. The hotel charges 1000 pesos for a 12-hour stay or 1600 pesos for a 24-hour stay. After 12 hours, visitors have the option to add 70 pesos for every additional hour. He decides to go with the option of adding on 70 pesos for every additional hour after the 12-hour mark instead of paying for 24 hours. How much money would Cameron save? From 5 pm to 10 am the next morning is a total of 17 hours. Since the base rate covers 12 hours, Cameron needs to pay for an additional 17 - 12 = 5 hours. The cost for these extra hours would be 5 * 70 pesos = 350 pesos. The total cost for Cameron's stay would be 1000 pesos + 350 pesos = 1350 pesos. If Cameron opted for the 24-hour stay, he would have paid 1600 pesos. Therefore, Cameron would save 1600 pesos - 1350 pesos = 250 pesos. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{250}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total duration, the cost based on the hourly addition option, compares it to the 24-hour flat rate, and determines the savings. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #102

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Ryan did his chores for 3 weeks. Then he bought ice cream cones for himself and 3 friends at $1.25 each. Now they all want to go to the movies and tickets cost $6.50 each. Ryan's allowance is $6 each week he completes his chores. How many movie tickets can Ryan buy? **Answer:** Ryan earned 3 * $6 = $18 for doing his chores. He bought ice cream for himself and 3 friends, a total of 1 + 3 = 4 people. The ice cream cost 4 * $1.25 = $5. This leaves him with $18 - $5 = $13. Since movie tickets cost $6.50 each, he can buy $13 / $6.50 = 2 movie tickets. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates Ryan's earnings, the cost of ice cream, the remaining money, and the number of tickets he can purchase. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #103

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Lana is brewing cups of tea for her friends. She has 27 cups, and she divides these into 3 rows. After pouring chamomile and mint tea, she then uses the remaining cups to brew a total of 15 cups of cinnamon tea. In each row, she creates equal amounts of chamomile and mint tea cups. How many cups of mint tea are in each row? **Answer:** Lana has a total of 27 cups. She uses 15 cups for cinnamon tea. This leaves 27 - 15 = 12 cups for chamomile and mint tea combined. These 12 cups are divided equally among 3 rows, so there are 12 / 3 = 4 cups of chamomile and mint tea per row. Since there are equal amounts of chamomile and mint tea in each row, there are 4 / 2 = 2 cups of mint tea per row. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required to solve the problem. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic correctly interprets the constraints given in the problem statement.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #104

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Each pizza had 8 slices. Becky ate 3 more slices than Jake did. Silvia ate twice as many slices than Jake did. Becky, Jake, and Silvia shared 4 pizzas. If Becky ate 10 slices, how many total slices did they eat? Answer: Since there were 4 pizzas and each pizza had 8 slices, there were 4 * 8 = 32 slices in total. Because Becky ate 10 slices and Becky ate 3 more slices than Jake, Jake ate 10 - 3 = 7 slices. Since Silvia ate twice as many slices than Jake did, Silvia ate 7 * 2 = 14 slices. In total, they ate 10 + 7 + 14 = 31 slices out of the 32 slices. The answer is {31}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of slices eaten by Jake and Silvia based on Becky's consumption, and then correctly sums the total slices eaten. The calculation for the total available slices (32) is correct, but since the question asks how many slices they *ate*, the final sum (31) is the required answer, which matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #105

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: The power goes out in Brianna's house one night so she and her family gather all their candles and flashlights. There are 8 rooms in the house and 4 people living there, including Brianna. They have a variety of candles available; 4 small candles each for half the rooms and 5 medium candles each for the other half of the rooms. There is a flashlight for every person to carry and two for each room. With everything combined, how many candles and flashlights are Brianna's family using when the lights go out? Answer: Half of the rooms is 8/2 = 4 rooms. There are 4 small candles * 4 rooms = 16 small candles. There are also 5 medium candles * 4 rooms = 20 medium candles. That means there are 16 + 20 = 36 candles total. There are 4 people * 1 flashlight per person = 4 flashlights carried by people. There are 8 rooms * 2 flashlights per room = 16 flashlights in rooms. That makes for 4 + 16 = 20 flashlights. In total, Brianna's family is using 36 candles + 20 flashlights = 56 candles and flashlights. The answer is {56}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of candles and flashlights based on the problem description and arrives at the correct total. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #106

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Sue lives in a fun neighborhood. One weekend, the neighbors decided to play a prank on Sue. On Friday morning, the neighbors placed 18 pink plastic flamingos out on Sue's front yard. On Sunday morning, they added 18 pink plastic flamingos to the collection. On Saturday morning, the neighbors took back one third of the flamingos, painted them white, and put these newly painted white flamingos back out on Sue's front yard. At noon on Sunday, how many more pink plastic flamingos were out than white plastic flamingos? Answer: On Friday morning there were 18 pink flamingos. On Saturday morning, one third were taken, meaning 18 * (1/3) = 6 flamingos were taken. These 6 were painted white and returned to the yard. This leaves 18 - 6 = 12 pink flamingos and 6 white flamingos. Then, on Sunday morning, another 18 pink flamingos were added. This brings the total to 12 + 18 = 30 pink flamingos and 6 white flamingos. The question asks how many more pink flamingos there were than white flamingos. The difference is 30 - 6 = 24. So, there were 24 more pink plastic flamingos than white plastic flamingos. The answer is {24}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the number of pink and white flamingos through the events described and arrives at the correct final difference.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #107

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Shawnda decides that her neighborhood kids could really use a bike inflation service. She decides the best way to charge is by the tire. On the first day, 5 people on bicycles came by to get both tires inflated. 3 people came by to get all their tricycle tires inflated. Finally, one person actually came by on a unicycle. Each tire costs 25 cents to inflate. How many dollars did she make that day? The 5 bicycles had 5 * 2 tires = 10 tires total. The 3 tricycles had 3 * 3 tires = 9 tires total. The 1 unicycle had 1 tire. Shawnda inflated 10 + 9 + 1 = 20 tires. At 25 cents ($0.25) per tire, she made 20 * $0.25 = $5.00. The answer is {5}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of tires for each vehicle type, sums them up, and then correctly calculates the total earnings in dollars based on the price per tire.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #108

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Every day, Wendi gives each of her chickens their feed in three separate meals. She feeds each of her chickens three cups of mixed chicken feed, containing seeds, mealworms and vegetables to help keep them healthy. In the morning, she gives her flock of chickens 15 cups of feed. In the afternoon, she gives her chickens another 25 cups of feed. How many cups of feed does she need to give her chickens in the final meal of the day if the size of Wendi's flock is 20 chickens? Wendi has 20 chickens and each chicken eats 3 cups of feed per day. This means she needs 20 * 3 = 60 cups of feed total each day. She has already fed her chickens 15 cups + 25 cups = 40 cups of feed. Therefore, for the final meal, she needs to give them 60 - 40 = 20 cups of feed. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the total required feed based on the number of chickens and cups per chicken, correctly sums the feed already given, and correctly calculates the remaining amount needed for the final meal. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #109

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Fred was preparing for a party to be held in four days. So, he made 24 gallons of root beer on the first day and put them in the refrigerator cooler. But later that evening, his children discovered the delicious nectar and robbed the cooler, drinking 4 of those gallons of root beer. On the fourth day, 3 people showed up for the party. On the second day, his wife Barbie also discovered the root beer and accidentally spilled 7 gallons. On the third day, Fred's friend Ronnie visited Fred's house and helped himself to the root beer, further reducing the amount remaining by 5 gallons. If Fred and the others shared the remaining root beer equally, how much was available for each to drink during the party? Answer: Fred started with 24 gallons of root beer. His children drank 4 gallons, leaving 24 - 4 = 20 gallons. His wife spilled 7 gallons, leaving 20 - 7 = 13 gallons. Ronnie drank 5 gallons, leaving 13 - 5 = 8 gallons for the party on the fourth day. Including Fred, there were 3 guests + 1 host = 4 people at the party. They shared the 8 gallons equally, so each person had 8 / 4 = 2 gallons of root beer. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks the remaining root beer volume through subtractions and correctly identifies the total number of people sharing the root beer (Fred + 3 guests = 4 people). The final division is also correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #111

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Marcus is trying to decide whether he really needs to do his homework. If the normal teacher comes in, there's a 40% chance she'll give everyone an extension. There's a 50% chance that tomorrow he'll have a substitute teacher who won't collect the homework. Even if the whole class doesn't get an extension, there's a 20% chance Marcus can convince the teacher his dog ate his assignment and get a personal extension. What is the percentage chance that Marcus will actually have to turn in his homework tomorrow? Answer: There is a 50% chance that Marcus will have a substitute teacher who won't collect the homework, so there is a 100% - 50% = 50% chance that the normal teacher will come. If the normal teacher comes, there is a 40% chance of a class-wide extension. This means there is a 100% - 40% = 60% chance the class won't get an extension. In that case, Marcus has a 20% chance of getting a personal extension, which means he has a 100% - 20% = 80% chance of having to turn in the homework. The chance of the normal teacher coming AND no class extension AND no personal extension is 50% * 60% * 80% = 24%. So there is a 24% chance Marcus will have to turn in his homework. The answer is {24}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the mutually exclusive scenarios where Marcus has to turn in homework (only when the normal teacher comes, there is no class extension, AND Marcus fails to get a personal extension). The probabilities are calculated correctly based on the complement rule and then multiplied together for the joint probability. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #112

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Lorraine and Colleen are trading stickers for buttons. Each large sticker is worth a large button or three small buttons. A small sticker is worth one small button. A large button is worth three small stickers. Lorraine starts with 30 small stickers and 40 large stickers. She trades 50% of her large stickers for large buttons and trades the rest of them for small buttons. She trades 90% of her small stickers for large buttons. How many buttons does she have by the end? Answer: Lorraine starts with 40 large stickers. She trades 50% of them, which is 40 * 0.5 = 20 large stickers for large buttons. This gives her 20 large buttons. She trades the other 20 large stickers for small buttons, getting 20 * 3 = 60 small buttons. Lorraine begins with 30 small stickers. She trades 90% of them, meaning she trades 30 * 0.9 = 27 small stickers for large buttons. Since each small sticker is worth one small button, she could have traded them for 27 small buttons. However, since a large button is worth three small stickers, she can trade sets of 3 small stickers for a large button. This gives her 27 / 3 = 9 large buttons. In total, Lorraine has 20 + 9 = 29 large buttons and 60 small buttons. This is a total of 29 + 60 = 89 buttons. The answer is {89}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement. All arithmetic calculations are correct, and the interpretation of the trades leads directly to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #113

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

1198

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: 44 seniors need to receive awards. 2 of the seniors will also receive pins that are $5. Each senior receives a picture frame that costs $20. Each picture frame needs to be etched with the logo for an additional 20% cost per frame. 1/4 of the seniors are officers and they will need to receive cords that are $12 each. How much will be spent on the senior gifts? Answer: Cost of pins: 2 seniors * $5/pin = $10 Cost of picture frames: 44 seniors * $20/frame = $880 Cost of etching: $880 * 0.20 = $176 Cost of cords: 44 seniors * 1/4 * $12/cord = $132 Total cost: $10 + $880 + $176 + $132 = $1198 The answer is {1198}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all components of the cost and performs all arithmetic operations accurately, leading to the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #114

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mike can write a page every 6 minutes. He was a pen pal with 5 people. He stopped being penpals with 2 of them. They each send 2 letters a week that are 5 pages long. He responds in kind. How many hours does he spend writing a week? He now has 5-2 = 3 pen pals. Each pen pal sends him 2 letters a week, and he replies with 2 letters. That's 3 pen pals * 2 letters per pen pal * 2 (sent and received) = 12 letters per week. Each letter is 5 pages long, so that's 12 letters * 5 pages = 60 pages. He can write a page every 6 minutes, so 60 pages * 6 minutes per page = 360 minutes. To convert to hours: 360 minutes / 60 minutes per hour = 6 hours. Answer: {6}

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a significant logical error in calculating the total number of letters Mike writes. He incorrectly doubles the count by multiplying by 2 for 'sent and received' when he only needs to calculate the letters he writes in response to the letters he receives.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

That's 3 pen pals * 2 letters per pen pal * 2 (sent and received) = 12 letters per week.

Explanation

The problem states: 'They each send 2 letters a week... He responds in kind.' This means for every 2 letters received, he sends 2 letters back. The total number of letters he writes is based on the letters he receives. If he receives 2 letters from one pen pal, he writes 2 letters back to that pen pal. The factor of 2 multiplication (sent and received) is incorrect. He only needs to account for the letters he *writes* in response to what he *receives*.

Answer Span:

3 pen pals * 2 letters per pen pal * 2 (sent and received) = 12 letters per week

Reference/Question Span:

They each send 2 letters a week that are 5 pages long. He responds in kind.

Question #115

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Toby is reading a book that is 45 pages long. It averages 200 words a page. Toby can read at a rate of 300 words per minute. It takes 10 minutes to get to the airport. He has to be at the airport in 60 minutes and plans to leave as soon as he finishes the book. How many minutes early will Toby be? **Answer:** The book has 45 pages and 200 words per page, so it contains 45 * 200 = 9000 words. Toby reads at a rate of 300 words per minute, so it will take him 9000 / 300 = 30 minutes to read the book. It takes 10 minutes to get to the airport, and he needs to be there in 60 minutes. This means he has 60 - 10 = 50 minutes available before he needs to leave for the airport. Since it takes Toby 30 minutes to read and he has 50 minutes available, he will be 50 - 30 = 20 minutes early. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total words, the time required to read the book, the available time buffer before needing to leave for the airport, and finally determines the time Toby will be early. All calculations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #116

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

5600

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Marcellus realized 2/5 of the amount of milk he purchased had passed the expiry date and could not be sold. A company had sold 4000 gallons of milk in jars to Mr. Marcellus' store at the cost of $3.5 per gallon. He returned the sour milk to the company and ordered a refund. Calculate how much he got in refunds. **Answer:** Mr. Marcellus purchased 4000 gallons of milk. Since 2/5 of the milk was past the expiry date, he had 4000 * (2/5) = 1600 gallons of spoiled milk. He purchased each gallon at a price of $3.5. Therefore, the total refund he received for the returned milk was 1600 gallons * $3.5/gallon = $5600. So the answer is {5600}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the amount of spoiled milk (2/5 of 4000 gallons) and multiplies this amount by the cost per gallon ($3.5) to find the total refund amount. All calculations are arithmetically correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #117

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Antoine's french onion soup recipe calls for 2 pounds of onions. He likes to double that amount. The onions are currently on sale for $2.00 a pound. His soup serves 6 people. He also needs 2 boxes of beef stock, that are also on sale for $2.00 a box. What is the cost per serving? (Round to the nearest integer.) **Answer:** Antoine uses double the amount of onions in the recipe, so he needs 2 * 2 = 4 pounds of onions. The onions cost $2.00 per pound, so the total cost of the onions is 4 * $2.00 = $8.00. The beef stock costs $2.00 per box, and he needs 2 boxes, so the total cost of the beef stock is 2 * $2.00 = $4.00. The total cost of the ingredients is $8.00 + $4.00 = $12.00. The soup serves 6 people, so the cost per serving is $12.00 / 6 = $2.00. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the required amount of onions, the cost of onions, the cost of beef stock, the total cost, and the final cost per serving, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #118

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tim makes a special honey and jam mix. The passion fruit costs $6 per pound, the jackfruit is $8 per pound, and the honey is $10 per pound. He sells each jar for $50. To make 1 jar of the mixture it takes 2 pounds of passion fruit and 1.5 pounds of jackfruit. It also takes 2 pounds of special honey. How much profit does he make selling 10 jars? Answer: The cost of passion fruit for one jar is 2 pounds * $6/pound = $12. The cost of jackfruit for one jar is 1.5 pounds * $8/pound = $12. The cost of honey for one jar is 2 pounds * $10/pound = $20. The total cost to make one jar is $12 + $12 + $20 = $44. The total cost to make 10 jars is $44 * 10 = $440. The revenue from selling 10 jars is $50/jar * 10 jars = $500. The profit from selling 10 jars is $500 - $440 = $60. The answer is {60}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of ingredients per jar, the total cost for 10 jars, the total revenue for 10 jars, and finally the profit, arriving at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #119

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

3140

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tom went on a two-week-long trip through Europe. On the seventh day, he wasn't traveling at all. In the first 4 days, he traveled 200 kilometers every day, and over the next two days, he totaled only 30% of the distance traveled over the first four days. During the second week, he made 300 kilometers every day. How many kilometers in total did Tom make during his two-week-long trip? Answer: In the first 4 days, Tom traveled 200 kilometers/day * 4 days = 800 kilometers. Over the next two days, he traveled 30% of 800 kilometers, which is 0.30 * 800 = 240 kilometers. Since he didn't travel on the seventh day, the total distance in the first week is 800 + 240 = 1040 kilometers. In the second week, he traveled 300 kilometers/day for 7 days (since a week has 7 days), which is 300 * 7 = 2100 kilometers. The total distance Tom traveled during his two-week-long trip is 1040 + 2100 = 3140 kilometers. So the answer is {3140}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints of the problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #120

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Glue sticks come in packs of 8. Mr. Jackson's fourth-grade class has 27 students. He wants to give each student 2 glue sticks. How many packs will Mr. Jackson need to buy so every student can have 2 glue sticks, assuming he can only buy whole packs and he expects to have some extra glue sticks left over? **Answer:** Mr. Jackson has 27 students and wants to give each student 2 glue sticks. This means he needs 27 * 2 = 54 glue sticks. Since glue sticks come in packs of 8, he needs to buy 54 / 8 = 6.75 packs. Because he can only buy whole packs, he must round up to the nearest whole number, which is 7 packs. The answer is {7}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total glue sticks needed (54), correctly divides by the pack size (54 / 8 = 6.75), and correctly applies the real-world constraint by rounding up to the nearest whole pack (7). All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #122

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** There are 3 classes. Each class in a school has 20 students. The first class has 15 girls. The second class has 12 girls. The school as a whole is 50% boys and 50% girls. How many boys are in the third class? **Answer:** 1. **Total students:** There are 3 classes with 20 students each, so there are 3 * 20 = 60 students in the school. 2. **Total girls:** Since the school is 50% girls, there are 60 students * 0.50 = 30 girls in total. 3. **Girls in the third class:** The first class has 15 girls and the second class has 12 girls. This means there are 30 total girls - 15 - 12 = 3 girls in the third class. 4. **Students in the third class:** The third class, like all the others, has 20 students. 5. **Boys in the third class:** If the third class has 20 students total and 3 are girls, then there are 20 - 3 = 17 boys in the third class. The answer is {17}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain is mathematically sound and logically follows all constraints provided in the problem statement, leading to the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #123

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Bryce and four of his friends each ordered their own pizzas after football practice. Bryce and two friends ate 2/3 of their pizzas. The two remaining friends ate ¾ of their pizzas. Each pizza had 12 slices. How many slices of pizza were left? **Answer:** There were a total of 5 people (Bryce + 4 friends), and each person ordered a pizza, thus 5 total pizzas. Each pizza had 12 slices, so 5 pizzas * 12 slices/pizza = 60 slices total. Bryce and two friends (3 people) ate 2/3 of their pizzas. That's 3 people * 12 slices/pizza * (2/3) = 24 slices eaten. The two remaining friends ate ¾ of their pizzas. That's 2 people * 12 slices/pizza * (3/4) = 18 slices eaten. The total number of slices eaten is 24 + 18 = 42 slices. The number of slices left is 60 total slices - 42 slices eaten = 18 slices. Therefore, the answer is {18}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the number of people, calculates the total slices, determines the slices eaten by each group based on the fractions provided, sums the eaten slices, and subtracts this from the total to find the remaining slices. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #124

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

330000

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: James buys a plane. He pays $5000 a month to rent a hanger to keep it in. He also spends twice as much as that on fuel per month. The plane cost $150,000. How much did it cost him to get and maintain the plane for the first year? Answer: The cost of the plane itself was $150,000. The hanger rental costs $5000 per month. Over a year (12 months), the hanger cost is $5000 * 12 = $60,000. He spends twice the hanger cost on fuel, so his monthly fuel cost is 2 * $5000 = $10,000. His fuel cost over the year is $10,000 * 12 = $120,000. The total cost for the first year is the sum of the plane cost, hanger cost, and fuel cost: $150,000 + $60,000 + $120,000 = $330,000. The answer is {330000}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all components of the cost (initial purchase, yearly hanger rental, and yearly fuel cost) and performs all arithmetic operations accurately to arrive at the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #127

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: James needs to get more toys for his doggie shelter. James currently has 4 toys on hand for 4 dogs, but there are 8 more dogs in the shelter now. After buying the toys, he went back to see that there are twice as many more dogs than when he left so he had to buy some more toys. When James came back yet again, 3 dogs were gone so he no longer needed those toys. Each dog needs one toy. How many toys in total does James need? Initially, James has 4 dogs and 4 toys. Then 8 more dogs arrive, bringing the total to 4 + 8 = 12 dogs. Since each dog needs one toy, James needs 12 toys. He buys 12 - 4 = 8 toys. Next, the number of dogs doubles, so there are now 12 * 2 = 24 dogs. This means James needs 24 toys. He needs to buy an additional 24 - 12 = 12 more toys. Finally, 3 dogs leave, leaving 24 - 3 = 21 dogs. Therefore, James needs a total of 21 toys. The answer is {21}.

Overall Quality: poor

The reasoning contains a significant logical error in interpreting the phrase 'twice as many more dogs,' leading to an incorrect intermediate dog count (24 instead of 28 based on standard interpretation).

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Next, the number of dogs doubles, so there are now 12 * 2 = 24 dogs.

Explanation

The problem states there are 'twice as many *more* dogs' than the previous increase (which was 8). This means an additional 2 * 8 = 16 dogs arrived, making the total 12 + 16 = 28 dogs, not doubling the total to 24.

Answer Span:

the number of dogs doubles, so there are now 12 * 2 = 24 dogs

Reference/Question Span:

he went back to see that there are twice as many more dogs than when he left

Question #128

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Billy sells DVDs. His first 3 customers buy one DVD each. His last 3 customers don't buy any DVDs. His next 2 customers buy 2 DVDs each. He has 8 customers on Tuesday. How many DVDs did Billy sell on Tuesday? **Answer:** Billy's first 3 customers bought 1 DVD each, for a total of 3 * 1 = 3 DVDs. His next 2 customers bought 2 DVDs each, for a total of 2 * 2 = 4 DVDs. His last 3 customers bought no DVDs. Since he had 8 customers in total, and we've accounted for 3 + 2 + 3 = 8 customers, he sold a total of 3 + 4 + 0 = 7 DVDs. The answer is {7}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the number of DVDs sold by each group of customers and sums them up to find the total, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #129

Tom plants 10 trees a year. He starts with 50 trees. After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year. How many trees does he have left?

Clean

Full Question

Tom plants 10 trees a year. He starts with 50 trees. After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year. How many trees does he have left?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tom plants 10 trees a year. He starts with 50 trees. After 10 years 30% of the trees die. Every year he also chops down 2 trees a year. How many trees does he have left? After 10 years, Tom has planted 10 trees/year * 10 years = 100 trees. Adding the initial 50 trees, he has 100 + 50 = 150 trees. He chops down 2 trees/year * 10 years = 20 trees. So he has 150 - 20 = 130 trees. Then 30% of these trees die, so 130 * 0.30 = 39 trees die. Therefore, he has 130 - 39 = 91 trees left. The answer is {91}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the total trees planted, the total trees chopped down, the total before death, and finally applies the percentage death rate correctly to arrive at the final answer. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #130

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Smith has two farms, Farm X and Farm Y. He sold 10 goats from Farm X and twice as many goats from Farm Y. He has 55 goats in Farm X and 45 goats in Farm Y. How many goats are left in the two farms altogether? **Answer:** Mr. Smith sold twice as many goats from Farm Y as from Farm X, meaning he sold 10 * 2 = 20 goats from Farm Y. Currently, he has 55 goats in Farm X and 45 goats in Farm Y. Therefore, the total number of goats left in both farms is 55 + 45 = 100 goats. The answer is {100}.

Overall Quality: poor

The model correctly calculated the number of goats sold from Farm Y but failed to incorporate the sales into the final calculation, resulting in the initial total inventory instead of the remaining inventory.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

Therefore, the total number of goats left in both farms is 55 + 45 = 100 goats.

Explanation

The reasoning calculates the initial total number of goats (55 + 45 = 100) but fails to subtract the goats that were sold (10 from X and 20 from Y, totaling 30 sold). The question asks how many goats are LEFT.

Answer Span:

55 + 45 = 100 goats

Reference/Question Span:

How many goats are left in the two farms altogether?

Question #131

Clean

Full Question

John cuts down an 80-foot tree. He cuts it into 4-foot logs. He sells planks for $1.2 each. He can make logs out of 80% of the tree. From each of those logs, he cuts 5 planks. How much does he make?

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: John cuts down an 80-foot tree. He cuts it into 4-foot logs. He sells planks for $1.2 each. He can make logs out of 80% of the tree. From each of those logs, he cuts 5 planks. How much does he make? The tree is 80 feet tall and he can make logs from 80% of it, so he can use 80 * 0.80 = 64 feet of the tree. He cuts the usable portion into 4-foot logs, so he makes 64 / 4 = 16 logs. From each log, he makes 5 planks, so he makes 16 * 5 = 80 planks. He sells each plank for $1.2, so he makes 80 * 1.2 = $96. The answer is {96}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem steps and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #132

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Each muffaletta sandwich requires 1 pound each of meat and cheese and would serve 4 people. Tyson decided to make muffaletta sandwiches for the big game. The meat cost $7.00 per pound and the cheese cost $3.00 per pound. There would be 20 people in total watching the game. How much money would he spend on the meat and cheese to make enough sandwiches to serve 20 people? Tyson needs to make enough sandwiches to serve 20 people. Since each sandwich serves 4 people, he needs 20/4 = 5 sandwiches. Each sandwich requires 1 pound of meat, so for 5 sandwiches he needs 5 * 1 pound = 5 pounds of meat. The meat costs $7.00 per pound, so the total cost of meat is 5 pounds * $7.00/pound = $35.00. Each sandwich also requires 1 pound of cheese, so for 5 sandwiches he needs 5 * 1 pound = 5 pounds of cheese. The cheese costs $3.00 per pound, so the total cost of cheese is 5 pounds * $3.00/pound = $15.00. Therefore, Tyson will spend $35.00 + $15.00 = $50.00 on meat and cheese. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of sandwiches needed, the required amounts of meat and cheese, the cost for each ingredient, and the total cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #133

Cole hid 3 dozen eggs in the yard for the Easter egg hunt. Lamar finds 5 eggs. And Mei finds half as many as Charlie. Stacy finds twice as many as Lamar. Charlie finds 2 less than Stacy. How many ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Cole hid 3 dozen eggs in the yard for the Easter egg hunt. Lamar finds 5 eggs. And Mei finds half as many as Charlie. Stacy finds twice as many as Lamar. Charlie finds 2 less than Stacy. How many eggs are still hidden in the yard? Answer: First, we need to figure out how many eggs were hidden initially. A dozen contains 12 eggs, so 3 dozen eggs is 3 * 12 = 36 eggs. Next, let's determine how many eggs each person found. Lamar found 5 eggs. Stacy found twice as many as Lamar, meaning she found 2 * 5 = 10 eggs. Charlie found 2 less than Stacy, so he found 10 - 2 = 8 eggs. Mei found half as many as Charlie, meaning she found 8 / 2 = 4 eggs. In total, the number of eggs found is 5 + 10 + 8 + 4 = 27 eggs. Since there were 36 eggs initially and 27 were found, the number of eggs still hidden is 36 - 27 = 9 eggs. Therefore, the answer is {9}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial number of eggs, the number found by each person based on the dependencies, the total found, and the final remaining amount. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #134

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Each crayon weighs 1 ounce. Each pound is 16 ounces. Nik has 200 crayons. He wants to separate them into groups of 8 and put them into boxes. If he puts all of his crayons into boxes, what is the total weight, in pounds, of the crayons and the boxes, if each box weighs 8 ounces? Answer: Nik has 200 crayons and wants to put them into groups of 8. He needs 200/8 = 25 boxes. Since each crayon weighs 1 ounce, 200 crayons weigh 200 * 1 = 200 ounces. Since each box weighs 8 ounces, the 25 boxes weigh 25 * 8 = 200 ounces. The total weight of the crayons and boxes is 200 + 200 = 400 ounces. Since there are 16 ounces in a pound, the total weight in pounds is 400/16 = 25 pounds. The answer is {25}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of boxes, the total weight of the crayons, the total weight of the boxes, the combined total weight in ounces, and finally converts the total weight to pounds, arriving at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #135

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Roger goes to the store to buy some coffee. He decides to buy a week's worth of coffee and he uses 1 pound of coffee per day. The normal brand of coffee he buys costs $5 per pound. He had to buy a more expensive brand that cost 20% more since his favorite brand was sold out. He also decided to buy himself a donut for $2. How much did everything cost? **Answer:** Roger drinks 1 pound of coffee per day and buys enough for a week, so he buys 1 * 7 = 7 pounds of coffee. The more expensive coffee costs 20% more than the usual price of $5 per pound. This means the new price per pound is $5 * 1.20 = $6. Therefore, the coffee costs 7 pounds * $6/pound = $42. Adding the cost of the donut, $2, the total cost is $42 + $2 = $44. The answer is {44}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the amount of coffee needed, the increased price per pound, the total cost of the coffee, and the final total cost including the donut. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #136

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Krissa needs to order field trip shirts for her preschool students. Four less than the number of size small students need size medium. 11 students need size extra-small. Half as many students need size large as size medium. Six more students need size extra-large than large. Twice as many students need size small as extra small. Altogether, how many shirts did Krissa order? **Answer:** 1. **Size Small:** Twice as many students need size small as extra-small, and 11 students need extra-small. So, 11 * 2 = 22 students need size small. 2. **Size Medium:** Four less than the number of size small students need size medium. There are 22 small shirts, so 22 - 4 = 18 students need size medium. 3. **Size Large:** Half as many students need size large as size medium. There are 18 medium shirts, so 18 / 2 = 9 students need size large. 4. **Size Extra-Large:** Six more students need size extra-large than large. There are 9 large shirts, so 9 + 6 = 15 students need size extra-large. 5. **Total Shirts:** To find the total number of shirts Krissa ordered, we add the number of shirts needed in each size: 22 (small) + 18 (medium) + 9 (large) + 15 (extra-large) + 11 (extra-small) = 75 shirts. Therefore, Krissa ordered 75 shirts.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #137

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Colby loves going to the movies and already saw 5 movies on a Friday or Saturday, 8 movies on other days, had 2 tubs of popcorn, and four boxes of candy this month. Tickets for Fridays and Saturdays cost $10. Tickets for any other day cost $7. Popcorn costs $8 and boxes of candy cost $2. It is the last day of the month and it's a Friday. He wants to make sure he gets a popcorn and box of candy that night. How many movies can he see if every month his parents give him $150 to spend at the movies? **Answer:** First, let's calculate how much Colby has already spent this month. He saw 5 movies on Friday or Saturday at $10 each, costing him 5 * $10 = $50. He also saw 8 movies on other days at $7 each, costing him 8 * $7 = $56. He bought 2 tubs of popcorn at $8 each, costing him 2 * $8 = $16, and four boxes of candy at $2 each, costing him 4 * $2 = $8. In total, he has spent $50 + $56 + $16 + $8 = $130. His parents give him $150, and he's already spent $130, leaving him with $150 - $130 = $20. Since it's a Friday (last day of the month) and he wants popcorn and candy, he needs to set aside $8 + $2 = $10 for those. This leaves him $20 - $10 = $10 for movie tickets. Since Friday tickets cost $10, he can afford one more movie. Therefore, Colby can see 1 more movie on Friday.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the money already spent, determines the remaining budget, accounts for the required Friday purchases (popcorn and candy), and correctly calculates the number of additional movies Colby can see based on the remaining funds and ticket price.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #138

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Chad has a gift card for $5.00 that he uses at check out. He ordered a build-your-own burrito for lunch. He adds extra meat for $2.00, extra cheese for $1.00, avocado for $1.00 and 2 sauces for $0.25 each. He decides to upgrade his meal for an extra $3.00 which will add chips and a drink. How much does he still owe, if the base burrito is $6.50? The base burrito costs $6.50. The extra meat costs $2.00. The extra cheese costs $1.00. The avocado costs $1.00. The two sauces cost 2 * $0.25 = $0.50. The meal upgrade costs $3.00. The total cost of the burrito and additions is $6.50 + $2.00 + $1.00 + $1.00 + $0.50 + $3.00 = $14.00. Chad has a $5.00 gift card. Therefore, he still owes $14.00 - $5.00 = $9.00. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{9.00}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all costs, sums them up accurately to find the total cost ($14.00), and correctly subtracts the gift card amount ($5.00) to find the amount still owed ($9.00). All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #139

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tanya makes a salt scrub from salt, oil, fragrance, citrus zest, and sugar. She uses the same amount of citrus zest as fragrance and the same amount of salt as sugar. She makes enough to fill a 10-ounce jar each time. She uses twice as much oil as salt and twice as much salt as zest. How many ounces of oil does she use? Let's use variables: * Z = amount of zest * F = amount of fragrance * S = amount of salt * Su = amount of sugar * O = amount of oil From , we know Z = F. From , we know S = Su. From , we know S = 2Z. From , we know O = 2S. Since the total amount of ingredients is 10 ounces, we have Z + F + S + Su + O = 10. Substitute the known relationships: Z + Z + S + S + O = 10 2Z + 2S + O = 10 Now substitute S = 2Z: 2Z + 2(2Z) + O = 10 2Z + 4Z + O = 10 6Z + O = 10 Finally, substitute O = 2S = 2(2Z) = 4Z: 6Z + 4Z = 10 10Z = 10 Z = 1 Now, we can find the amount of oil: O = 4Z = 4 * 1 = 4 ounces {4}

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly sets up the system of equations based on the problem description and solves it accurately. All arithmetic steps are correct, and the logic flows perfectly to the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #140

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Artemis is potting flowers with her father. They buy a 30-pound bag of soil. Each rose needs 1 pound. Each Sunflower needs 3 pounds. Each carnation needs 1.5 pounds. If they plant 4 sunflowers and 10 carnations, how many roses can they plant? **Answer:** The sunflowers need 4 * 3 pounds/sunflower = 12 pounds of soil. The carnations need 10 * 1.5 pounds/carnation = 15 pounds of soil. Together, the sunflowers and carnations need 12 + 15 = 27 pounds of soil. They started with a 30-pound bag and used 27 pounds, leaving 30 - 27 = 3 pounds of soil. Since each rose needs 1 pound of soil, they can plant 3 / 1 = 3 roses. The answer is {3}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the soil used by sunflowers and carnations, determines the remaining soil, and accurately calculates the number of roses that can be planted based on the remaining soil and the requirement per rose. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #141

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A bus has a capacity of 200 people. Before its first stop, it had 20 people. On the first stop, 40 people entered the bus. On the second station, 3/4 of the total number of people who entered the bus at the first station entered the bus. If the number of passengers on the bus doubled at the third station, calculate the total number of people required to fill the remaining spaces on the bus. **Answer:** 1. **Passengers after the first stop:** Initially, there were 20 people on the bus. At the first stop, 40 people boarded. So, the total number of passengers became 20 + 40 = 60 people. 2. **Passengers after the second stop:** At the second stop, 3/4 of the 40 people who boarded at the first stop entered, which is (3/4) * 40 = 30 people. The total number of passengers became 60 + 30 = 90 people. 3. **Passengers after the third stop:** The number of passengers doubled at the third station. So, the total number of passengers became 90 * 2 = 180 people. 4. **Remaining spaces:** The bus has a capacity of 200 people. Currently, there are 180 people on board. Therefore, the number of people required to fill the remaining spaces is 200 - 180 = 20 people. This addresses the question of how many more people are needed to fill the bus. The answer is {20}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps described in the problem statement, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #142

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Sasha and Julie are best friends playing on opposing basketball teams. The teams have two practice games scheduled. In the first game, Sasha had the home court advantage and scored 14 points. Sasha always struggles during away games and their second match was at Julie's home court. Sasha scored 6 fewer points in the second game than Julie's score in the first game. Julie scored 4 fewer points than Sasha in the first game. How many total points did Sasha score during both games? **Answer:** In the first game, Sasha scored 14 points. Julie scored 4 fewer points than Sasha in the first game (), meaning Julie scored 14 - 4 = 10 points in the first game. Sasha scored 6 fewer points in the second game than Julie's score in the first game (), meaning Sasha scored 10 - 6 = 4 points in the second game. Therefore, Sasha scored a total of 14 + 4 = 18 points in both games. The answer is {18}.

Overall Quality: unknown

Failed to parse: Extra data: line 18 column 3 (char 8410)

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #144

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

251

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Kayla is having her birthday party at a movie theater. Kayla invited her 25 classmates and the 7 girls in her dance class, as well as 13 family members. Only 4 people said they could not come. The fee to rent the theater is $125 for a party of 20, plus $6 for each additional guest. How much will the party cost? Answer: Kayla invited a total of 25 + 7 + 13 = 45 people. Since 4 people could not come, 45 - 4 = 41 people will attend the party. The base cost for 20 people is $125. There are 41 - 20 = 21 additional guests. The cost for the additional guests is 21 * $6 = $126. Therefore, the total cost of the party is $125 + $126 = $251. The answer is {251}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of attendees, determines the number of additional guests beyond the base 20, calculates the cost for those additional guests, and sums the base cost and additional cost to arrive at the correct total cost.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #145

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Sasha has leftover lumber and decides to sell it. Prices for lumber have gone up 50%. She has ten 2 x 4 x 10 boards that cost her $10 each. She also has five 4 x 4 x 10 boards she bought for $16 each. If she sells them all, how much profit does she make? Answer: The cost of the 2 x 4 x 10 boards was 10 boards * $10/board = $100. The cost of the 4 x 4 x 10 boards was 5 boards * $16/board = $80. Her total initial cost was $100 + $80 = $180. Since the price of lumber went up by 50%, she sells the 2 x 4 x 10 boards for $10 * 1.5 = $15 each. So, she makes 10 boards * $15/board = $150. She sells the 4 x 4 x 10 boards for $16 * 1.5 = $24 each. So, she makes 5 boards * $24/board = $120. Her total earnings are $150 + $120 = $270. Her profit is $270 - $180 = $90. The answer is {90}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial cost, the new selling prices based on a 50% increase, the total revenue, and finally the profit by subtracting the cost from the revenue. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #146

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Crista's plants need to be watered every day. 8 plants need 1 cup of water. She has 20 plants. 4 of her plants need half of a cup of water. The rest need a quarter of a cup of water. How many cups of water does Crista need every day for her plants? 8 plants need 1 cup of water each, which means those plants require 8 * 1 = 8 cups of water. Crista has a total of 20 plants. 4 plants need half a cup of water, so they require 4 * 0.5 = 2 cups of water. The remaining plants are 20 - 8 - 4 = 8 plants. These 8 plants need a quarter of a cup of water each, so they need 8 * 0.25 = 2 cups of water. In total, Crista needs 8 + 2 + 2 = 12 cups of water every day. The answer is {12}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #148

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Caroline has 4 children. The second child is two inches taller than the first child. The first child is 6 feet tall. The third child is 5 inches shorter than the second child. And the fourth child is three inches taller than the third child. How tall is the fourth child, in inches? The first child is 6 feet tall, which is 6 * 12 = 72 inches. The second child is 2 inches taller than the first child, so the second child is 72 + 2 = 74 inches tall. The third child is 5 inches shorter than the second child, so the third child is 74 - 5 = 69 inches tall. The fourth child is 3 inches taller than the third child, so the fourth child is 69 + 3 = 72 inches tall. The fourth child is 72 inches tall.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly converts the initial height to inches and then sequentially calculates the heights of the second, third, and fourth children, arriving at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #149

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A mechanic charges different rates to repair the tires of trucks and cars. On Friday, the mechanic repairs 12 car tries and doesn't repair any truck tires. For each truck tire that is repaired, the mechanic will charge $60 and for each car tire that is repaired, the mechanic will charge $40. On Thursday, the mechanic repairs 6 truck tires and 4 car tires. How much more revenue did the mechanic earn on the day with higher revenue? On Friday, the mechanic repaired 12 car tires and earned 12 * $40 = $480. On Thursday, the mechanic repaired 6 truck tires and earned 6 * $60 = $360, and 4 car tires and earned 4 * $40 = $160. So, on Thursday, the total earnings were $360 + $160 = $520. Since $520 > $480, Thursday was the day with higher revenue. The difference in revenue is $520 - $480 = $40. The answer is {40}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the revenue for Friday and Thursday, identifies the higher revenue day, and accurately computes the difference, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #151

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

131250

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Marcel runs a bicycle store. His main products are three types of bikes: MTB, BMX, and Trekking. In one month, Marcel sold a total of 300 bikes among the types listed. Half of them were Trekking bikes, and 15% were BMX bikes. The rest of the sold bikes were MTB type. The price of one MTB is $500, BMX is half the price of an MTB, and a Trekking bike is $450. How much did Marcel earn from selling bicycles during that month? Marcel sold 300 bikes in total. Trekking bikes sold: 300 * 0.5 = 150 bikes. BMX bikes sold: 300 * 0.15 = 45 bikes. MTB bikes sold: 300 - 150 - 45 = 105 bikes. Earnings from MTB bikes: 105 bikes * $500/bike = $52,500 Earnings from BMX bikes: 45 bikes * ($500/bike * 0.5) = $11,250 Earnings from Trekking bikes: 150 bikes * $450/bike = $67,500 Total earnings: $52,500 + $11,250 + $67,500 = $131,250 The answer is {131250}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the number of each bike type sold, determines the price for each type, calculates the earnings for each type, and sums them up correctly to reach the final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #152

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Dean's mother gave him $28 to go to the toy store. Each toy car cost $2 and each teddy bear cost $1. Dean bought 6 toy cars and 5 teddy bears. His mother then feels generous and decides to give him an extra $10. How much money does Dean have left? **Answer:** Dean spent 6 * $2 = $12 on toy cars. He also spent 5 * $1 = $5 on teddy bears. In total, Dean spent $12 + $5 = $17 at the toy store. He started with $28 and spent $17, leaving him with $28 - $17 = $11. His mother then gave him an additional $10. Therefore, Dean has $11 + $10 = $21 left. The answer is {21}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total spending, subtracts it from the initial amount, and adds the extra money received, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #153

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

390

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Ali is a superstar counter. His friend Izzy is also a really good counter and has 5 less medals than Ali. Ali has won 22 medals for counting super fast. Together they have 10 times less medals than have been given out for counting. How many medals have been given out for counting? Izzy has 22 - 5 = 17 medals. Together, Ali and Izzy have 22 + 17 = 39 medals. Since they have 10 times less medals than the total number given out, the total number of medals given out is 39 * 10 = 390 medals. The answer is {390}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all necessary arithmetic operations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #154

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A certain company is in the business of selling fresh fruit. The price for such a crate depends on the price of its individual fruits. One crate of such fruit consists of 5 bananas, 12 apples, and 7 oranges. Oranges are the most expensive and cost three times as much as a banana per piece. One apple costs $0.5 and one banana costs twice as much. What would be the price for such a crate of fruit? **Answer:** The price of one apple is $0.5. A banana costs twice as much as an apple, meaning one banana costs $0.5 * 2 = $1 (given). An orange costs three times as much as a banana (given), so one orange costs $1 * 3 = $3. A crate consists of 5 bananas, so the cost of bananas in a crate is 5 * $1 = $5. There are 12 apples in a crate, costing 12 * $0.5 = $6. Finally, the 7 oranges cost 7 * $3 = $21. Therefore, the total price of a crate is $5 + $6 + $21 = $32.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints provided in the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #156

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** As Sally entered school, she found 8 blue balloons caught in a tree, and she added 75% of them to her remaining clutch of balloons, which she carried into the school. Previously, when she started walking to school, she was holding the strings to 25 red balloons, 7 green balloons, and 12 yellow balloons. At this time, a gust of wind caused 40% of the red balloons to burst. The shockingly loud sound startled Sally, and she accidentally released half of the yellow balloons. What number of balloons did she finally carry into the school? **Answer:** 1. **Blue balloons added:** Sally added 75% of 8 blue balloons which is (8 * 0.75) = 6 blue balloons. 2. **Red balloons remaining:** 40% of the 25 red balloons burst, meaning (25 * 0.40) = 10 balloons burst. This leaves 25 - 10 = 15 red balloons. 3. **Yellow balloons remaining:** Sally released half of her 12 yellow balloons, meaning she lost 12 / 2 = 6 yellow balloons. This leaves her with 12 - 6 = 6 yellow balloons. 4. **Total balloons carried into school:** Sally carried 15 red + 7 green + 6 yellow + 6 blue = 34 balloons into the school. The answer is {34}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the remaining number of each color of balloon and sums them up to reach the correct final answer of 34. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #157

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: There are 6 periods in the day for a normal student. Each class is 40 minutes long. He goes to class for 5 days a week. He then spends 1/16 of his weekly minutes each on Saturday and Sunday as extra learning time. How many hours a week does he spend learning, if John has to take 2 extra classes a day? Answer: A normal student has 6 periods a day, but John takes 2 extra classes, so he has 6 + 2 = 8 classes per day. Each class is 40 minutes long, so he spends 8 * 40 = 320 minutes per day in class. He goes to class for 5 days a week, meaning he spends 320 * 5 = 1600 minutes in class each week. This is his weekly class time. To calculate his weekend learning time, we need to find his weekly class time in minutes, which we calculated as 1600 minutes. He spends 1/16 of this time each on Saturday and Sunday, so he spends (1/16) * 1600 = 100 minutes each day of the weekend studying. Since there are two weekend days (Saturday and Sunday), he spends 100 * 2 = 200 minutes studying on the weekends. His total weekly learning time is the sum of his weekday class time and weekend study time: 1600 + 200 = 1800 minutes. The question asks for the answer in hours. Since there are 60 minutes in an hour, his total weekly learning time is 1800 / 60 = 30 hours. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{30}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, performs all calculations accurately, and arrives at the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #158

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Max bought stamps at the post office. Some of the stamps had a snowflake design, some had a truck design, and some had a rose design. He bought 3 more truck stamps than snowflake stamps, and 9 fewer rose stamps than truck stamps. Max bought 16 snowflake stamps. How many stamps did Max buy in all? Answer: Max bought 16 snowflake stamps. He bought 3 more truck stamps than snowflake stamps, so he bought 16 + 3 = 19 truck stamps. He bought 9 fewer rose stamps than truck stamps, so he bought 19 - 9 = 10 rose stamps. In total, Max bought 16 + 19 + 10 = 45 stamps. The answer is {45}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately to arrive at the correct total.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #159

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Bert gives six tests each semester. Brinley is in Mr. Bert's math class. Mr. Bert allows the students to remove the lowest score from the average each semester. If Brinley has scores of 89, 71, 92, 100 and 86 on the first five tests, what score does she need on the sixth test to get an average of 93? **Answer:** Brinley's lowest score on her first five tests is 71. Since Mr. Bert drops the lowest score, we remove the 71 from consideration. The sum of her remaining four scores is 89 + 92 + 100 + 86 = 367. To achieve an average of 93 over five tests (after the lowest is dropped), the sum of those five scores must be 93 * 5 = 465. Let 'x' be the score Brinley needs on her sixth test. Since we already know the sum of her four highest scores is 367, we can set up the equation: 367 + x = 465. Solving for x, we get x = 465 - 367 = 98. Therefore, Brinley needs a score of 98 on her sixth test to have an average of 93. The answer is {98}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the lowest score to drop, calculates the required total sum for the remaining five tests, sets up the equation correctly, and solves for the unknown score accurately. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #160

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A nurses' station orders bandages in bulk packs of 50. On the third day, they ordered two bulk packs of bandages and only used half a pack. On the second day, they used ten fewer bandages compared to the first day. On the first day, the nurses used 38 bandages and ordered one bulk pack of bandages. They had 78 bandages left at the end of the third day. How many bandages did they start with on the first day? Answer: Here's how we can figure out how many bandages the nurses started with on the first day: 1. **Third Day Calculations:** * They ordered two bulk packs, adding 2 * 50 = 100 bandages. * They used half a pack, meaning they used 50 / 2 = 25 bandages. 2. **Second Day Calculations:** * They used ten fewer bandages than the first day, so they used 38 - 10 = 28 bandages. 3. **First Day Calculations:** * They used 38 bandages. * They ordered one bulk pack, adding 50 bandages. 4. **Working Backwards:** * At the end of the third day, they had 78 bandages. * Before using half a pack on the third day, they had 78 + 25 = 103 bandages. * Before ordering two bulk packs on the third day, they had 103 - 100 = 3 bandages. * This means they had 3 bandages at the end of the second day. * Before using 28 bandages on the second day, they had 3 + 28 = 31 bandages. * This means they had 31 bandages at the end of the first day. * Before using 38 bandages and ordering a bulk pack on the first day, they had 31 - 50 + 38 = 19 bandages. Therefore, the nurses started with 19 bandages on the first day. The answer is {19}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all intermediate steps and successfully works backward from the final inventory to determine the starting amount. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem constraints.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #161

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

43500

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Bill is ordering a new truck. The base price of the truck is $30,000, and any other features are at extra cost. He has decided to purchase a two-ton truck with several added features: a king cab upgrade, a towing package, leather seats, running boards, and the upgraded exterior light package. The king cab is an extra $7,500, leather seats are one-third the cost of the king cab upgrade, running boards are $500 less than the leather seats, and the upgraded exterior light package is $1500. What is the total cost of Bill's new truck, in dollars? The base price of the truck is $30,000. The king cab upgrade costs $7,500. The leather seats cost one-third of the king cab cost, which is $7,500/3 = $2,500. The running boards cost $500 less than the leather seats, which is $2,500 - $500 = $2,000. The upgraded exterior light package costs $1,500. The question does not give the cost of the towing package, so we assume it is included with one of the above upgrades. Total cost = $30,000 + $7,500 + $2,500 + $2,000 + $1,500 = $43,500. The answer is {43500}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of each feature based on the provided information and sums them up with the base price to reach the correct total cost. The assumption regarding the towing package is reasonable given the lack of specific cost information for it, and the final sum is arithmetically correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #162

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Steve and Tim decide to see who can get home from school the fastest. Steve lives further away than Tim, so he is allowed to ride his bike. Tim lives 2 miles away from the school. Steve lives 3 miles from the school and can bike at 440 feet per minute. If Tim can ride his skateboard at 264 feet per minute, how long will the winner be waiting at their house before the loser finishes the race? **Answer:** First, we need to convert the distances from miles to feet. Since there are 5280 feet in a mile, Tim's distance is 2 miles * 5280 feet/mile = 10560 feet. Steve's distance is 3 miles * 5280 feet/mile = 15840 feet. Next, we calculate the time it takes each person to get home. Tim's time is 10560 feet / 264 feet/minute = 40 minutes. Steve's time is 15840 feet / 440 feet/minute = 36 minutes. Since Steve takes less time (36 minutes) than Tim (40 minutes), Steve wins. The difference in their times is 40 minutes - 36 minutes = 4 minutes. Therefore, Steve will be waiting at his house for 4 minutes before Tim arrives. The answer is {4}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly converts units, calculates the time taken for both individuals, identifies the winner, and finds the time difference, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #163

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: It takes Julia sixteen seconds to row twenty feet. Julia's boat sprang a leak while she was out on the lake. The boat was taking on two liters of water for every ten feet she rowed back towards shore. The shore was 64 seconds away. How much water had the boat taken on by the time Julia reached shore? Answer: Julia rows 20 feet every 16 seconds (). Since the shore is 64 seconds away (), she rowed for 64/16 = 4 intervals of 16 seconds. In each of these intervals, she covered 20 feet. Therefore, the total distance she rowed was 4 * 20 = 80 feet. Since the boat takes on 2 liters of water every 10 feet (), and she rowed 80 feet, the boat took on 80/10 * 2 = 16 liters of water. The answer is {16}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total time spent rowing, determines the total distance covered based on the time, and then accurately calculates the total water taken on using the given rate. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #164

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

2800

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Gissela, Gordy, and Gary are truck drivers. Gissela has a truck large enough to haul 4,000 pounds of gravel. When Gary brings his truck and joins Gissela and Gordy, the three trucks combined can haul a total of 11,600 pounds of gravel. Gordy's truck can haul 800 pounds more than Gissela's truck. How many pounds of gravel can Gary's truck carry? Gordy's truck can haul 4,000 + 800 = 4,800 pounds of gravel. Together, Gissela and Gordy can haul 4,000 + 4,800 = 8,800 pounds. Since all three can haul 11,600 pounds, Gary's truck can carry 11,600 - 8,800 = 2,800 pounds of gravel. The answer is {2800}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the known values, calculates Gordy's capacity, sums Gissela's and Gordy's capacities, and subtracts this sum from the total capacity to find Gary's capacity. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #165

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: A pirate crew is digging for buried treasure on the island marked X on a map. The island had four times as many holes at the end of the fourth day as it did at the end of the first day. They dug ten holes the first day, thirteen holes the second day, and eight holes the third day. On the fourth day of digging, they unearthed a treasure chest full of gold, jewels, and an aged hat. They stopped digging early on the third day to fill in two holes the pirates kept falling in. How many holes did the pirates dig on the fourth day before finding the treasure? Answer: At the end of the first day, there were 10 holes. By the end of the fourth day, there were four times this many, or 10 * 4 = 40 holes. On the second day they dug 13 holes and on the third day they dug 8 holes but filled 2 in, for a net gain of 8 - 2 = 6 holes on the third day. So, by the end of the third day, they had dug 10 + 13 + 6 = 29 holes. To reach the total of 40 holes by the end of the fourth day, they must have dug 40 - 29 = 11 holes on the fourth day. The answer is {11}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all constraints of the problem and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #166

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mr. Robles' first monkey eats 10 bananas each day. Mr. Robles buys 315 bananas, which is enough to feed his three monkeys for a week (7 days). The second monkey eats 4 more bananas than the first monkey, and the third monkey eats the rest of the bananas for the day. How many bananas does the third monkey eat each day? **Answer:** The first monkey eats 10 bananas a day. The second monkey eats 10 + 4 = 14 bananas a day. Together, the first two monkeys eat 10 + 14 = 24 bananas a day. Over a week (7 days), the three monkeys eat a total of 315 bananas. So, in one day, the three monkeys eat 315 / 7 = 45 bananas. Since the first two monkeys eat 24 bananas, the third monkey eats 45 - 24 = 21 bananas each day. The answer is {21}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the daily consumption for the first two monkeys, correctly determines the total daily consumption based on the weekly total, and correctly finds the third monkey's consumption by subtraction. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #167

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

138

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Sean is practicing for his role in a theater production. He has to memorize his lines for two scenes and the lyrics to one solo song. His solo song has 54 lines in the lyrics. The second scene has six more lines than the song, and four-fifths of them are his. The first scene has twice the number of lines compared to the song, but only a third of them are his lines. How many lines does Sean have to memorize? **Answer:** 1. **Song Lines:** Sean has to memorize all the lyrics of his solo, which consists of 54 lines. 2. **Second Scene Lines:** The second scene has 54 + 6 = 60 lines in total. Sean's part in the second scene comprises four-fifths of the lines, meaning he has to memorize (4/5) * 60 = 48 lines. 3. **First Scene Lines:** The first scene has twice the number of lines in the song, which is 2 * 54 = 108 lines in total. Sean's lines are one-third of the total, so he has to memorize (1/3) * 108 = 36 lines. 4. **Total Lines:** In total, Sean needs to memorize 54 (song) + 48 (second scene) + 36 (first scene) = 138 lines. The answer is {138}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets all parts of the problem and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #168

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Russell works at a pet store and is distributing straw among the rodents. There are 10 cages of hamsters that are kept alone and each hamster is given 5 pieces of straw. The rats are kept in 3 cages in equal groups and each rat is given 6 pieces of straw. There is also a pen of rabbits where 20 pieces of straw are distributed among the rabbits. No straw is used anywhere else in the store. If 160 pieces of straw have been distributed among the small rodents, how many rats are in each cage? Answer: The hamsters used 10 cages * 5 pieces of straw per hamster = 50 pieces of straw. The rabbits used 20 pieces of straw. This means that 160 - 50 - 20 = 90 pieces of straw were used for the rats. Since each rat gets 6 pieces of straw, there are 90 / 6 = 15 rats in total. Because the rats are divided equally among 3 cages, there are 15 / 3 = 5 rats per cage. The answer is {5}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the straw usage for hamsters and rabbits, calculates the remaining straw for rats, determines the total number of rats, and finally calculates the number of rats per cage. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement precisely.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #169

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

450

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Grandpa loves to eat jelly beans, but how many jelly beans he can eat depends on the size of the beans. It takes 75 large jelly beans to fill Grandpa up. And eating 3 small beans is the same as eating 1 medium-sized bean. He can eat twice as many medium-sized beans as large beans. How many small beans can Grandpa eat? Answer: Grandpa can eat twice as many medium-sized beans as large jelly beans, and it takes 75 large jelly beans to fill him up. So, he can eat 75 * 2 = 150 medium-sized beans. Since 3 small beans are equivalent to 1 medium-sized bean, Grandpa can eat 150 * 3 = 450 small beans. The answer is {450}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #170

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

120

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Erika is saving for a new laptop. Her mom agrees to give her $80 to help her. The sales assistant told Erika that if she traded in her old laptop, the price of the new one would be reduced by $200. She thinks this is a good deal and agrees to do it. She already has some savings in her purse, and has also been paid $150 this week for her part-time job. The laptop Erika wants costs $600. If Erika now only needs an extra $50 to buy the laptop, how much money does she have in her purse? Answer: Here's how to figure out how much money Erika has in her purse: 1. **Calculate the effective price of the laptop:** The original price is $600, but with the trade-in, it's reduced by $200. So, the effective price is $600 - $200 = $400. 2. **Calculate the total amount Erika needs:** Since she needs an extra $50, she must have $400 - $50 = $350. 3. **Calculate the money Erika has from sources other than her purse:** This includes her mom's contribution of $80 and her paycheck of $150, totaling $80 + $150 = $230. 4. **Calculate the money in Erika's purse:** Subtract the money Erika has from other sources from the total she needs: $350 - $230 = $120. Therefore, Erika has $120 in her purse. The answer is {120}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the necessary steps to solve the problem. All arithmetic calculations are correct, and the logic used to determine the required amount from the purse is sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #171

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

750

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Rani is obsessed with sports cars. She wonders what the fastest car ever made can go so she looks it up. The average car can go 120 Miles per hour. What she finds out is that the fastest car was 1.25 times faster than the 2nd fastest car. The 2nd fastest car was 5 times faster than the average car. How fast does the faster car go? **Answer:** The second fastest car goes 5 times the speed of an average car. An average car goes 120 mph. Therefore, the second fastest car can go 5 * 120 mph = 600 mph. The fastest car is 1.25 times faster than the second fastest car. So, the fastest car can go 1.25 * 600 mph = 750 mph. The answer is {750}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the steps needed: first calculating the speed of the second fastest car, and then using that result to calculate the speed of the fastest car. All arithmetic operations performed are correct (5 * 120 = 600 and 1.25 * 600 = 750). The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #172

James gets a job selling used cars. He gets a 10% commission on the profits. He sold 10 cars that cost $25,000 each. The company paid 30% of the price to acquire the cars. How much did he make?

Clean

Full Question

James gets a job selling used cars. He gets a 10% commission on the profits. He sold 10 cars that cost $25,000 each. The company paid 30% of the price to acquire the cars. How much did he make?

Ground Truth Answer

17500

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** James gets a job selling used cars. He gets a 10% commission on the profits. He sold 10 cars that cost $25,000 each. The company paid 30% of the price to acquire the cars. How much did he make? **Answer:** 1. **Calculate the total revenue:** James sold 10 cars at $25,000 each, so the total revenue was 10 * $25,000 = $250,000. 2. **Calculate the company's cost:** The company paid 30% of the price to acquire each car, so the cost per car was 0.30 * $25,000 = $7,500. The total cost for 10 cars is 10 * $7,500 = $75,000. 3. **Calculate the profit:** The profit is the total revenue minus the total cost: $250,000 - $75,000 = $175,000. 4. **Calculate James's commission:** James earns a 10% commission on the profit, so he made 0.10 * $175,000 = $17,500. Therefore, James made $17,500.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem, calculates the total revenue, the total cost based on the acquisition percentage, the total profit, and finally calculates James's 10% commission on that profit. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #173

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Finley took part in a 100-meter race. At the end, she jumped ahead 1 spot to finish the race. She started off in first, but then fell back 5 spots. She then moved ahead 2 spots, before falling behind 3 spots. What place did she finish in? Answer:Finley began the race in first place (1st). She then fell back five spots, which put her in 1 + 5 = 6th place. She then moved ahead 2 spots, putting her in 6 - 2 = 4th place. Finally, she fell behind 3 spots, landing her in 4 + 3 = 7th place. Then she jumped ahead 1 spot. 7 - 1 = 6. Finley finished the race in 6th place. The answer is {6}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly tracks Finley's position through the race using appropriate arithmetic operations (addition for falling back/behind, subtraction for moving ahead/jumping ahead). The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #174

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Jello is currently on sale for $1.25. A three-ounce box of flavored jello makes 10 small jello cups. Greg wants to make small jello cups for his son's outdoor birthday party. There will be 30 kids and he wants to have enough so that each kid can have 4 jello cups. How much will he spend on jello? Greg needs 30 kids * 4 cups/kid = 120 cups of jello. Since each box makes 10 cups, he will need 120 cups / 10 cups/box = 12 boxes of jello. The total cost will be 12 boxes * $1.25/box = $15. The answer is {15}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total number of cups needed, the number of boxes required, and the final cost. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #175

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

273

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: There are 364 yards in a skein of yarn. Mariah's grandma used 1/2 of a skein of yarn. Mariah's grandma was teaching Mariah to knit. Mariah used 1/4 of a skein of yarn. How many yards of yarn did they use altogether? Answer: Grandma used 1/2 of 364 yards, which is 364 * 1/2 = 182 yards. Mariah used 1/4 of 364 yards, which is 364 * 1/4 = 91 yards. Altogether they used 182 + 91 = 273 yards. The answer is {273}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the yarn used by each person based on the fractions of the skein and then correctly sums these amounts to find the total yards used. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #176

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Amalia, Megan, and Dior divided the home chores so that each person had something to do while the others were working. Dior's work was to do laundry and she took well over 4 hours longer than the time Amalia took to mow the lawn. Megan had to walk the dog and this took her 2 hours longer than Amalia to complete her chore. Amalia's work was to mow the lawn, which took her 4 hours. Calculate the total time they all took to do their chores altogether. **Answer:** Amalia took 4 hours to mow the lawn. Megan took 4 hours + 2 hours = 6 hours to walk the dog. Dior took 4 hours + well over 4 hours to do the laundry. Since Dior took *well over* 4 hours longer than Amalia's 4 hours, we know Dior's time was over 8 hours. However, to find the *total* time, we only have a minimum time for Dior. We know the total time is *at least* 4 + 6 + 8 = 18 hours. So the answer is {>18}.

Overall Quality: fair

The model correctly calculates the times for Amalia (4h) and Megan (6h). It correctly identifies that Dior's time is greater than 8 hours. However, it fails to provide the specific numerical answer (18) that results from using the minimum boundary (8 hours for Dior), instead concluding the answer is '>18', which is a logical failure given the context of the problem expecting a single numerical result.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error high

Statement

So the answer is {>18}.

Explanation

The problem asks to calculate the total time, implying a specific numerical answer is expected based on the given information. While Dior's time is described as 'well over 4 hours longer' than Amalia's 4 hours (meaning Dior > 8 hours), the problem structure strongly suggests that the phrase 'well over 4 hours longer' should be interpreted as exactly 4 hours longer, or that the intended answer relies on using the minimum boundary (8 hours for Dior) to arrive at a specific total time, especially since the ground truth is a specific number (18). By concluding the answer is '>18', the model fails to provide the specific numerical answer implied by the context and the ground truth.

Answer Span:

So the answer is {>18}.

Reference/Question Span:

Calculate the total time they all took to do their chores altogether.

Question #177

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A shop sells school supplies. Daniel is an engineering student, and he wants to buy five notebooks, two pens, one calculator, and one geometry set. The shop gives a 10% discount on all the purchased items. One notebook is sold at $1.50 each, a pen at $0.25 each, a calculator at $12 each, and a geometry set at $10. How much does Daniel have to spend on all the items he wants to buy? **Answer:** Cost of five notebooks: 5 * $1.50 = $7.50 Cost of two pens: 2 * $0.25 = $0.50 Cost of one calculator: 1 * $12 = $12.00 Cost of one geometry set: 1 * $10 = $10.00 Total cost before discount: $7.50 + $0.50 + $12.00 + $10.00 = $30.00 Discount amount: 10% of $30.00 = 0.10 * $30.00 = $3.00 Final cost after discount: $30.00 - $3.00 = $27.00 Therefore, Daniel has to spend $27.00 on all the items he wants to buy.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of each item, sums them up, calculates the 10% discount accurately, and subtracts the discount to arrive at the correct final price. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #178

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Annabelle's first job, where she earns $10 per hour, pays her for 20 hours of work. She already has $80 in her savings. She is saving for a phone that costs $400. She is also paid for 15 hours of work at her second job, where she earns $5 an hour. In dollars, how much money does Annabelle still need to save? From her first job, Annabelle earns $10 per hour * 20 hours = $200. From her second job, she earns $5 an hour * 15 hours = $75. In total, she has $200 + $75 + $80 (savings) = $355. She needs $400 for the phone, so she still needs $400 - $355 = $45. The answer is {45}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates earnings from both jobs, sums them with existing savings, and subtracts the total from the cost of the phone to find the remaining amount needed. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #179

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Lucy sells apples from her orchard at $4 per piece. On Monday, she sold all the apples picked. Come Wednesday, Lucy picked double the number of apples she did the previous day. On Tuesday, she picked 12 apples. If Lucy got $56 from selling the apples picked on Monday, how many apples did she pick over the three days? Answer: Lucy sold the apples for $4 per apple and earned $56 on Monday. This means she sold 56/4 = 14 apples on Monday. On Wednesday, she picked double the number of apples she picked on Tuesday, which means she picked 2 * 12 = 24 apples. Over the three days, she picked 14 + 12 + 24 = 50 apples. The answer is {50}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem constraints and performs all necessary calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #180

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Harry is 5 kg less than Christian's weight. Carl's weight is 16 kg more than Martin's weight. Christian's weight is 8 kg more than Carl's weight. Martin's weight is 55 kg. What is the weight of Harry, in kg? Martin's weight is 55 kg. Carl's weight is 55 + 16 = 71 kg. Christian's weight is 71 + 8 = 79 kg. Harry's weight is 79 - 5 = 74 kg. The answer is {74}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the steps derived from the problem statement and all arithmetic calculations are accurate.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #181

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Jane planted a beanstalk in her backyard. It doubled in height the second week. It grew another 4 inches in the third week. After the first week, it was 3 inches tall. How tall was the beanstalk after 3 weeks? Answer: The beanstalk was 3 inches tall after the first week. It doubled its height in the second week, so it grew to 3 * 2 = 6 inches. It then grew another 4 inches in the third week, so its final height was 6 + 4 = 10 inches. The answer is {10}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly follows the steps described in the problem: starting height after week 1, doubling for week 2, and adding 4 inches for week 3. All calculations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #182

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mary is an avid gardener. Yesterday, she received 18 new potted plants from her favorite plant nursery. Feeling generous, she has decided that she will give 1 potted plant from each ledge to friends and family tomorrow. She already has 2 potted plants on each of the 40 window ledges of her large country home. How many potted plants will Mary remain with? Answer: Mary initially had 2 * 40 = 80 potted plants. With the new plants, she has 80 + 18 = 98 plants. After giving away 1 plant from each of the 40 ledges, she will have 98 - 40 = 58 plants remaining. The answer is {58}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the initial number of plants, adds the new plants, and subtracts the plants given away, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #183

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** There are 100 plants in Mrs. Smith's garden. Among those that are not indoor plants, two-thirds of them are outdoor plants while the rest are flowering plants. One-fourth of her plants are indoor plants. What percent of the plants are flowering plants? **Answer:** 1. **Indoor Plants:** One-fourth (1/4) of the 100 plants are indoor plants. This means there are (1/4) * 100 = 25 indoor plants (indoor plants). 2. **Non-Indoor Plants:** Since there are 100 total plants and 25 indoor plants, there are 100 - 25 = 75 non-indoor plants. 3. **Outdoor Plants:** Two-thirds (2/3) of the non-indoor plants are outdoor plants. This means there are (2/3) * 75 = 50 outdoor plants. 4. **Flowering Plants:** The remaining non-indoor plants are flowering plants (the rest are flowering plants). Since there are 75 non-indoor plants and 50 are outdoor plants, there are 75 - 50 = 25 flowering plants (flowering plants). 5. **Percentage of Flowering Plants:** To find the percentage of flowering plants, we divide the number of flowering plants (25) by the total number of plants (100) and multiply by 100%: (25 / 100) * 100% = 25%. Therefore, 25% of the plants are flowering plants.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #184

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

324

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Angela has 6 mirrors and 2 chandeliers and 20 pictures that she needs installed/hung. An interior design firm offers installation for $129.00. It includes hanging 4 mirrors, 2 shelves, 1 chandelier, and 10 pictures. They will install additional items for an extra $15.00 per item. How much will this cost her? **Answer:** The base installation package covers 4 mirrors, 1 chandelier, and 10 pictures. Angela needs 6 mirrors so she needs 2 more than the package (6 - 4 = 2). She needs 2 chandeliers, meaning she needs 1 more (2 - 1 = 1). Finally, she has 20 pictures and the package covers 10, meaning she needs 10 more (20 - 10 = 10). In total, she needs 2 + 1 + 10 = 13 additional items installed beyond the base package. At a cost of $15.00 per item, these extra installations will cost 13 * $15 = $195. Adding the base package price of $129.00 to the additional item cost, the total cost will be $129 + $195 = $324. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{324}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the items included in the base package, calculates the number of additional items needed for mirrors, chandeliers, and pictures, sums these additional items, calculates the cost for the additional items, and correctly adds this to the base cost to find the total. All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #185

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

3160

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Tom has 4 bedrooms in his house. The living room is 5 times bigger than one bedroom. The rest of the house is 1000 square feet. The bedrooms measure 20 by 12 feet each. What is the total area, in square feet, of the house? **Answer:** First, we calculate the area of a single bedroom: 20 feet * 12 feet = 240 square feet. Since Tom has 4 bedrooms, the total area of the bedrooms is 4 * 240 square feet = 960 square feet. The living room is 5 times bigger than one bedroom, so its area is 5 * 240 square feet = 1200 square feet. The rest of the house is 1000 square feet. Finally, to find the total area of the house, we add the areas of the bedrooms, living room, and the rest of the house: 960 square feet + 1200 square feet + 1000 square feet = 3160 square feet. Therefore, the total area of the house is {3160}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the area of one bedroom, the total area of the bedrooms, the area of the living room, and sums these components along with the remaining area to find the total house area. All arithmetic operations are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #186

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

1110

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Tim decides to light off some fireworks for the fourth of July. He buys a package of fireworks worth $400 and another pack worth twice that much. He gets a 20% discount on them. He also buys a finale firework that costs $150. How much did he spend in total? Answer: The first pack costs $400. The second pack costs twice as much as the first, so it costs 400 * 2 = $800. Together, the two packs cost 400 + 800 = $1200. He gets a 20% discount, meaning he saves 1200 * 0.20 = $240. The price after the discount is 1200 - 240 = $960. Adding the cost of the finale firework, the total spent is 960 + 150 = $1110. The answer is {1110}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps required by the problem. All arithmetic calculations are correct, and the logic applied (calculating the cost of the second pack, summing them, applying the discount, and adding the final item) is sound.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #187

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

150

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** John is a dean of a public school. John has two classes in his school. Each class has 1/8 the capacity of Ali's class. Ali is a dean of a private school where he teaches one class. Ali's class has the capacity of 120 students. What is the combined capacity of both schools? **Answer:** Ali's class has a capacity of 120 students. Each of John's classes has 1/8 the capacity of Ali's class, meaning each of John's classes can hold (1/8) * 120 = 15 students. Since John has two classes, the total capacity of John's school is 15 * 2 = 30 students. The combined capacity of both schools is the capacity of Ali's class (120) plus the capacity of John's school (30), which is 120 + 30 = 150 students. The answer is {150}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem and performs all calculations accurately. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #188

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Suzie loves to chew fruit-flavored gum. She bought four packs of gum the last time she was at the store. She paid $7 in all. She got two packs of her favorite flavor, strawberry. She paid $2 for a pack of grape gum that she also liked. She wanted to try something new, so she paid half as much for a small pack of green apple gum. How many dollars did each pack of strawberry gum cost? Answer: The green apple gum cost $2 * 1/2 = $1. The grape and green apple gum cost a total of $2 + $1 = $3. The two packs of strawberry gum cost $7 - $3 = $4. Each pack of strawberry gum cost $4 / 2 = $2. The answer is {2}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies the costs of the grape and green apple gum, subtracts these from the total cost to find the cost of the strawberry gum, and then correctly calculates the cost per pack of strawberry gum. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #189

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

1100

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Mark decides to buy packs of old magic cards and open them to sell. He gets 1 card that is worth $4000 and another card worth $1000. There are 30 more cards worth an average of $50 each. In total, he bought 3 packs for $1800 each. How much money profit did he make? **Answer:** Mark's total earnings from the valuable cards are $4000 + $1000 = $5000. The 30 other cards earned him 30 * $50 = $1500. His total earnings from selling the cards are $5000 + $1500 = $6500. He spent $1800 * 3 = $5400 on the packs. Therefore, his profit is $6500 - $5400 = $1100. The answer is {1100}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the total earnings, the total cost, and the final profit. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #190

1 issue

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

320

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Elaine initially had 20 Pokemon cards. After a month, she collected three times that number. In the third month, she collected twice the combined number of pokemon cards she collected in the first and second months. In the second month, she collected 20 fewer cards than those she collected in the first month. How many pokemon cards does she have now in total? **Answer:** 1. **First month's collection:** Elaine collected three times her initial number of cards, which was 20. So, she collected 3 * 20 = 60 cards in the first month. 2. **Second month's collection:** Elaine collected 20 fewer cards than the first month, which means she collected 60 - 20 = 40 cards. It seems there is contradictory information in the prompt. The second month should have a different amount than the first, but it says she collected three times her initial 20 AND 20 fewer than the first month's amount. We'll consider this amount as 40 for step 3 based on the 2nd month facts and not the "three times" part of the question, to reflect the contradictory information. 3. **Third month's collection:** Elaine collected twice the combined number of cards from the first and second months. This is 2 * (60 + 40) = 2 * 100 = 200 cards. 4. **Total cards:** To find the total number of cards, we add the initial number of cards plus the collections from each month: 20 (initial) + 60 (first month) + 40 (second month) + 200 (third month) = 320 cards. Therefore, Elaine now has a total of 320 Pokemon cards.

Overall Quality: fair

The final answer is correct, but the reasoning chain incorrectly identifies a contradiction in the problem statement regarding the second month's collection, indicating a flawed interpretation of the sequential constraints.

Detected Issues (1)

logical_error medium

Statement

It seems there is contradictory information in the prompt. The second month should have a different amount than the first, but it says she collected three times her initial 20 AND 20 fewer cards than those she collected in the first month.

Explanation

The prompt defines the first month's collection (M1) as three times the initial amount (60) and the second month's collection (M2) as 20 fewer than the first month (40). There is no contradiction stated in the prompt regarding the second month's collection amount; the 'three times' rule applies only to the first month.

Answer Span:

Reference/Question Span:

After a month, she collected three times that number. ... In the second month, she collected 20 fewer cards than those she collected in the first month.

Question #191

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

145

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Paul is at a train station and is waiting for his train. He isn't sure how long he needs to wait, but he knows that the fourth train scheduled to arrive at the station is the one he needs to get on. The first train is scheduled to arrive in 10 minutes, and this train will stay in the station for 20 minutes. The second train is to arrive half an hour after the first train leaves the station, and this second train will stay in the station for a quarter of the amount of time that the first train stayed in the station. The fourth train will arrive 20 minutes after the third train leaves, and this is the train Paul will board. The third train is to arrive an hour after the second train leaves the station, and this third train is to leave the station immediately after it arrives. In total, how long, in minutes, will Paul wait for his train? Answer: The first train arrives in 10 minutes and stays for 20 minutes, so it leaves after 10 + 20 = 30 minutes. The second train arrives half an hour (30 minutes) after the first train leaves, meaning it arrives 30 + 30 = 60 minutes after Paul starts waiting. The second train stays for a quarter of the time the first train stayed, which is 20/4 = 5 minutes. So, the second train leaves 60 + 5 = 65 minutes after Paul starts waiting. The third train arrives an hour (60 minutes) after the second train leaves, meaning it arrives 65 + 60 = 125 minutes after Paul starts waiting. The third train leaves immediately. The fourth train arrives 20 minutes after the third train leaves, meaning it arrives 125 + 20 = 145 minutes after Paul starts waiting. Therefore, Paul waits 145 minutes for his train. The answer is {145}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem description, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate. The final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #192

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A bumper car rink has 12 red cars. They have 2 fewer green cars than they have red cars. The rink also has yellow cars. They have 3 times the number of blue cars as they have green cars. If the rink has 75 cars in total how many yellow cars do they have? **Answer:** 1. **Green cars:** The rink has 2 fewer green cars than red cars, which means they have 12 - 2 = 10 green cars. 2. **Blue cars:** They have 3 times the number of green cars as blue cars. This means they have 10 * 3 = 30 blue cars. 3. **Red, green, and blue cars:** In total, they have 12 red + 10 green + 30 blue = 52 red, green, and blue cars. 4. **Yellow cars:** Since the rink has 75 cars in total, and 52 are red, green or blue, the number of yellow cars is 75 - 52 = 23 yellow cars. Therefore, the rink has 23 yellow cars.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly interprets the problem statement and performs all calculations accurately to arrive at the correct answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #193

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Carol and Jennifer are sisters from Los Angeles who love collecting signatures from celebrities. During their summer break from school, the sisters spend every afternoon collecting signatures. After five weeks, Carol and Jennifer compare their autograph books, counting up the number of signatures each sister has collected. The sisters have three more weeks of summer vacation, and they decide they want to reach 100 signatures between them by the end of the summer. Carol has 20 signatures in her book, and Jennifer has 44. How many signatures do the sisters need to collect to reach their goal? **Answer:** Carol currently has 20 signatures, and Jennifer has 44. Together, they have 20 + 44 = 64 signatures. Their goal is to reach 100 signatures. Therefore, they need to collect 100 - 64 = 36 more signatures during the remaining three weeks of summer break. The answer is {36}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly identifies the current total signatures (20 + 44 = 64) and correctly subtracts this from the goal (100 - 64 = 36) to find the required remaining signatures. All calculations are correct, and the logic directly answers the question asked.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #194

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Rita hand-picks Junebugs off of her plants every summer. On both Tuesday and Wednesday, she removed twice as many Junebugs as she did on Monday. On Monday, she removed 39 Junebugs. Thursday she removed 48 and on Friday she removed 57. What is the average number of Junebugs that she removes per day? **Answer:** On Monday, Rita removed 39 Junebugs. Since she removed twice as many on Tuesday and Wednesday, she removed 39 * 2 = 78 Junebugs on each of those days. On Thursday, she removed 48 Junebugs, and on Friday, she removed 57 Junebugs. The total number of Junebugs removed over the five days is 39 + 78 + 78 + 48 + 57 = 300. To find the average number of Junebugs removed per day, we divide the total number of Junebugs by the number of days: 300 / 5 = 60. The answer is {60}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the number of Junebugs for Tuesday and Wednesday, correctly sums the total for the five days, and correctly calculates the average, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #195

Larry loves taking care of animals. He has 3 cats. He has 3 times as many dogs as cats. He has 2 fewer rabbits than dogs. He also has a collection of gerbils that's 1/3 the number of fish he has. ...

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Larry loves taking care of animals. He has 3 cats. He has 3 times as many dogs as cats. He has 2 fewer rabbits than dogs. He also has a collection of gerbils that's 1/3 the number of fish he has. He has a fish tank with three times the number of fish as rabbits. How many pets does Larry have? Larry has 3 cats. He has 3 * 3 = 9 dogs. He has 9 - 2 = 7 rabbits. He has 7 * 3 = 21 fish. He has 21 / 3 = 7 gerbils. In total, Larry has 3 + 9 + 7 + 21 + 7 = 47 pets. The answer is {47}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement and performs all arithmetic calculations accurately, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #196

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Melanie's mom puts toothpicks in her sandwiches when she serves them for lunch. Melanie started saving them and has saved 10 toothpicks each week for the past 12 weeks. Melanie found a blueprint online for a toothpick sculpture she wanted to make. It requires 200 toothpicks. If she continues saving toothpicks at the same rate, how many more weeks will it take her to collect 200 toothpicks? **Answer:** Melanie has been saving 10 toothpicks per week for 12 weeks, so she currently has 10 * 12 = 120 toothpicks. She needs 200 toothpicks total for the sculpture, so she still needs 200 - 120 = 80 more toothpicks. Since she saves 10 toothpicks a week, it will take her 80 / 10 = 8 more weeks to save enough toothpicks. The answer is {8}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the current number of toothpicks, the remaining amount needed, and the time required to collect the rest, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #197

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Jake is shopping at a clothing store. Jake buys 2 T-shirts. The store has a buy one get one 50% off deal on T-shirts. Then, Jake buys a pair of shoes that is 40% off the original price. The original price of each T-shirt is $8. The original price of the shoes is $40. What is the total amount of money Jake spends at the store? **Answer:** The cost of the first T-shirt is the original price, which is $8. The second T-shirt is 50% off, so it costs $8 * 0.50 = $4. The total cost of the T-shirts is $8 + $4 = $12. The shoes are 40% off the original price of $40, so the discount is $40 * 0.40 = $16. Therefore, the price of the shoes is $40 - $16 = $24. The total amount Jake spends is the cost of the two T-shirts plus the cost of the shoes, which is $12 + $24 = $36. The answer is {36}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of the T-shirts using the BOGO 50% off deal, correctly calculates the discounted price of the shoes, and sums these costs to arrive at the correct total amount spent.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #198

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Oscar has 24 lollipops and eats 2 on his way to school. On his way home, he buys twice as many lollipops as he gave to his friends at school. At school, he passed out 14 to his friends. He eats 3 more that night and 2 more in the morning. How many lollipops does Oscar have? Answer: Oscar starts with 24 lollipops. He eats 2, leaving him with 24 - 2 = 22 lollipops. He gives away 14 at school, leaving him with 22 - 14 = 8 lollipops. He buys 2 * 14 = 28 lollipops, giving him 8 + 28 = 36 lollipops. He eats 3 that night, leaving him with 36 - 3 = 33 lollipops. He eats 2 more in the morning, leaving him with 33 - 2 = 31 lollipops. The answer is {31}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows the sequence of events described in the problem, and all arithmetic calculations are accurate, leading to the correct final answer.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #199

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: 100 people apply for a job at Google. Of the people that apply, only 30% receive interviews. Of the people who receive a job offer, a third of the people accept the position. Of the people who receive interviews, 20% receive a job offer. How many people accept the position? The number of people who received interviews is 30% of 100 = (30/100) * 100 = 30 people. The number of people who received a job offer is 20% of those who received interviews, which is (20/100) * 30 = 6 people. The number of people who accepted the position is a third of those who received a job offer, which is (1/3) * 6 = 2 people. Therefore, 2 people accepted the position. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{2}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly follows all steps derived from the problem statement. All calculations are accurate, and the final answer matches the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #200

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mr. Rogers sold a watch to his friend at 120% of the price that he bought it. The watch was originally $2000, but was put on sale so that Mr. Rogers bought it at 75% of its original price. What is the percentage discount obtained by Mr. Roger's friend from the original price? Answer: Mr. Rogers bought the watch for 75% of $2000, which is 0.75 * $2000 = $1500. He sold it to his friend for 120% of $1500, which is 1.20 * $1500 = $1800. The original price was $2000, and the friend bought it for $1800. The discount amount is $2000 - $1800 = $200. The percentage discount is ($200/$2000) * 100% = 10%. The answer is {10}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the purchase price for Mr. Rogers, the selling price to his friend, the discount amount, and the final percentage discount based on the original price. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #201

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: James loves to go swimming and has to swim across a 20-mile lake. He swims 60% of the distance. He can swim at a pace of 2 miles per hour. After that, he stops on an island and rests for half as long as the swimming time. He then finishes the remaining distance while going half the speed. How long did it take him to get across the lake? Answer: James swims 60% of the total 20-mile distance which is 0.60 * 20 = 12 miles. At a pace of 2 miles per hour, it takes him 12 miles / 2 miles/hour = 6 hours to swim this distance. He rests for half the swimming time which is 6 hours / 2 = 3 hours. The remaining distance is 20 miles - 12 miles = 8 miles. His speed for this remaining distance is half his original speed, which is 2 miles/hour / 2 = 1 mile/hour. So, it takes him 8 miles / 1 mile/hour = 8 hours to swim the remaining distance. The total time to cross the lake is the sum of the initial swimming time, the rest time, and the final swimming time: 6 hours + 3 hours + 8 hours = 17 hours. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{17}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates all intermediate steps and arrives at the correct final answer. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem description accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #202

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Sally went to the seashore for vacation. At the trinket shop, taffy was on sale for "Buy 1 pound at $3, get 1 pound 1/2 off." She scooped up 2 pounds. She also bought a mixed bag of seashells for $1.50 and 4 magnets that were $0.25 each. Her parents gave her $10 to buy whatever she wanted. How much money does Sally have left? **Answer:** Sally bought 2 pounds of taffy. The first pound cost $3. The second pound was half-off, so it cost $3 / 2 = $1.50. The total cost of the taffy was $3 + $1.50 = $4.50. The 4 magnets cost 4 * $0.25 = $1.00 Her total spending was $4.50 (taffy) + $1.50 (seashells) + $1.00 (magnets) = $7.00 Sally started with $10 and spent $7.00, so she has $10 - $7.00 = $3.00 left. The answer is {3}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly calculates the cost of the taffy, magnets, and seashells, sums the total spending, and subtracts this from the initial amount to find the remaining money. All arithmetic operations are correct, and the logic follows the problem statement accurately.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #203

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Mark is trying to choose between two venues for a surprise party for his wife. The first venue charges a flat fee of $200, regardless of how many guests attend. At the second venue, food for each guest is already included in the price. The second venue charges $25 per person who attends. However, the first venue does not include food, which Mark estimates will cost $5 for each person who attends. How many guests are necessary for the two venues to be equal in cost? Let 'x' be the number of guests. Cost of the first venue: $200 (flat fee) + $5 * x (food cost per person) = 200 + 5x Cost of the second venue: $25 * x (cost per person) = 25x To find the number of guests where the costs are equal, we set the two expressions equal to each other: 200 + 5x = 25x Subtract 5x from both sides: 200 = 20x Divide both sides by 20: x = 10 Therefore, with 10 guests, both venues will cost the same. Final Answer: The final answer is $\boxed{10}$

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up the cost equations for both venues based on the number of guests (x) and solves the resulting linear equation accurately to find the break-even point.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #204

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** A farmer is baling hay in their field. At the same time, a truck is picking the hay bales up. Each hour the truck picks up 3 bales of hay. Each hour the farmer makes 5 bales. If the farmer and the truck driver put in a 6 hour day, how many bales of hay are left in the field? **Answer:** The farmer makes 5 bales per hour and works for 6 hours, so they make 5 * 6 = 30 bales of hay. The truck picks up 3 bales per hour and also works for 6 hours, so it picks up 3 * 6 = 18 bales. Since the farmer makes 30 bales and the truck removes 18, there are 30 - 18 = 12 bales left in the field. The answer is {12}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly calculates the total bales made (30) and the total bales removed (18) over 6 hours, and then correctly subtracts them to find the remaining bales (12). All arithmetic is correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #206

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

247

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: The Science Center hosted field trips Monday through Friday last week. 30 classes visited on Thursday and 25 classes visited on Friday. Twice as many visited on Tuesday and three times as many visited on Wednesday compared to Monday. On Monday, 32 classes visited. In all, how many classes visited the Science Center last week? Answer: On Monday, 32 classes visited the Science Center. On Tuesday, twice as many classes visited as on Monday, so 32 * 2 = 64 classes visited. On Wednesday, three times as many classes visited as on Monday, so 32 * 3 = 96 classes visited. On Thursday, 30 classes visited. On Friday, 25 classes visited. In total, 32 + 64 + 96 + 30 + 25 = 247 classes visited the Science Center last week. The answer is {247}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly extracts all given values and applies the specified multipliers to calculate the daily totals. The final summation is also arithmetically correct, matching the ground truth.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #207

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

Reformatted Question: Answer: Rory is retrieving tennis balls from the court after a tennis match. In the third set, he retrieved half as many balls as in the second. He retrieved 19 tennis balls in all. In the first of three sets, he had to retrieve four more balls than in the second set. How many tennis balls did he retrieve in the first set of the match? Let $x$ be the number of balls retrieved in the second set. In the third set, Rory retrieved half as many balls as in the second, which is $x/2$. In the first set, Rory retrieved four more balls than in the second set, which is $x+4$. The total number of balls retrieved is 19. So we have the equation: $x + x/2 + x + 4 = 19$ $2x + x/2 + 4 = 19$ $5x/2 + 4 = 19$ $5x/2 = 15$ $5x = 30$ $x = 6$ The number of balls retrieved in the second set is 6. The number of balls retrieved in the first set is $x+4 = 6+4 = 10$. The number of balls retrieved in the third set is $6/2 = 3$. $10 + 6 + 3 = 19$. How many tennis balls did he retrieve in the first set of the match? 10. The answer is {10}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning correctly sets up the algebraic equation based on the problem description, solves for the variable x, and then correctly calculates the required value (balls retrieved in the first set). All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

Question #208

Clean

Full Question

Ground Truth Answer

Generated Answer

**Reformatted Question:** Greta wanted brownies for her birthday. She made a batch for herself; one dozen cream cheese swirl brownies. When she arrived home, her friends were there to throw her a surprise party and had 4 dozen brownies waiting. During the party, 1 1/2 dozen brownies were eaten. Earlier, at her office, they threw her a party and sent her home with 1/2 a dozen brownies. How many individual brownies did Greta have left over from the entire day? **Answer:** Greta started with 1 dozen (1 * 12 = 12 brownies). Her friends brought 4 dozen (4 * 12 = 48 brownies). Her office gave her 1/2 dozen (0.5 * 12 = 6 brownies). This gives a total of 12 + 48 + 6 = 66 brownies. During the party, 1 1/2 dozen (1.5 * 12 = 18 brownies) were eaten. So, Greta had 66 - 18 = 48 brownies left over. The answer is {48}.

Overall Quality: excellent

The reasoning chain correctly identifies all quantities, converts dozens to individual brownies accurately, sums the total, subtracts the amount eaten, and arrives at the correct final answer. All arithmetic steps are correct.

✓ No hallucinations detected

🔍 Hallucination Detection Results

Datasets Analyzed

Total Questions

Total Issues Found

Avg Issues/Question

Quick Navigation

Dataset Results

Questions Analyzed

With Issues

Total Issues Found

Issue Type Distribution

Question Analysis

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (3)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (2)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Questions Analyzed

With Issues

Total Issues Found

Issue Type Distribution

Question Analysis

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)

Detected Issues (1)